Hfss Full Book PDF

A n s o ft
HFSS
High Frequency Structure Simulator
9.2
electronic design automation software
users guide H igh F req uen c y S t ruc t ure S im ul a t o r
ANSOFT CORPORATION Four Station Square Suite 200 Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1119

This page is intentionally left blank.
The information contained in this document is subject to change w ithout notice.
A nsoft mak es no w arranty of any k ind w ith regard to this material , incl uding,
but not l imited to, the imp l ied w arranties of merchantabil ity and fitness for a
p articul ar p urp ose. A nsoft shal l not be l iabl e for errors contained herein or for
incidental or conseq uential damages in connection w ith the furnishing, p erformance,
or use of this material .
2 0 0 3 A nsoft C orp oration. A l l rights reserv ed.
A nsoft C orp oration

F our S tation S q uare
S uite 2 0 0
P ittsburgh, P A 1 5 2 1 9
U S A
Phone: 4 1 2 -2 6 1 -3 2 0 0
F a x : 4 1 2 -4 7 1 -9 4 2 7
H F S S and O p timetrics are registered trademark s or trademark s of A nsoft C orp oration.

A l l other trademark s are the p rop erty of their resp ectiv e ow ners.
N ew editions of this manual w il l incorp orate al l material up dated since the p rev ious
edition. The manual p rinting date, w hich indicates the manual s current
edition, changes w hen a new edition is p rinted. M inor corrections and up dates
w hich are incorp orated at rep rint do not cause the date to change.
U p date p ack ages may be issued betw een editions and contain additional and/ or
rep l acement p ages to be merged into the manual by the user. N ote that p ages
w hich are rearranged due to changes on a p rev ious p age are not considered to
be rev ised.
E d i t i on: R E V 2 .0
D a t e: 3 1 M arch 2 0 0 4
S of t w a r e V er s i on: 9 .2
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1

Ansoft HFSS Fundamentals
What is HFSS?
HFSS is a high-p e r f o r m an c e f u l l -w av e e l e c t r o m agn e t ic ( E M ) f ie l d sim u l at o r f o r
ar b it r ar y 3 D v o l u m e t r ic p assiv e d e v ic e m o d e l in g t hat t ak e s ad v an t age o f t he
f am il iar M ic r o so f t W in d o w s gr ap hic al u se r in t e r f ac e . I t in t e gr at e s sim u l at io n ,
v isu al iz at io n , so l id m o d e l in g, an d au t o m at io n in an e asy -t o -l e ar n e n v ir o n m e n t
w he r e so l u t io n s t o y o u r 3 D E M p r o b l e m s ar e q u ic k l y an d ac c u r at e l y o b t ain e d .
A n so f t HFSS e m p l o y s t he Fin it e E l e m e n t M e t ho d ( FE M ), ad ap t iv e m e shin g, an d
b r il l ian t gr ap hic s t o giv e y o u u n p ar al l e l e d p e r f o r m an c e an d in sight t o al l o f y o u r
3 D E M p r o b l e m s. A n so f t HFSS c an b e u se d t o c al c u l at e p ar am e t e r s su c h as S-
P ar am e t e r s, R e so n an t Fr e q u e n c y , an d Fie l d s. T y p ic al u se s in c l u d e :
P ac k age M o d e l in g B G A , Q FP , Fl ip -C hip
P C B B o ar d M o d e l in g P o w e r / G r o u n d p l an e s, M e sh G r id G r o u n d s,
B ac k p l an e s
Sil ic o n / G aA s - Sp ir al I n d u c t o r s, T r an sf o r m e r s
E M C / E M I Shie l d E n c l o su r e s, C o u p l in g, N e ar - o r Far -Fie l d R ad iat io n
A n t e n n as/ M o b il e C o m m u n ic at io n s P at c he s, D ip o l e s, Ho r n s, C o n f o r m al
C e l l P ho n e A n t e n n as, Q u ad r af il ar He l ix , Sp e c if ic A b so r p t io n R at e ( SA R ),
I n f in it e A r r ay s, R ad ar C r o ss Se c t io n ( R C S), Fr e q u e n c y Se l e c t iv e
Su r f ac e s( FSS)
C o n n e c t o r s C o ax , SFP / X FP , B ac k p l an e , T r an sit io n s
W av e gu id e Fil t e r s, R e so n at o r s, T r an sit io n s, C o u p l e r s
Fil t e r s C av it y Fil t e r s, M ic r o st r ip , D ie l e c t r ic
HFSS is an in t e r ac t iv e sim u l at io n sy st e m w ho se b asic m e sh e l e m e n t is a
t e t r ahe d r o n . T his al l o w s y o u t o so l v e an y ar b it r ar y 3 D ge o m e t r y , e sp e c ial l y t ho se
w it h c o m p l e x c u r v e s an d shap e s, in a f r ac t io n o f t he t im e it w o u l d t ak e u sin g
o t he r t e c hn iq u e s.
T he n am e HFSS st an d s f o r High Fr e q u e n c y St r u c t u r e Sim u l at o r . A n so f t
p io n e e r e d t he u se o f t he Fin it e E l e m e n t M e t ho d ( FE M ) f o r E M sim u l at io n b y
d e v e l o p in g/ im p l e m e n t in g t e c hn o l o gie s su c h as t an ge n t ial v e c t o r f in it e e l e m e n t s,
ad ap t iv e m e shin g, an d A d ap t iv e L an c z o s-P ad e Sw e e p ( A L P S). T o d ay , HFSS
c o n t in u e s t o l e ad t he in d u st r y w it h in n o v at io n s su c h as M o d e s-t o -N o d e s an d Fu l l -
W av e Sp ic e .
A n so f t HFSS has e v o l v e d o v e r a p e r io d o f y e ar s w it h in p u t f r o m m an y u se r s an d
in d u st r ie s. I n in d u st r y , A n so f t HFSS is t he t o o l o f c ho ic e f o r high-p r o d u c t iv it y
r e se ar c h, d e v e l o p m e n t , an d v ir t u al p r o t o t y p in g.

Contents
Contents
This document discusses some basic concepts and terminology used throughout
the A nsof t H F S S application. I t prov ides an ov erv iew of the f ollow ing topics:
0. F undamentals
A nsof t H F S S D esk top
O pening a D esign
S etting M odel Type
1. P arametric M odel C reation
1.1 B oundary C onditions
1.2 E x citations
2 . A nalysis S etup
3. D ata R eporting
4. S olv e L oop
4.1 M esh O perations
5. E x amples A ntenna
6. E x amples M icrow av e
7 . E x amples F ilters
8. E x amples S ignal I ntegrity
9. E x amples E M C / E M I
1 0 . E x amples O n C hip C omponents

Installing the Ansoft HFSS Software
System Requirements
Microsoft Windows XP, Windows 2000, or Windows NT4.0. For up-to-da te
inform a tion, re fe r to th e H FS S R e l e a se Note s.
Pe ntium b a se d com pute r
1 28 MB R A M m inim um
8 MB V ide o C a rd m inim um
Mouse or oth e r pointing de v ice
C D -R O M driv e
N O T E : Y ou sh oul d m a k e b a ck up copie s of a l l H FS S proj e cts cre a te d with a

pre v ious v e rsion of th e softwa re b e fore ope ning th e m in H FS S v .9
I nsta l l ing th e A nso f t H F SS So f tw a re

For up-to-da te inform a tion, re fe r to th e H FS S I nsta l l a tion G uide
Sta rting A nso f t H F SS

1. C l ick th e Microsoft Start b utton, se l e ct P ro g ram s , a nd se l e ct th e A n s o f t, H F SS 9
prog ra m g roup. C l ick H F SS 9 .
2. O r D oub l e cl ick on th e H FS S 9 icon on th e Windows D e sk top

Converting Older Files
Converting Older HFSS file to HFSS v9

Because of changes to the HFSS files with the development of HFSS v9 , opening
a HFSS document fr om an ear lier r elease may tak e mor e time than y ou ar e used
to ex per iencing. However , once the file has b een opened and saved,
sub seq uent opening time will r etur n to nor mal
A nsoft HFSS v9 pr ovides a way for y ou to automatically conver t y our HFSS
pr oj ects fr om an ear lier ver sion to the HFSS v9 for mat.
T o access HFSS pr oj ects in an ear lier ver sion.
From HFSS v9,
1. Select the menu item File > Open
2 . O pen dialog
1. Files of T y pe: A n s of t L e g a c y E M P roj e c t s ( . c l s )

2 . Br owse to the ex isting pr oj ect and select the . cls file
3 . C lick the O p e n b utton

Getting Help
Getting Help
If you have any questions while you are using Ansoft HFSS you can find answers
in several ways:
Ansoft HFSS Online Help p rovid es assistance while you are work ing.
T o get help ab out a sp ecific, active d ialog b ox , click the Help b utton
in the d ialog b ox or p ress the F1 k ey.
Select the m enu item Help > Contents to access the online help
system .
T ooltips are availab le to p rovid e inform ation ab out tools on the
toolb ars or d ialog b ox es. W hen you hold the p ointer over a tool for a
b rief tim e, a tooltip ap p ears to d isp lay the nam e of the tool.
As you m ove the p ointer over a tool or click a m enu item , the Sta tu s
B a r at the b ottom of the Ansoft HFSS wind ow p rovid es a b rief
d escrip tion of the function of the tool or m enu item .
T he Ansoft HFSS G etting Started guid e p rovid es d etailed
inform ation ab out using HFSS to create and solve 3 D E M p roj ects.
Ansoft T ec h nic a l Su ppor t
T o contact Ansoft technical sup p ort staff in your geograp hical area,
p lease log on to the Ansoft corp orate web site, www. ansoft. com and
select C onta c t.
Y our Ansoft sales engineer m ay also b e contacted in ord er to
ob tain this inform ation.
V is iting th e A ns o f t W eb S ite
If your com p uter is connected to the Internet, you can visit the Ansoft W eb site to
learn m ore ab out the Ansoft com p any and p rod ucts.
From the Ansoft D esk top
Select the m enu item Help > A nsof t Cor por a te W eb si te to access
the O nline T echnical Sup p ort ( O T S) system .
From your Internet b rowser
V isit www. ansoft. com

Getting Help
For Technical Support

The following link will direct you to the Ansoft Support Page. The Ansoft Support
Pages prov ide additional docum entation, training, and application notes.
W eb Site: http: / / www.ansoft.com / support.cfm
Technical Support:
9-4 E ST:
Burlington, MA
( 7 8 1 ) 2 2 9-8 90 0 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
9-4 M ST:
Bould e r, C O
( 3 0 3 ) 5 4 1 -95 2 5 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
9-4 PST:
S a n J os e , C A
( 4 0 8 ) 2 6 1 -90 95 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
E l S e gund o, C A
( 3 1 0 ) 4 2 6 -2 2 8 7 Ask for Technical Support

Ansoft Terms
Ansoft Terms
The Ansoft HFSS window has several optional panels:
A Project Manager whic h c ontains a desig n tree whic h lists the stru c tu re of
the proj ec t.
A Mes s age Manager that allows y ou to view any errors or warning s that
oc c u r b efore y ou b eg in a sim u lation.
A Prop erty W i nd ow that display s and allows y ou to c hang e m odel
param eters or attrib u tes.
A Progres s W i nd ow that display s solu tion prog ress.
A 3 D Mod el er W i nd ow whic h c ontains the m odel and m odel tree for the
ac tive desig n. For m ore inform ation ab ou t the3 D M odeler W indow, see
c hapter 1 .
M e n u
b a r
T o o lb a r s
3 D M o d e le r
W in d o w
P r o je c t
M a n a g e r
w ith p r o je c t
tre e
P ro g re s s
M e s s a g e
W in d o w
M a n a g e r
S ta tu s
b a r P r o p e r ty W in d o w
C o o r d in a te E n tr y F ie ld s

Ansoft Terms
Project Manager
P r o je c t M a n a g e r W in d o w
P r o je c t
D e s ig n
D e s ig n S e tu p
D e s ig n A u to m a tio n
P a ra m e tr ic
O p tim iz a tio n
S e n s itiv ity
S ta tis tic a l D e s ig n R e s u lts

Ansoft Terms
Property Window
P r o p e r ty W in d o w
P ro p e rty P ro p e rty
ta b le b u tto n s
P ro p e rty ta b s

Ansoft Terms
Ansoft 3D Modeler
3 D M o d e le r W in d o w
G r a p h ic s M o d e l
a re a
3 D M o d e le r
d e s ig n tr e e
C o n te x t m e n u
E d g e
V e rte x
C o o r d in a te S y s te m (C S )
P la n e
O r ig in
F a c e
M o d e l

Ansoft Terms
3D Modeler Design Tree
M a te r ia l
O b je c t
O b je c t C o m m a n d H is to r y
Grouped by Material
O bj ec t V iew

Design Windows
Design Windows
In the Ansoft HFSS Desktop, each project can have multiple designs and each
design is display ed in a separate w indow .
Y ou can have multiple projects and design w indow s open at the same time.
Also, y ou can have multiple view s of the same design visib le at the same time.
T o arrange the w indow s, y ou can drag them b y the title b ar, and resiz e them b y
dragging a corner or b order. Also, y ou can select one of the follow ing menu
options: Window >Cascade, Window >T il e V er t ical l y , or Window > T il e
H or iz ont al l y .
T o organiz e y our Ansoft HFSS w indow , y ou can iconiz e open designs. C lick the
Iconiz e * * sy mb ol in the upper right corner of the document b order. An icon
appears in the low er part of the Ansoft HFSS w indow . If the icon is not visib le, it
may b e b ehind another open document. R esiz e any open documents as
necessary . Select the menu item Window > A r r ang e I cons to arrange them at
the b ottom of the Ansoft HFSS w indow .
Select the menu item Window > Cl ose A l l to close all open design. Y ou are
prompted to Save unsaved designs.
Ic o n iz e
S y m b o l
D e s ig n ic o n s

Toolbars
Toolbars
The toolbar buttons are shortcuts for frequently used commands. M ost of the
av ai lable toolbars are di sp layed i n thi s i llustrati on of the A nsoft H F S S i ni ti al
screen, but your A nsoft H F S S w i ndow p robably w i ll not be arrang ed thi s w ay.
Y ou can customi z e your toolbar di sp lay i n a w ay that i s conv eni ent for you.
S ome toolbars are alw ays di sp layed; other toolbars di sp lay automati cally w hen
you select a document of the related typ e. F or ex amp le, w hen you select a 2 D
rep ort from the p roj ect tree, the 2 D rep ort toolbar di sp lays.
To d i sp lay or h i d e i n d i v i d u al t oolbars:
R i g ht-cli ck the A nsoft H F S S w i ndow frame.
A li st of all the toolbars i s di sp layed. The toolbars w i th a check mark
besi de them are v i si ble; the toolbars w i thout a check mark are hi dden.
C li ck the toolbar name to turn i ts di sp lay on or off
To mak e chang es to the toolbars, select the menu i tem Tools > Customize. S ee
Customize and Arrange Toolbars on the
A n s o ft H F S S
nex t p ag e.
p a n e ls
T o o lb a r s

Toolbars
Customize and Arrange Toolbars

To customize toolbars:
S elect th e men u item Tools > Customize, or rig h t-click th e A n sof t H F S S
w in d ow f rame an d click Customize at th e bottom of th e toolbar list.
I n th e C ustomize d ialog , y ou can d o th e f ollow in g :
V iew a D esc r ip tion of th e tool b a r c omma n d s
1. S elect an item f rom th e C omp on en t p ull-d ow n list
2 . S elect an item f rom th e C ateg ory list
3 . U sin g th e mouse click on th e B utton s to d isp lay th e

D escrip tion
4 . C lick th e Cl ose button w h en y ou are f in ish ed
T og g l e th e v isib il ity of tool b a r s

1. F rom th e Toolbar list, tog g le th e ch eck box es to con trol th e
v isibility of th e toolbars
2 . C lick th e Cl ose button w h en y ou are f in ish ed

Overview
Ansoft HFSS Desktop

The Ansoft HFSS Desktop provides an intuitive, easy-to-use interfac e for
devel oping passive R F devic e m odel s. C reating desig ns, invol ves the fol l ow ing :
1. Parametric Model Generation c reating the g eom etry, b oundaries and
ex c itations
2 . A naly s is S etu p defining sol ution setup and freq uenc y sw eeps
3 . R es u lts c reating 2 D reports and fiel d pl ots
4 . S olv e L oop - the sol ution proc ess is ful l y autom ated
To understand how these proc esses c o-ex ist, ex am ine the il l ustration show n
b el ow .
D es ig n
S olu tion T y p e
1 . 1 . B ou ndaries
1 . P ar am e t r ic M o d e l
G eom etry/ M aterial s
1 . 2 . E x citations
4 . 1 Mes h
O p erations
2. Analysis
Sol ution Setup
Freq uenc y Sw eep
Mes h
A naly z e S olv e
R ef inement
3 . R e su lt s
2 D R eports N O
C onv erg ed
Fiel ds
4 . S o lv e L o o p
Y E S
U p date
F inis h ed

Opening a Design
Opening a HFSS project

This section describes how to open a new or existing project.
Opening a New project

T o open a new project:
1. I n an A nsof t H F S S window, sel ect the m enu item File > New.
2 . S el ect the m enu P r o j ec t > I n s er t H FS S D es ig n .
Opening an E x is ting H F S S project

T o open an ex is ting project:
1. I n an A nsof t H F S S window,
sel ect the m enu File > O p en .
U se the O pen dial og to sel ect
the project.
2 . C l ick Open to open the project
Opening an E x is ting P roject f rom E x pl orer

Y ou can open a project directl y f rom the M icrosof t W indows E xpl orer.
T o open a project f rom W ind ows E x pl orer, d o one of th e f ol l owing:
D ou bl e-cl ick on the nam e of the project in W indows E xpl orer.
R ight-cl ick the nam e of the project in W indows E xpl orer and sel ect
Open f rom the shortcu t m enu .

Set Solution Type
Set Solution Type

This section describes how to set the Solution Type. The Solution Type def ines
the type of results, how the ex cita tions a re def ined, a nd the conv erg ence. The
f ollowing Solution Types a re a v a ila ble:
1. Driven Modal - ca lcula tes the m oda l-ba sed S-pa ra m eters. The S-m a trix
solutions will be ex pressed in term s of the incident a nd ref lected powers of
wa v eg uide m odes.
2 . Driven T erm inal - ca lcula tes the term ina l-ba sed S-pa ra m eters of m ulti-
conductor tra nsm ission line ports. The S-m a trix solutions will be ex pressed
in term s of term ina l v olta g es a nd currents.
3 . E ig nem ode ca lcula te the eig enm odes, or resona nces, of a structure. The
E ig enm ode solv er f inds the resona nt f req uencies of the structure a nd the
f ields a t those resona nt f req uencies.
C onv erg ence

Driven Modal D elta S f or m oda l S-P a ra m eters. This wa s the only
conv erg ence m ethod a v a ila ble f or D riv en Solutions in prev ious v ersions.
Driven T erm inalNew D elta S f or the sing le-ended or dif f erentia l noda l S-
P a ra m eters.
E ig enm ode - D elta F
T o s et t h e s olu t ion t y p e:
1. Select the m enu item HFSS > Solution Type
2 . Solution Type W indow:
1. C hoose one of the f ollowing :
1. Driven Modal
2 . Driven T erm inal
3 . E ig enm ode
2 . C lick the O K button

1
Parametric Model Creation

The Ansoft HFSS 3D Modeler is designed for ease of use and flexib ility . The
p ow er of the 3D Modeler is in its uniq ue ab ility to c reate fully p aram etric designs
w ithout editing c om p lex m ac ros/ m odel history .
The p urp ose of this c hap ter is to p rov ide an ov erv iew of the 3D Modeling
c ap ab ilities. B y understanding the b asic c onc ep ts outlined here y ou w ill b e ab le
to q uic k ly tak e adv antage of the full feature set offered b y the 3D P aram etric
Modeler.
O v erv iew of th e 3 D Modeler U s er I nterf ace

The follow ing p ic ture show s the 3D Modeler w indow .
3D Modeler Design Tree The 3D Modeler Design Tree is an essential p art
of the user interfac e. From here y ou m ay ac c ess the struc tural elem ents in
addition to any ob j ec t dep endenc ies and attrib utes.
C ont ex t Menu s C ontext m enus are a flexib le w ay of ac c essing freq uently
used m enu c om m ands for the c urrent c ontext. The c ontents of these
m enus c hange dy nam ic ally and are av ailab le throughout the interfac e b y
c lic k ing the right m ouse b utton.
G ra p h ic s A rea The grap hic s area is used to interac t w ith the struc tural
elem ents.
a re a
3 D M o d e le r
d e s ig n tr e e
C o n te x t m e n u
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-1

1
Overview of the 3D Modeler User Interface (Continued)

When using the 3D Modeler interface you will also interact with two additional
interfaces:
Property Window T he P rop erty Window is used to v iew or m odify the
attrib utes and dim ensions of structural ob j ects
P ro p e rty P ro p e rty
ta b le b u tto n s
P ro p e rty ta b s
S ta tu s B a r/ C oordina te E ntry T he S tatus B ar on the A nsoft H F S S Desk top

Window disp lays the C oordinate E ntry fields that can b e used to define
p oints or offsets during the creation of structural ob j ects

1
Grid Plane
To simplify the creation of structural primitives, a grid or draw ing plane is used.
The draw ing plane does not in any w ay limit the user to tw o dimensional
coordinates b ut instead is used as a guide to simplify the creation of structural
primitives. The draw ing plane is represented b y the active grid plane ( The grid
does not have to b e visib le) . To demonstrate how draw ing planes are used,
review the follow ing section: Creating and Viewing Simple Structures.
A c t iv e C u rs o r
The active cursor refers to the cursor that is availab le during ob j ect creation. The
cursor allow s you to graphically change the current position. The position is
displayed on the status b ar of the A nsoft H F S S D esk top W indow .
W hen ob j ects are not b eing constructed, the cursor remains passive and is set
for dynamic selection. S ee the O verview of S electing O b j ects for more details.

1
Creating and Viewing a Simple Structure

Creating 3D structural objects is accomplished by performing the follow ing steps:
1. S et the grid plane
2 . Create the base shape of the object
3 . S et the H eight
Create a Box
W e w ill inv estigate creating a box to demonstrate these steps. T hese steps
assume that project and a H F S S design hav e already been created. T hree
points are req uired to create the box . T he first tw o form the base rectangle
and the third sets the height.
P oint 1 : Defines the start point of the base rectangle
P oint 2 : Defines the siz e of the base rectangle
P oint 3: Defines the height of the B ox
P o in t 1
G r id P la n e
P o in t 3
B a s e R e c ta n g le
P o in t 2

1
Create a Box (Continued)

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > XY
2 . U s e the mo us e to cr ea te the b a s e s ha p e
1. Set the s ta r t p o int b y p o s itio ning the a ctiv e cur s o r a nd click the lef t
mo us e b utto n.
2 . P o s itio n the a ctiv e cur s o r a nd click the lef t mo us e b utto n to s et the

s eco nd p o int tha t f o r ms the b a s e r ecta ng le
3 . Set the H eig ht b y p o s itio ning the a ctiv e cur s o r a nd click ing lef t mo us e
b utto n.

1
Specifying Points
Grid
From the example, we saw that the simplest way to set a point is b y
c lic k ing its position on the g rid plane. T o set the prec ision of the g rid plane,
selec t the menu item View > Grid Settings. From here you may spec if y the
G rid T ype, S tyle, V isib ility, and P rec ision. B y pressing the S a v e A s D e f a u l t
b u tton, you c an set the d ef au lt b ehav ior f or f u tu re H FS S D esig ns.
C o o rdin a t e E n t ry
A nother way to spec if y a c oord inate is to u se the C oord inate E ntry f ield s
whic h are loc ated on the statu s b ar of the A nsof t H FS S D esk top. T he
position may b e spec if ied in C a rt e s ia n , C y l in dric a l , or S p h e ric a l
c oord inates. O nc e the f irst point is set, the C oord inate E ntry will d ef au lt to
R elativ e c oord inates. I n R elativ e mod e the c oord inates are no long er
ab solu te ( measu red f rom the orig in of the work ing c oord inate system) , b u t
relativ e to the last point entered .
E q u a t io n s
T he C oord inate E ntry f ield s allow eq u ations to b e entered f or
position v alu es. E xamples: 2 * 5 , 2 + 6 + 8 , 2 * c os( 1 0 * ( pi/ 1 8 0 ) ) .
V ariab les are not allowed in the C oord inate E ntry Field
N o t e : T rig f u nc tions are in rad ians
R e la tiv e m o d e
1
Specifying Points (Continued)

Object Properties
By default the Properties dialog will appear after you have finished
sk etc hing an ob j ec t. T he position and siz e of ob j ec ts c an b e m odified from
the dialog. T his m ethod allows you to c reate ob j ec ts b y c lic k ing the
estim ated values using the m ouse and then c orrec ting the values in the
final dialog.
T he Property dialog ac c epts eq uations, variab les, and units. S ee the
Ov erv iew of E n terin g Pa ra m eters for m ore detail.
E very ob j ec t has two types of properties
1. C om m a n d D efines the struc tural prim itive
2 . A ttribu tes D efines the m aterial, display, and solve properties
C o m m a n d s
A ttr ib u te s

1
Overview of Draw
Primitives
In solid modeling, the basic element or object is often called a p rimitiv e.
E x amp les of p rimitiv es are box es, cy linders, rectangles, circles, etc. T here
are tw o ty p es of p rimitiv es: 3 D p rimitiv es or solids, and 2 D p rimitiv es or
su rfaces. B y p lacing a collection of p rimitiv es in the correct location and of
the correct siz e w e can create a rep resent comp lex stru ctu ral objects.
T o create comp lex objects, p rimitiv es can be u sed as tools to cu t holes,
carv e aw ay , or join. T he op erations that are p erformed w ith these tools
are often referred to as B oolean op erations.
2 D p rimitiv es can be sw ep t to create arbitrarily shap ed solid p rimitiv es
2 D D ra w O b j ec ts
T he follow ing 2 D D raw objects are av ailable:
R ectangle, C ircle, L ine, P oint, S p line, E llip se, R egu lar P oly gon ( v 8 . 5
circle)
3 D D ra w O b j ec ts
T he follow ing 3 D D raw objects are av ailable:
B ox , C y linder, S p here, T oru s, H elix , B ond W ire, C one, R egu lar
P oly hedron ( v 8 . 5 cy linder)
T ru e S u rf a c es
C ircles, C y linders, S p heres, etc are rep resented as tru e su rfaces. In
v ersions p rior to release 9 , these p rimitiv es w ou ld be rep resented as
faceted objects. If y ou w ish to u se the faceted p rimitiv es ( C y linders or
C ircles) , select the R egu lar P oly hedron or R egu lar P oly gon.
T o control the mesh generation of tru e su rfaces objects, see the section on
M esh C ontrol.

1
Overview of Draw (Continued)
Snap Mode
As an aid for graphical selection, the
m odeler prov ides S nap options. T he
defau lt is to snaps are show n here. T he
shape of the activ e cu rsor w ill dy nam ically
change as the cu rsor is m ov ed ov er the
snap positions.
Mov i ng
B y defau lt all activ e cu rsor m ov em ent is in three dim ensions. T he m odeler
can also b e set to allow the activ e cu rsor to only m ov e in a plane or ou t of
plane. T hese are set from the m enu item 3 D Model er > Mov em ent Mode.
I n addition, the m ov em ent can b e lim ited to a specific direction ( x , y , or z )
b y holding dow n the x , y , or z k ey . T his prev ents m ov em ent in the other
directions.
P ressing the C T R L + E nt er k ey sets a local reference point. T his can b e
u sefu l for creating geom etry graphically that is b ased on an ex isting
ob j ects. T his is ou tlined on the nex t page:

1
Moving (Continued)
S t e p 1: S t a r t P o i n t S te p 2 : H o ld X k e y a n d s e le c t v e r te x p o in t
S te p 3 : C T R L + E n te r K e y s s e t a lo c a l r e fe r e n c e S te p 4 : H o ld Z k e y a n d s e t h e ig h t

1
Selecting Previously Defined Shapes

You may select an object by moving the mouse over the object in the grap hics
area and click ing on it. T he d ef ault mod e is D ynamic selection w hich w ill d isp lay
the object to be selected w ith a uniq ue outline color. P lease note that af ter
selecting ( C lick ing on the object) the object it w ill be d isp layed solid p ink w hile all
other objects are d raw n transp arent.
Types of Selection
T he d ef ault is to select objects. S ometimes is necessary to select f aces,
ed ges, or vertices. T o change the selection mod e, select the menu item
Edit > Select and choose the ap p rop riate selection mod e. T he shortcut
k eys o ( O bject selection) and f ( f ace selection) are usef ul f or q uick ly
sw itching betw een the most common selection mod es
M u ltiple Select or Tog g le Selection
M ultip le objects can be selected grap hically by hold ing d ow n the C T R L k ey
w hile selecting. I n ad d ition, w ith the C T R L k ey p ressed , the selection of an
object can be toggled betw een selected or unselected .
B lock ed O bj ects
I f the object you w ish to select is located behind another object, select the
object that is block ing the d esired object and p ress the b k ey or right-click
and select N ex t B eh ind f rom the contex t menu. You may rep eat this as
many times as need ed to select the correct object.
Select A ll V isible
You can select all visible objects by p ressing the C TR L + a k ey or by
selecting the menu item Edit > Select A ll V is ib le.
Select by N a m e
T o select objects by N ame you can use anyone of the f ollow ing:
S elect the menu item Edit > Select > B y N a m e
S elect the menu item H F SS > L is t
S elect the M od el tab
S elect objects f rom the list
U se the M o del T r ee. S ee the nex t p age

1
Selecting Previously Defined Shapes (Continued)

Model Tree
After an object has been created, it is automatically added to the M odel
T ree. All objects can be found in the M odel T ree. I f you op en the M odel
folder you w ill find the objects sorted by O bject or by M aterial. Y ou can
tog g le betw een the v iew s by tog g ling the menu item 3D Modeler > Group
O b j ec t b y Ma t eri a l.
S o r te d b y O b je c t S o r te d b y M a te r ia l
As stated p rev iously, ev ery object has tw o typ es of p rop erties:

A t t ri b u t es
Y ou may select an object by click ing on the corresp onding
item in the M odel T ree.
W hen the object is selected the attributes w ill be disp layed in
the P rop erty W indow . D ouble-click ing on the object w ill op en
a p rop erties dialog . U se the P rop erty W indow or p rop erties
dialog to modify the attributes.
C om m a n ds
F rom the M odel T ree, the C ommand P rop erties can be
selected by ex p anding the object folder to disp lay the
command list. U sing the mouse, select the corresp onding
A ttr ib u te s command from the tree. T he p rop erties w ill be disp layed in
C o m m a n d s the P rop erty W indow . D ouble-click ing on the command w ill
op en a p rop erties dialog . U se the P rop erty W indow or
p rop erties dialog to modify the command.
W hen the command is selected, the object w ill be outlined
w ith bold lines in the 3 D M odel W indow . S ince an object can
be a combination of sev eral p rimitiv es, the command list may
contain sev eral objects. Anyone of these commands can be
selected to v isualiz e or modify the object.

1
Object Attributes
An objects attributes set the following user defined properties:
Name U ser defined nam e. D efault nam es start with the prim itiv e ty pe
followed by an increasing num ber: B ox 1 , B ox 2 , etc.
M at er i al U ser defined m aterial property . T he default property is v acuum .
T his can be changed by using the m aterial toolbar
S o l v e I n s i d e B y default H F S S only solv es for fields inside
dielectrics. T o force H F S S to solv e inside conductors, check
solv e inside.
O rientation
M o d el O b j ec t C ontrols if the object is included in the solv e
D i s p l ay W i r ef r ame F orces the object to alway s be display ed as wirefram e
C o l o r S et object color
T r an s p ar en c y S et the transparency of an object. 0 S olid, 1 - W irefram e
No t e: V isibility is not an object property .

1
Materials
By clicking on the property button for the material name, the material d efinition
w ind ow w ill appear. Y ou can s elect from the ex is ting d atabas e or d efine a
cus tom proj ect material.

1
Materials (Continued)
User Defined Project Material
To define a custom material click the A dd Material b utton from the material
definition w indow . The follow ing dialog w ill ap p ear. E nter the material
definitions and click the O K b utton.

1
Changing the View

You can change the view at any time (even during shape generation) b y using
the f ol l owing commands:
Toolbar
R ot at e T he structure wil l b e rotated around the coordinate system
P an T he structure wil l b e transl ated in the graphical area
D y n am i c Z oom M oving the mouse upwards wil l increase the z oom f actor
whil e moving the mouse downwards wil l decrease the z oom f actor
Z oom I n / O u t I n this mode a rub b er b and rectangl e wil l b e def ined b y
dragging the mouse. A f ter rel easing the mouse b utton the z oom f actor wil l
b e appl ied.
P a n Z o o m In /O u t
R o ta te D y n a m ic Z o o m
C on t e x t M e n u
R ight cl ick in the graphics area and sel ect the menu item V i e w and choose
f rom the options outl ined in the T ool b ar section. T he contex t menu al so
of f ers the f ol l owing:
F i t A ll T his wil l z oom the def ined structure to a point where it f its in
the drawing area
F i t S e le c t i on T his f its onl y the sel ected ob j ects into the drawing
area.
S p i n D rag the mouse and rel ease the mouse b utton to start the
ob j ect spinning. T he speed of the dragging prior to rel easing the
mouse control s the speed of the spin.
A n i m at e C reate or displ ay the animation of parametric geometry
S h ort c u t s
S ince changing the view is a f req uentl y used operation, some usef ul
shortcut k eys ex ist. P ress the appropriate k eys and drag the mouse with
the l ef t b utton pressed:
A L T + D rag R otate
I n addition, there are 9 pre-def ined view angl es that can b e
sel ected b y hol ding the A L T k ey and doub l e cl ick ing on the
l ocations shown on the nex t page.
S h i f t + D rag - P an
A L T + S h i f t + D rag D ynamic Z oom

1
Shortcuts - P re d e f i n e d V i e w s
These 9 pre-d ef i n ed v i ew s c a n b e seen b y ho l d i n g t he A L T k ey a n d d o u b l e
c l i c k i n g t he l ef t m o u se b u t t o n o n t he l o c a t i o n s sho w n b el o w .
Top
P r e d e fin e d V ie w A n g le s
L e ft R ig h t
B ot t om

1
Changing the View (Continued)

Visibility
The visibility of objects, Boundaries, Excitations, and Field Rep orts can be
controlled from the m enu item View > Visibility
H id e S e le c tio n
The visibility of selected objects can be set hidden by selecting the
object( s) and choosing the m enu View > H id e S elec tio n > A ll Views.
R e n d e r in g
To chang e the rendering select the m enu item V iew > Render > W irefram e
or V iew > Render > S m ooth S haded
C o o r d in a te S yste m
To control the view of the coordinate system , select the m enu item :
Visibility:
Tog g le the m enu item View > C o o r d in a te S ystem > H id e
(S h o w)
S iz e :
Tog g le the m enu item View > C o o r d in a te S ystem > S m a ll
(L a rg e)
B a c k g r o u n d C o lo r
To set the back g round color, select the m enu item Vie w > M o d if y A ttr ibu te s
> B a c k g r o u n d C o lo r
A d d itio n Vie w S e e tin g s

A dditional attributes of the view such as the p rojection, orientation, and
lig hting can be set from the m enu item Vie w > M o d if y A ttr ibu te s

1
Applying Structural Transformations

So far we have investigated hot to model simple shapes and how to c hange the
view of the model. T o c reate more c omplic ated models or redu c e the nu mb er of
ob j ec ts that need to b e c reated manu ally we c an apply variou s transformations.
T he following ex amples assu me that y ou have already selec ted the ob j ec t( s) that
y ou wish to apply a transformation.
Y ou c an selec t the transformation options from the menu item Edit >
A rra n g e >
Move T ranslates the stru c tu re along a vec tor
R ot a t e R otates the shape arou nd a c oordinate ax is b y an angle
Mi r r or M irrors the shape arou nd a spec ified plane
O f f s et P erforms a u niform sc ale in x , y , and z .
D u p l ic a te >
A l on g L i n es C reate mu ltiple c opies of an ob j ec t along a vec tor
A r ou n d A x i s C reate mu ltiple c opies of an ob j ec t rotated b y a fix ed
angle arou nd the x , y , or z ax is
Mi r r or - M irrors the shape arou nd a spec ified plane and c reates a
du plic ate
S c a l e A llows non-u niform sc aling in the x , y , or z direc tion
T he fac es of an ob j ec t c an also b e moved to alter the shape of an ex isting ob j ec t.
T o move the fac es of an ob j ec t selec t the menu item 3 D M o de l e r > S u r f a c e s >
M o v e F a c e s and selec t A l o n g N o r m a l or A l o n g V e c to r .

1
Combine Objects by Using Boolean Operations

Most complex structures can be reduced to combinations of simple primitiv es.
E v en th e solid primitiv es can be reduced to simple 2 D primitiv es th at are sw ept
along a v ector or around an axis( B ox is a sq uare th at is sw ept along a v ector to
g iv e it th ick ness) . T h e solid modeler supports th e follow ing B oolean operations:
Unite combine multiple primitiv es
U nite disj oint obj ects
S eparate B odies to separate
S u b tr a c t remov e part of a primitiv e from anoth er
S p l it break primitiv es into multiple parts
I nter s ec t k eep only th e parts of primitiv es th at ov erlap
S w eep turn a 2 D primitiv e into a solid by sw eeping : A long a V ector,
A round an A xis, A long a P ath
C o nnec t connect 2 D primitiv es. U se C ov er S urfaces to turn th e
connected obj ect into a solid
S ec tio n g enerate 2 D cross-sections of a 3 D obj ect
Most B oolean operations req uire a base primitiv e in w h ich th e B oolean operation
is performed. O nly th e base obj ect w ill be preserv ed.
T h e B oolean functions prov ide th e option to C lone obj ects.
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-2 0

1
Local Coordinate Systems

The ability to create local coordinate systems adds a great deal of f lex ibility to the
creations of stru ctu ral obj ects. I n p rev iou s sections w e hav e only discu ssed
obj ects that are aligned to the global coordinate system. The local coordinate
system simp lif ies the def inition of obj ects that do not align w ith the global
coordinate system. I n addition, the obj ect history is def ined relativ e to a
coordinate system. I f the coordinate system is mov ed, the geometry w ill
au tomatically mov e w ith it. The def inition of coordinate systems are maintained
in the M odel Tree.
Working Coordinate System

The w ork ing coordinate system is the cu rrently selected C S . This can be a
local or global C S
G l ob al CS
The def au lt f ix ed coordinate system
R el ativ e CS
U ser def ined local coordinate system.
O f f set
R otated
B oth
F ac e CS
U ser def ined local coordinate system. I t is tied to the location of the obj ect
f ace it w as created on. I f the siz e of the base obj ect changes, all obj ects
created relativ e to the f ace C S w ill be u p dated au tomatically.
C ontinu ed on N ex t P age

1
Local Coordinate Systems (Continued)

Face CS (Continued)
To create a face CS, select the menu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate
S y s tem > F ac e
1. G rap hically select F ace ( H ig hlig hted in mod el)
2 . Select O rig in for F ace CS
3 . Set X -A x is
S t e p 1: S e l e c t F a c e S te p 2 : S e le c t O r ig in
N e w W o r k in g C S
S t e p 3 : S e t X -A x i s

1
Local Coordinate Systems (Continued)

Example of Face CS
C o n e is c r e a te d w ith F a c e C S
C h a n g e th e s iz e o f th e b o x a n d
th e C o n e is a u to m a tic a lly
m o v e d w ith th e F a c e C S

1
Parametric Geometry
The parametric modeler capability allows us to define variables in replace of a
fix ed position or siz e. O nce this has been defined the variable can be chang ed
by the user or by O ptimetrics. O ptimetrics can then be used to perform
automatic O ptimiz ation, P arametric S weeps, S tatistical, or S ensitivity A nalysis.
Defining Parameters
S elect the command to parameteriz ed
C hoose the value to chang e
E nter a variable in replace of the fix ed value
D efine the variable using any combination of math functions or desig n
variables.
The model will automatically be updated

1
Parametric Geometry (Continued)

Variables
There are two types of variables that can be defined in the HFSS D esk top
D esig n P ro p ert ies L ocal to m odel. To access the local variables
select the m enu item HFSS > Design Properties
P ro j ec t Variables G lobal to all m odels in proj ect. Start with $ . To
access the g lobal or proj ect variables, select the m enu item Proj ec t
> Proj ec t V a ria b l es
U n it s
W hen defining variables they m u st contain u nits. The defau lt u nits
for variables is m eters.
E q u at io n s
The variables can contain com plex eq u ations. See the O nline Help
for a com plete list of m ath fu nctions
A n im at io n
R ig ht-C lick in the 3 D M odel W indow & C hoose A nim ate to preview
the param eteriz ation

1.1
Boundary Conditions
Boundary Conditions
This chapter describes the basics for applying boundary conditions. B oundary
conditions enable you to control the characteristics of planes, faces, or interfaces
betw een obj ects. B oundary conditions are im portant to understand and are
fundam ental to solution of M ax w ell s eq uations.
W h y th e y are I m p ortant
The w av e eq uation that is solv ed by A nsoft H F S S is deriv ed from the differential
form of M ax w ell s E q uations. F or these ex pressions to be v alid, it is assum ed
that the field v ectors are single-v alued, bounded, and hav e continuous
distribution along w ith their deriv ativ es. A long boundaries or sources, the fields
are discontinuous and the deriv ativ es hav e no m eaning. Therefore boundary
conditions define the field behav ior across discontinuous boundaries.
A s a user of A nsoft H F S S you should be aw are of the field assum ptions m ade by
boundary conditions. S ince boundary conditions force a field behav ior w e w ant
to be aw are of the assum ptions so w e can determ ine if they are appropriate for
the sim ulation. I m proper use of boundary conditions m ay lead to inconsistent
results.
W hen used properly, boundary conditions can be successfully utiliz ed to reduce
the m odel com plex ity. I n fact, A nsoft H F S S autom atically uses boundary
conditions to reduce the com plex ity of the m odel. A nsoft H F S S can be thought of
as a v irtual prototyping w orld for passiv e R F dev ices. U nlik e the real w orld
w hich is bounded by infinite space, the v irtual prototyping w orld needs to be
m ade finite. I n order to achiev e this finite space, A nsoft H F S S applies a
back ground or outer boundary condition w hich is applied to the region
surrounding the geom etric m odel.
The m odel com plex ity usually is directly tied to the solution tim e and com puter
resources so it is a com petitiv e adv antage to utiliz e them w henev er possible.
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1.1-1

1.1
Boundary Conditions
Common Boundary Conditions

There are three types of boundary conditions. The first two are l arg el y the users
responsibil ity to define them or ensure that they are defined correctl y. The
m aterial boundary conditions are transparent to the user.
1. Excitations
W av e P orts ( E x ternal )
L um ped P orts ( I nternal )
2 . S u r f ace A p p r oxim ations
S ym m etry P l anes
P erfect E l ectric or M ag netic S urfaces
R adiation S urfaces
B ack g round or O uter S urface
3 . M ate r ial P r op e r tie s
B oundary between two diel ectrics

F inite C onductiv ity of a conductor

1.1
Boundary Conditions
How the Background Affects a Structure

The background is the region that surrounds the geometric model and f ills any
sp ace that is not occup ied by an obj ect. A ny obj ect surf ace that touches the
background is automatically def ined to be a P erf ect E boundary and giv en the
boundary name outer. Y ou can think of y our structure as being encased w ith a
thin, p erf ect conductor.
I f it is necessary , y ou can change a surf ace that is ex p osed to the background to

hav e p rop erties that are dif f erent f rom outer:
To model losses in a surf ace, y ou can redef ine the surf ace to be either a
F inite C onductiv ity or I mp edance boundary . A F inite C onductiv ity
boundary can be a lossy metal, w ith loss as a f unction of f req uency and
def ined using conductiv ity and relativ e p ermeability p arameters. A n
I mp edance boundary has real or comp lex v alues that by def ault remain
constant ov er f req uency .
To model a surf ace to allow w av es to radiate inf initely f ar into sp ace,
redef ine the surf ace to be radiation boundary .
The background can af f ect how y ou make material assignments. F or ex amp le, if
y ou are modeling a simp le air-f illed rectangular w av eguide, y ou can create a
single obj ect in the shap e of the w av eguide and def ine it to hav e the
characteristics of air. The surf ace of the w av eguide is automatically assumed to
be a p erf ect conductor and giv en the boundary condition outer, or y ou can
change it to a lossy conductor.

1.1
Boundary Conditions
Technical Definition of Boundary Conditions

Excitation A n e x c i t a t i o n p o r t i s a t y p e o f b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n t h a t p e r m i t s e n e r g y
to flo w in to a n d o u t o f a s tr u c tu r e .S e e th e s e c tio n o n E x c ita tio n s .
P e r f e ct E P e r f e c t E i s a p e r f e c t e l e c t r i c a l c o n d u c to r , a ls o r e fe r r e d to a s a p e r fe c t
c o n d u c to r . T h is ty p e o f b o u n d a r y fo r c e s th e e le c tr ic f i e l d ( E -F i e l d ) p e r p e n d i c u l a r
to th e s u r fa c e .T h e r e a r e a ls o tw o a u to m a tic P e rfe c t E a s s ig n m e n ts :
A n y o b je c t s u r fa c e th a t to u c h e s th e b a c k g ro u n d is a u to m a tic a lly d e fin e d to
b e a P e r fe c t E b o u n d a r y a n d g iv e n th e b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n n a m e outer.
A n y o b je c t th a t is a s s ig n e d th e m a te r ia l p e c (P e r fe c t E le c tr ic C o n d u c to r ) is
a u to m a tic a lly a s s ig n e d th e b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n P e r fe c t E to its s u r fa c e a n d
g iv e n th e b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n n a m e s m eta l .
P e r f e ct H P e r f e c t H i s a p e r f e c t m a g n e t i c c o n d u c t o r . F o r c e s E -F i e l d t a n g e n t i a l
to th e s u rfa c e .
N atu r al f o r a P e r f e c t H b o u n d a ry th a t o v e r la p s w ith a p e rfe c t E b o u n d a ry ,
th is r e v e r ts th e s e le c te d a re a to its o r ig in a l m a te r ia l, e r a s in g th e P e rfe c t E
b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n .It d o e s n o t a ffe c t a n y m a te r ia l a s s ig n m e n ts .It c a n b e
u s e d , fo r e x a m p le , to m o d e l a c u t -o u t in a g ro u n d p la n e fo r a c o a x fe e d .
F inite C ond u ctiv ity A F i n i t e C o n d u c t i v i t y b o u n d a r y e n a b l e s y o u t o d e f i n e t h e

s u r fa c e o f a n o b je c t a s a lo s s y ( im p e r fe c t) c o n d u c to r .It is a n im p e r fe c t E
b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n , a n d is a n a lo g o u s to th e lo s s y m e ta l m a te r ia l d e fin itio n . T o
m o d e l a lo s s y s u r fa c e , y o u p r o v id e lo s s in S ie m e n s /m e te r a n d p e r m e a b ility
p a r a m e te r s . L o s s is c a lc u la te d a s a fu n c tio n o f fr e q u e n c y . It is o n ly v a lid fo r
g o o d c o n d u c t o r s . F o r c e s t h e t a n g e n t i a l E -F i e l d e q u a l t o Zs( n x Ht a n ) . T h e
s u r f a c e i m p e d a n c e ( Zs) i s e q u a l t o , ( 1 + j ) / ( ) , w h e r e :
i s t h e s k i n d e p t h , ( 2 / ( ) ) 0 . 5 o f t h e c o n d u c t o r b e i n g m o d e l e d
is th e fr e q u e n c y o f th e e x c ita tio n w a v e .
is th e c o n d u c tiv ity o f th e c o n d u c to r
is th e p e r m e a b ility o f th e c o n d u c to r

1.1
Boundary Conditions
Technical Definition of Boundary Conditions (Continued)

Impedance a r e s is tiv e s u r fa c e th a t c a lc u la te s th e fie ld b e h a v io r a n d lo s s e s
u s in g a n a ly tic a l fo r m u la s . F o r c e s t h e t a n g e n t i a l E -F i e l d e q u a l t o Zs( n x Ht a n ) .
T h e s u r fa c e im p e d a n c e is e q u a l t o Rs + j X s, w h e r e :
Rs i s t h e r e s is ta n c e in o h m s /s q u a r e
X s is th e re a c ta n c e in o h m s /s q u a r e
L ay er ed Impedance M u l t i p l e t h i n l a y e r s i n a s t r u c t u r e c a n b e m o d e l e d a s a n
i m p e d a n c e s u r f a c e . S e e t h e O n l i n e He l p f o r a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n o n h o w t o u s e
th e L a y e re d Im p e d a n c e b o u n d a ry .
L u mped R L C a p a r a l l e l c o m b i n a t i o n o f l u m p e d r e s i s t o r , i n d u c t o r , a n d / o r
c a p a c i t o r s u r f a c e . T h e s i m u l a t i o n i s s i m i l a r t o t h e Impedance b o u n d a r y , b u t t h e
s o f t w a r e c a l c u l a t e t h e o h m s / s q u a r e u s i n g t h e u s e r s u p p l i e d R, L , C v a l u e s .
Inf i ni t e G r o u nd P l ane G e n e r a l l y , t h e g r o u n d p l a n e i s t r e a t e d a s a n i n f i n i t e ,
P e r fe c t E , F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity , o r Im p e d a n c e b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n . If r a d ia tio n
b o u n d a r ie s a r e u s e d in a s tr u c tu r e , th e g r o u n d p la n e a c ts a s a s h ie ld fo r fa r -f i e l d
e n e r g y , p r e v e n tin g w a v e s fr o m p r o p a g a tin g p a s t th e g r o u n d p la n e . to s im u la te
th e e ffe c t o f a n in fin ite g r o u n d p la n e , c h e c k th e In fin ite g r o u n d p la n e b o x w h e n
d e fin in g a P e r fe c t E , F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity , o r Im p e d a n c e b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n .
R adi at i o n Ra d i a t i o n b o u n d a r i e s , a l s o r e f e r r e d t o a s a b s o r b i n g b o u n d a r i e s ,
e n a b le y o u to m o d e l a s u r fa c e a s e le c tr ic a lly o p e n : w a v e s c a n th e n r a d ia te o u t o f
th e s tr u c tu r e a n d to w a r d th e r a d ia tio n b o u n d a r y . T h e s y s te m a b s o r b s th e w a v e a t
th e r a d ia tio n b o u n d a r y , e s s e n tia lly b a llo o n in g th e b o u n d a r y in fin ite ly fa r a w a y
f r o m t h e s t r u c t u r e a n d i n t o s p a c e . Ra d i a t i o n b o u n d a r i e s m a y a l s o b e p l a c e d
r e la tiv e ly c lo s e to a s tr u c tu r e a n d c a n b e a r b itr a r ily s h a p e d . T h is c o n d itio n
e lim in a te s th e n e e d fo r a s p h e r ic a l b o u n d a r y . F o r s tr u c tu r e s th a t in c lu d e r a d ia tio n
b o u n d a r i e s , c a l c u l a t e d S -p a r a m e t e r s i n c l u d e t h e e f f e c t s o f r a d i a t i o n l o s s . W h e n
a r a d i a t i o n b o u n d a r y i s i n c l u d e d i n a s t r u c t u r e , f a r -f i e l d c a l c u l a t i o n s a r e
p e r fo r m e d a s p a r t o f th e s im u la tio n .

1.2
Excitations
Technical Overview
Ports are a unique type of boundary condition that allow energy to flow into and
out of a structure. Y ou can assign a port to any 2 D obj ect or 3 D obj ect face.
B efore the full three-dim ensional electrom agnetic field inside a structure can be
calculated, it is necessary to determ ine the ex citation field pattern at each port.
A nsoft H F S S uses an arbitrary port solv er to calculate the natural field patterns or
m odes that can ex ist inside a transm ission structure with the sam e cross section
as the port. T he resulting 2 D field patterns serv e as boundary conditions for the
full three-dim ensional problem .
B y default A nsoft H F S S assum es that all structures are com pletely

encased in a conductiv e shield with no energy propagating through it. Y ou
apply Wave Ports to the structure to indicate the area were the energy
enters and ex its the conductiv e shield.
A s an alternativ e to using Wave Ports, you can apply L u m p ed Ports to a

structure instead. L u m p ed Ports are useful for m odeling internal ports
within a structure.

1.2
Excitations
Wave Port
The port solver assumes that the Wave Port y ou d ef i n e i s c on n ec ted to a semi -
i n f i n i tely lon g w aveg ui d e that has the same c ross-sec ti on an d materi al properti es
as the port. E ac h Wave Port i s ex c i ted i n d i vi d ually an d eac h mod e i n c i d en t on a
port c on tai n s on e w att of ti me-averag ed pow er. Wave Ports c alc ulate
c harac teri sti c i mped an c e, c omplex propag ati on c on stan t, an d g en erali z ed S -
P arameters.
Wave Equation
The f i eld pattern of a traveli n g w ave i n si d e a w aveg ui d e c an b e d etermi n ed
b y solvi n g M ax w ell s eq uati on s. The f ollow i n g eq uati on that i s solved b y
the 2 D solver i s d eri ved d i rec tly f rom M ax w ell s eq uati on .
1
E ( x, y ) k02 r E ( x, y ) = 0
r
w here:
E( x , y ) i s a phasor represen ti n g an osc i llati n g elec tri c f i eld .
k0 i s the f ree spac e w ave n umb er,
r i s the c omplex relati ve permeab i li ty .
r i s the c omplex relati ve permi tti vi ty .
To solve thi s eq uati on , the 2 D solver ob tai n s an ex c i tati on f i eld pattern i n

the f orm of a phasor soluti on , E( x , y ) . These phasor soluti on s are
i n d epen d en t of z an d t; on ly af ter b ei n g multi pli ed b y e-z d o they b ec ome
traveli n g w aves.
A lso n ote that the ex c i tati on f i eld pattern c omputed i s vali d on ly at a si n g le

f req uen c y . A d i f f eren t ex c i tati on f i eld pattern i s c omputed f or eac h
f req uen c y poi n t of i n terest.

1.2
Excitations
Modes
For a waveguide or transmission line with a given cross section, there is a series
of b asic f ield p atterns ( modes) that satisf y M ax well s E q uations at a sp ecif ic
f req uency . A ny linear comb ination of these modes can ex ist in the waveguide.
Mode Conversion
I n some cases it is necessary to include the ef f ects of higher-order modes
b ecause the structure acts as a mode converter. For ex amp le, if the mode
1 ( dominant) f ield at one p ort is converted ( as it p asses through a structure)
to a mode 2 f ield p attern at another, then it is necessary to ob tain the S -
p arameters f or the mode 2 f ield.
Modes, R ef l ec t ions, a nd P rop a g a t ion

I t is also p ossib le f or a 3 D f ield solution generated b y an ex citation signal of
one sp ecif ic mode to contain ref lections of higher-order modes which arise
due to discontinuities in a high f req uency structure. I f these higher-order
modes are ref lected b ack to the ex citation p ort or transmitted onto another
p ort, the S -p arameters associated with these modes should b e calculated.
I f the higher-order mode decay s b ef ore reaching any p orteither b ecause
of attenuation due to losses or b ecause it is a non-p rop agating evanescent
modethere is no need to ob tain the S -p arameters f or that mode.
Modes a nd F req u enc y

T he f ield p atterns associated with each mode generally vary with
f req uency . H owever, the p rop agation constants and imp edances alway s
vary with f req uency . T heref ore, when a f req uency sweep has b een
req uested, a solution is calculated f or each f req uency p oint of interest.
W hen p erf orming f req uency sweep s, b e aware that as the f req uency
increases, the lik elihood of higher-order modes p rop agating also increases.

1.2
Excitations
Modes and S-P ar am et er s

When the Wave Ports are defined correctly, for the modes that are inclu ded
in the simu lation, there is a p erfect matched condition at the Wave Port.
B ecau se of this, the S -Parameters for each mode and Wave Port are
normaliz ed to a freq u ency dep endent imp edance. T his typ e of S -
Parameter is referred to as G eneraliz ed S -Parameter.
L ab oratory measu rements, su ch as those from a vector netw ork analyz er,
or circu it simu lators u se a constant reference imp edance ( i. e. the p orts are
not p erfectly matched at every freq u ency) .
T o ob tain resu lts consistent w ith measu rements or for u se w ith

circu it simu lators, the g eneraliz ed s-p arameters calcu lated b y A nsoft
H F S S mu st b e renormaliz ed to a constant characteristic imp edance.
S ee the section on Calibrating Wave Ports for details on how to
p erform the renormaliz ation.
N ote: F ailu re to renormaliz e the g eneraliz ed S -Parameters may

resu lt in inconsistent resu lts. F or ex amp le, since the Wave Ports
are p erfectly matched at every freq u ency, the S -Parameters do not
ex hib it the interaction that actu ally ex ists b etw een p orts w ith a
constant characteristic imp edance.

1.2
Excitations
Wave Port Boundary Condition

The edge of a Wave Port can have the following boundary conditions :
Perfect E or F inite C onductivity by default the outer edge of a Wave Port
is defined to have a Perfect E boundary. With this as s um p tion, the p ort is
defined within a waveguide. F or trans m is s ion line s tructures that are
enclos ed by m etal, this is not a p roblem . F or unbalanced or non-enclos ed
lines , the fields in the s urrounding dielectric m us t be included. I m p rop er
s iz ing of the p ort definition will res ult in erroneous res ults .
S ym m etry the p ort s olver unders tands Perfect E and Perfect H s ym m etry
p lanes . The p rop er Wave Port im p edance m ultip lier needs to be ap p lied
when us ing s ym m etry p lanes .
I m p edance the p ort s olver will recogniz e an im p edance boundary at the

edges of the p orts .
R adiation the default s etting for the interface between a Wave Port and a
R adiation boundary is to ap p ly a Perfect E boundary to the edge of the
p orts .

1.2
Excitations
Calibrating Wave Ports

Wave Ports that are added to a structure must be calibrated to en sure con si sten t
resul ts. T hi s cal i brati on i s req ui red i n order to determi n e di recti on an d p ol ari ty of
f i el ds an d to mak e vol tag e cal cul ati on s.
Solution Type: Driven Modal

F or D ri ven M odal si mul ati on s, the Wave Ports are cal i brated usi n g
I n teg rati on L i n es. E ach I n teg rati on L i n e i s used to cal cul ate the f ol l ow i n g
characteri sti cs:
I m p edan ce A s an i mp edan ce l i n e, the l i n e serves as the p ath over
w hi ch A n sof t H F S S i n teg rates the E -f i el d to obtai n the vol tag e at a
Wave Port. A n sof t H F S S uses the vol tag e to comp ute the
characteri sti c i mp edan ce of the Wave Ports, w hi ch i s n eeded to
ren ormal i z e g en eral i z ed S -matri ces to sp eci f i c i mp edan ces such as
5 0 ohms.
Note: I f y ou w an t to be abl e to ren ormal i z e S -p arameters or
vi ew the val ues of Z p v or Z vi , y ou must ap p l y I n teg rati on
L i n es to the Wave Ports of a structure.
C alibratio n A s a cal i brati on l i n e, the l i n e ex p l i ci tl y def i n es the u p or

p o s itiv e di recti on at each Wave Port. A t an y Wave Port, the
di recti on of the f i el d at t = 0 can be i n at l east on e of tw o di recti on s.
A t some p orts, such as ci rcul ar p orts, there can be more than tw o
p ossi bl e di recti on s, an d y ou w i l l w an t to use Pol ari z e E -F i el d. I f y ou
do n ot def i n e an I n teg rati on L i n e, the resul ti n g S -p arameters can be
out of p hase w i th w hat y ou ex p ect.
T i p Y ou may n eed to run a p orts-on l y sol uti on f i rst to hel p determi n e how
the I n teg rati on L i n es n eed to be ap p l i ed to a Wave Port an d thei r di recti on .

1.2
Excitations
To calibrate a Wave Port, that has already been defined, with an

I nteg ration L ine:
1. F rom the Project Tree, ex p and E x ci ta ti on s and dou ble click on the
Wave Port to be calibrated
2 . S elect the M od es tab.
3 . F rom the table, select the I n teg ra ti on L i n e colu m n for the first m ode
and choose N ew L i n e.
4 . E nter the p osition and leng th of the line u sing one of the following
m ethods
Typ e the start and stop p oints of the line directly into the x , y,
or z ax is fields, referenced to the work ing coordinates. F or
m ore inform ation on coordinates, refer to G etting O riented in
the D rawing S p ace in C hap ter * * , D rawing B asics and Tip s.
G rap hically p ick the p oints in the D esig n Window s g rap hics
area. The line is disp layed as a vector; the vector indicates
direction. F rom the I n teg ra ti on L i n e colu m n, select S w a p
E n d p oi n ts to reverse the direction of the line, if necessary.
5 . R ep eat step s 3 and 4 to define and ap p ly lines to other m odes of the
cu rrent Wave Port.
6 . C lick the O K bu tton when you are finished defining I nteg ration L ines
7 . R ep eat step s 1 -6 to ap p ly lines to other Wave Ports.
S te p 3 : C r e a te N e w L in e

1.2
Excitations
About Impedance Lines

The S-m a t r i c es i n i t i a l l y c a l c u l a t ed b y A n s o f t H F SS a r e g en er a l i z ed S-
m a t r i c es n o r m a l i z ed t o t he i m p ed a n c es o f ea c h p o r t . H o w ev er , i t i s o f t en
d es i r a b l e t o c o m p u t e S-m a t r i c es t ha t a r e n o r m a l i z ed t o s p ec i f i c
i m p ed a n c es s u c h a s 5 0 o hm s . To c o n v er t a g en er a l i z ed S-m a t r i x t o a
r en o r m a l i z ed S-m a t r i x , A n s o f t H F SS f i r s t c o m p u t es t he c ha r a c t er i s t i c
i m p ed a n c e a t ea c h p o r t . Ther e a r e s ev er a l w a y s t o c o m p u t e t he
c ha r a c t er i s t i c i m p ed a n c e ( Zpi, Zpv , Zv i) .
A n s o f t H F SS w i l l a l w a y s c a l c u l a t e Zpi. The i m p ed a n c ec a lc u la tio n u s in g

p o w er a n d c u r r en t i s w el l d ef i n ed f o r a W a v e P o r t . The o t her t w o m et ho d s
Zpv a n d Zv i r eq u i r e a l i n e o f i n t eg r a t i o n t o d et er m i n e v o l t a g e. B y d ef i n i n g
a n I n t eg r a t i o n L i n e f o r ea c h m o d e, t he v o l t a g e c a n b e c o m p u t ed .
I n g en er a l , t he i m p ed a n c e l i n e s ho u l d b e d ef i n ed b et w een t w o p o i n t s a t
w hi c h t he v o l t a g e d i f f er en t i a l i s ex p ec t ed t o b e a m a x im u m . If y o u a r e
a n a l y z i n g m u l t i p l e m o d es , d ef i n e a s ep a r a t e I n t eg r a t i o n L i n es f o r ea c h
m o d e s i n c e t he o r i en t a t i o n o f t he el ec t r i c f i el d w i l l v a ry .
About C al ibr ation Lines

W hen t he ex c i t a t i o n f i el d p a t t er n a t a W a v e P o r t i s c o m p u t ed , t he d i r ec t i o n
o f t he f i el d a t t = 0 i s a r b i t r a r y a n d c a n p o i n t i n o n e o f a t l ea s t t w o w a y s .
The I n t eg r a t i o n L i n es c a l i b r a t e t he p o r t b y d ef i n i n g t he p r ef er r ed d i r ec t i o n
o r t he r ef er en c e o r i en t a t i o n . B e s u r e t o d ef i n e I n t eg r a t i o n L i n es f o r ea c h
W a v e P o r t s o t ha t t he p r ef er r ed d i r ec t i o n i s t he s a m e r el a t i v e t o o t her p o r t s
ha v i n g i d en t i c a l o r s i m i l a r c r o s s -s ec t i o n s . I n t hi s w a y , t he r es u l t s o f
l a b o r a t o r y m ea s u r em en t s ( i n w hi c h t he s et u p i s c a l i b r a t ed b y r em o v i n g t he
s t r u c t u r e a n d c o n n ec t i n g t w o p o r t s t o g et her ) c a n b e d u p l i c a t ed .
B ec a u s e t he c a l i b r a t i o n l i n es o n l y d et er m i n e t he p ha s e o f t he ex c i t a t i o n
s i g n a l a n d t he t r a v el i n g w a v e, t he s y s t em i g n o r es t hem d u r i n g t he P o r t s -
O n ly s o lu tio n

1.2
Excitations
Solution Type: Driven Terminal

The Modal S-m at r i x s olu t i on c om p u t ed b y A n s of t H F SS i s ex p r es s ed i n
t er m s of t he i n c i den t an d r ef lec t ed p ow er s of t he w av eg u i de m odes . Thi s
des c r i p t i on does n ot len d i t s elf t o p r ob lem s w her e s ev er al di f f er en t q u as i -
t r an s v er s e elec t r om ag n et i c ( TE M) m odes c an p r op ag at e s i m u lt an eou s ly .
F or s t r u c t u r es li k e c ou p led t r an s m i s s i on li n es or c on n ec t or s , w hi c h s u p p or t
m u lt i p le, q u as i -TE M m odes of p r op ag at i on , i t i s of t en des i r ab le t o c om p u t e
t he Ter m i n al S-P ar am et er s .
To c ali b r at e a W av e P or t , t hat has alr eady b een def i n ed, w i t h Ter m i n al

L i n es :
1. F r om t he Project Tree, ex p an d E x ci ta ti on s an d dou b le c li c k on t he
W av e P or t t o b e c ali b r at ed
2 . Selec t t he Term i n a l s t ab .
3 . F r om t he t ab le, s elec t t he Term i n a l L i n e c olu m n f or t he f i r s t t er m i n al

an d c hoos e N ew L i n e.
4 . E n t er t he p os i t i on an d len g t h of t he li n e u s i n g on e of t he f ollow i n g
m et hods
Ty p e t he s t ar t an d s t op p oi n t s of t he li n e di r ec t ly i n t o t he x , y ,
or z ax i s f i elds , r ef er en c ed t o t he w or k i n g c oor di n at es . F or
m or e i n f or m at i on on c oor di n at es , r ef er t o G et t i n g O r i en t ed i n
t he D r aw i n g Sp ac e i n C hap t er * * , D r aw i n g B as i c s an d Ti p s .
G r ap hi c ally p i c k t he p oi n t s i n t he D es i g n W i n dow s g r ap hi c s
ar ea. The li n e i s di s p lay ed as a v ec t or ; t he v ec t or i n di c at es
di r ec t i on . F r om t he Term i n a l L i n e c olu m n , s elec t S w a p
E n d p oi n ts t o r ev er s e t he di r ec t i on of t he li n e, i f n ec es s ar y .
5 . R ep eat s t ep s 3 an d 4 t o def i n e an d ap p ly li n es t o ot her t er m i n als of
t he c u r r en t W av e P or t .
6 . C li c k t he O K b u t t on w hen y ou ar e f i n i s hed def i n i n g Ter m i n al L i n es
7 . R ep eat s t ep s 1 -6 t o ap p ly li n es t o ot her W av e P or t s .

1.2
Excitations
About Terminal Lines

The Terminal S-P aramet ers rep res ent t he linear c o mb inat io n o f no d al
v o lt ag es and c u rrent s f o r t he W av e P o rt . F ro m t he no d al v o lt ag es and
c u rrent s , t he ad mit t anc e, imp ed anc e, and p s eu d o -S-mat ric es c an b e
d et ermined .
B y d ef ining a Terminal L ine f o r eac h c o nd u c t o r ac ro s s a p o rt , A ns o f t H F SS

w ill au t o mat ic ally c o nv ert t he M o d al So lu t io n t o it s eq u iv alent Terminal
So lu t io n.
I n g eneral a s ing le t erminal line is c reat ed f ro m t he ref erenc e o r
g ro u nd c o nd u c t o r t o eac h p o rt -p lane c o nd u c t o r.
The p o larit y ref erenc e f o r t he v o lt ag e is es t ab lis hed b y t he arro w

head ( + ) and t he b as e( -) o f t he t erminal line. I f y o u d ec id e t o c reat e
t erminal lines , t hey mu s t b e d ef ined f o r ev ery p o rt and ev ery t erminal
o n t he p o rt

1.2
Excitations
Considerations for Defining Wave Ports
Wave Port Locations

It is recommended that only surfaces that are exposed to the back g round
be defined as W av e P orts. T he back g round is g iv en the boundary name
outer. T herefore a surface is exposed to the back g round if it touches the
boundary outer. Y ou can locate all reg ions of outer by selecting the menu
item HFSS, Boundary Display (Solver View). F rom the Solver View of
Boundaries, check the Visib ilit y for outer.
I nterior Wave Ports

If you w ant to apply W av e P orts to the interior of a structure, you
must create an inner v oid or select the surface of an interior obj ect
that is assig n a perfect conductor material property. Inner v oids are
automatically assig ned the boundary outer. Y ou can create an inner
v oid by surrounding one obj ect entirely w ith another obj ect, then
subtracting the interior obj ect.
Ports are Pl anar

A port must lie in a sing le plane. P orts that bend are not allow ed. F or
example, if a g eometric model has a curv ed surface exposed to the
back g round, that curv ed surface cannot be defined as a port.

1.2
Excitations
Wave Ports Require a Length of Uniform Cross Section

Ansoft HFSS a ssu m e s th a t e a c h p or t y ou d e fi ne i s c onne c te d to a se m i-
i nfi ni te l y l ong w a v e g u i d e th a t h a s th e sa m e c r oss se c ti on a s th e W a v e P or t.
W h e n sol v i ng for S-p a r a m e te r s, th e si m u l a tor a ssu m e s th a t th e str u c tu r e i s
e x c i te d b y th e na tu r a l fi e l d p a tte r ns ( m od e s) a ssoc i a te d w i th th e se c r oss
se c ti ons. T h e fol l ow i ng fi g u r e s i l l u str a te c r oss se c ti ons. T h e fi r st fi g u re
sh ow s r e g i ons th a t h a v e b e e n d e fi ne d a s W a v e P or ts on th e ou te r
c ond u c ti v e su r fa c e of a str u c tu r e .
P o rt 1
P o rt 4
P o rt 3
P o rt 2
I n th e ne x t fi g u r e , c r oss se c ti ons m u st b e a d d e d to th e str u c tu r e . T h e

w a v e g u i d e on th e l e ft i s not m od e l e d c or r e c tl y b e c a u se i t d oe s not c onta i n
a l e ng th of u ni for m c r oss se c ti on a t e i th e r W a v e P or t. T o m od e l i t c or r e c tl y ,
a d d a l e ng th of u ni for m c r oss se c ti on a t e a c h W a v e P or t, a s sh ow n on th e
w a v e g u i d e to th e r i g h t.
u n ifo r m c r o s s s e c tio n
n o u n ifo r m c r o s s s e c tio n a d d e d fo r e a c h W a v e P o rt
a t W a v e P o rts

1.2
Excitations
The length of the uniform cross section must be long enough to allow non-
p rop agating mod es to d ie out. This ensures accurate simulation results. F or
ex amp le, if a non-p rop agating mod e tak es ap p rox imately one-eighth of a
w av elength to d ie out, either because of losses or because it is an
ev anescent mod e, then y ou should mak e the uniform cross section one-
eighth of a w av elength. O therw ise, y ou must includ e the effects of that
higher-ord er mod e in the simulation.
D iscontinuities p laced close to the p ort may also cause non-p rop agating
mod es to reach the p ort. P lacing the p ort too close to d iscontinuities w ill
cause erroneous results since the bound ary cond ition at the p ort w ill
p rev ent the simulated solution from matching the actual solution ( i. e. The
sy stem forces the field at each p ort to be a linear combination of the mod es
y ou req uest) . The energy from the non-p rop agating mod es that reach the
p ort w ill affect the ap p arent energy in the d ominate mod e and p rod uce
erroneous results.
The mod es attenuate as a function of e-z, assuming the w av e p rop agates

in the z -d irection. Therefore, the req uired d istance ( uniform p ort length)
d ep end s on the v alue of the mod es p rop agation constant.
W hen the W av e P orts lengths are correct, for mod es that are includ ed in
the simulation there is a p erfect matched cond ition at a W av e P ort, as if the
w av eguid e ex tend ed to infinity . F or mod es that are not includ ed in a
simulation, a W av e P ort ap p ears as a p erfect cond uctor.
Wave Ports and Multiple Propagating Modes

E ach higher-ord er mod e rep resents a d ifferent field p attern that can
p rop agate d ow n a w av eguid e. I n general, all p rop agating mod es should be
includ ed in a simulation. I n most cases, y ou can accep t the d efault of 1
mod e, but w here p rop agating higher-ord er mod es are p resent y ou need to
change this to includ e higher-ord er mod es. I f there are more p rop agating
mod es than the number sp ecified , erroneous results w ill be generated . The
number of mod es can v ary among p orts.

1.2
Excitations
Propagating Modes
Propagating modes are those that have a propagation constant, (rad/ m),
that is greater than their attenu ation constant, (N p/ meter). O ne w ay to
determine w hich modes need to b e model ed is to set u p the prob l em w ith
mu l tipl e modes and generate a sol u tion w ith no adaptive passes. T hen,
inspect the compl ex propagation constant, = + , associated w ith each
mode. T o inspect the compl ex propagation constant (G amma) af ter an
anal y sis has b een perf ormed:
1. F rom the HFSS, Analysis Setup menu , sel ect M atr ix D ata.
2 . A dial og simil ar to the one show n b el ow w il l appear, check G am m a

and change the displ ay ty pe to R eal/ I m ag inar y.
E ach additional mode at a port resu l ts in an additional set of S -parameters.

F or ex ampl e, if y ou are anal y z ing tw o modes at each port in a three-port
stru ctu re, the f inal resu l t is a 6 x 6 S -matrix . I n general , an n-port sol u tion is
the total nu mb er of ex citations of al l ports, the nu mb er of modes, pl u s the
nu mb er of sou rces.
I f y ou choose not to incl u de some higher-order modes in a simu l ation,

mak e su re the cross sections on the W ave Ports are l ong enou gh so that
the modes die ou t and are not ref l ected b ack .

1.2
Excitations
Wave Ports and Symmetry Planes T h e I mp edanc e M u lti p li er

When a ports size is reduced because of a symmetry plane, the impedance
needs to be adj usted to account for the loss of v oltag e and pow er-flow .
A P erfect E S ymmetry plane must be adj usted by a factor of 2 .
S uch models hav e half the v oltag e differential and half the
pow er flow of the full structure, resulting in impedances that
are half of those for the full structure.
A P erfect H S ymmetry plane must be adj usted by a factor of 0 . 5 .

S uch models hav e the same v oltag e differential but half the
pow er flow of the full structure, resulting in impedances that
are tw ice those for the full structure.
I f the structure has a combination of P erfect E and P erfect H

S ymmetry planes, adj ust according ly.
F or instance, you do not hav e to enter an impedance
multiplier for a structure w ith both a P erfect E and P erfect H
boundary since you w ould be multiplying by 0 . 5 and 2 .

2
Analysis Setup
Analysis Setup
This chapter provides details on Analysis in the Ansoft HFSS v.9.0 softw are su ch
as:
Add Solu tion Setu p
Adapt Freq u ency
C onverg ence C riteria
I nitial M esh O ptions
Adaptive O ptions
L ow -O rder B asis Fu nctions
Setu p
P roperties
Add Sw eep
Sw eep P roperties and Types of Sw eeps

2
Analysis Setup
Adaptive Meshing
The adaptive meshing constructs a mesh that conforms to the electrical
performance of the device. B y employ ing adaptive meshing, the mesh is
automatically tuned to give the most accurate and efficient mesh possib le.
W ithout adaptive meshing, the responsib ility of generating the correct mesh
w ould b e left to the user. This is b oth error prone and tedious. W ith A daptive
M eshing y ou w ill k now the answ er is right the first time.
How it Works
The adaptive meshing algorithm searches for the largest gradients in the E -
field or error and sub -divides the mesh in those regions. I t also targets
singularities, such as the edge of a conductor, as locations to add ex tra
elements.
The mesh grow th for each adaptive pass is controlled b y the Tetrahedron
R efinement in Setup Solution (Advanced Tab). Y ou should notice, that the
Tet. R ef inem ent is a percentage. This ensures that b etw een each pass the
mesh is sufficiently perturb ed and guarantees that y ou w ill not receive false
convergences.
A fter the mesh has b een refined, a full solution is performed and the
process is repeated until convergence
C on v e rg e n c e
A fter each adaptive pass, H F SS compares the S-P arameters from the
current mesh to the results of the previous mesh. I f the answ ers have not
changed b y the user defined value or D elta S, then the solution has
converged and the current or previous mesh can b e used to perform a
freq uency sw eep. I f the solution has converged, then technically , the
previous mesh is as good as the current mesh. I n this case, A nsoft H F SS
w ill use the previous mesh to perform freq uency sw eeps if they have b een
req uested.
D e l ta S
The D elta S is the default criteria used to determine mesh/ solution
convergence. The D elta S is defined as the max imum change in the
magnitude of the S-parameters b etw een tw o consecutive passes:
M ax ij[ mag( SNij S( N-1 ) ij) ] , w here i and j cover all matrix entries and N
represents the pass numb er
Since this is the magnitude of a vector q uantity , it can vary b etw een
0 and 2

2
Analysis Setup
Adaptive Meshing (Continued)

Since the adaptive meshing is based on the E-f iel d, choosing the pr oper adapt
f r eq u ency can be cr itical . L ik e any thing in engineer ing, ther e ar e ex ceptions to
ever y r u l e, bu t in gener al , the f ol l ow ing tips w il l hel p y ou sel ect the cor r ect
adaptive f r eq u ency .
Broadband Structures
F or br oadband str u ctu r es, the end f r eq u ency shou l d be u sed since the f iner
mesh shou l d be val id at al l l ow er f r eq u ency points.
F i l ters
F or f il ter s or nar r ow -band devices, a f r eq u ency w ithin the pass-band or
oper ating r egion shou l d be u sed since in the stop-band the E-f iel d is onl y
pr esent at the por ts.
F ast F req uency Sw eep s
F or F ast F r eq u ency Sw eeps, ty pical l y u se the center of the f r eq u ency
band. T he F ast F r eq u ency Sw eep u ses the mesh/ sol u tion at the adaptive
f r eq u ency point. Since the er r or in the F ast F r eq u ency Sw eep ty pical l y
incr eases as y ou move aw ay f r om this point, the center of the f r eq u ency
band is u su al l y the pr ef er r ed sol u tion f r eq u ency to ex tr apol ate the entir e
band f r om. I t is al so impor tant to center the f r eq u ency sw eep ar ou nd a
center point that w il l pr odu ce an adeq u ate mesh. T his is especial l y tr u e f or
ver y high Q devices su ch as nar r ow -band f il ter s. I f the center f r eq u ency is
not in the f il ter s pass-band, the bandw idth and r esonant f r eq u ency w il l not
be accu r ate.
F ul l -W av e Sp i ce E x p ort
F or F u l l -W ave Spice pr obl ems, u se the K nee F r eq u ency
( F knee 0 . 5 / r ise_ time) to adapt to conver gence. T hen per f or m 2-5 mor e
f r eq u ency points to adapt at. T he additional points shou l d be sel ected
betw een the K nee F r eq u ency and the max imu m f r eq u ency ( O nl y needs 2-3
passes per f r eq u ency point) .
F r eq u encies bel ow the K nee F r eq u ency shou l d have the l ar gest
impact on the time-domain, ther ef or e the K nee F r eq u ency is u sed
f or the pr imar y adaptive meshing. U nf or tu natel y , the mesh needed
at the higher f r eq u encies may not be r esol ved enou gh w ithou t
per f or ming the additional adaptive mesh passes.
D u e to the l ar ge bandw idths, ty pical l y y ou w il l u se an I nter pol ating
Sw eep. U sing mu l tipl e f r eq u ency sw eeps and combining the r esu l ts
may al so be u sef u l .

2
Analysis Setup

High-S p e e d D igit a l / S ign a l I n t e gr it y
For high-s p e e d d igit a l s im u l a t ion s y ou a re in t e re s t e d in t he p e rf orm a n c e
ov e r a b roa d f re q u e n c y ra n ge . T o d e t e rm in e t he f re q u e n c y b a n d w id t h t ha t
y ou n e e d t o s im u l a t e ov e r, t he f ol l ow in g gu id e is re c om m e n d e d :
B W 5 * Fknee, w he re Fknee 0 . 5 / ris e _ t im e
I n ge n e ra l , a l l of t he f re q u e n c ie s b e l ow t he Fknee f re q u e n c y ha v e t he l a rge s t
im p a c t on t he d igit a l s ign a l . T he re f ore a good high-s p e e d d igit a l d e s ign w il l
ha v e a c l e a n , w e l l m a t c he d re s p on s e u p t o a t l e a s t Fknee.
High-S p e e d D igit a l ( S P I C E E x p o r t )
T o e x p ort t o S P I C E , f or t ra n s ie n t s im u l a t ion s , a l a rge b a n d w id t h is re q u ire d
( 5 * Fknee) . T he re a s on f or t his is t ha t t he Fknee is a n a p p rox im a t ion , p l u s y ou
w a n t m ore t he n 1 s a m p l e p oin t ov e r t he ris e -t im e .
W he n e x p ort in g t o S P I C E , t he l ow f re q u e n c y is a l s o im p ort a n t . Y ou w a n t
t o ge t a s c l os e t o D C a s p os s ib l e . E v e ry p ort s e t u p a n d e v e ry p rob l e m is a
l it t l e d if f e re n t w it h re ga rd s t o how l ow y ou c a n s ol v e in A n s of t H FS S . 9 9 %
of t he t im e y ou c a n s im u l a t e t o a t l e a s t 1 0 0 M H z . B e l ow t ha t is t ria l a n
e rror. W he n y ou e x p ort t o Fu l l -W a v e S P I C E , t he D C c om p on e n t w il l b e
e x t ra p ol a t e d f rom t he l ow e s t f re q u e n c y in t he s ol v e . T he re f ore , goin g f rom
1 G H z t o D C is n ot goin g t o giv e a v e ry a c c u ra t e e x t ra p ol a t ion .
Fre q u e n c y s p a c in g. T he s e t u p f or Fu l l -W a v e S p ic e re c om m e n d s t ha t t he
m in im u m f re q u e n c y b e u s e d a s t he s p a c in g. T his u s u a l l y re s u l t s in 1 0 0 0 -
3 0 0 0 p oin t s d e p e n d in g on t he b a n d w id t h of t he s w e e p .
High-S p e e d D igit a l ( A d a p t iv e M e s hin g)
S in c e t he s im u l a t ion b a n d w id t hs c a n b e s o l a rge , d e t e rm in in g t he p rop e r
a d a p t iv e m e s h f re q u e n c y c a n b e v e ry d if f ic u l t . T he f ol l ow in g t e c hn iq u e is
re c om m e n d e d :
1 . A d a p t a t t he Fknee u n t il c on v e rge n c e (D e l t a S 0 . 0 2 t o 0 . 0 1 )
2 . P ic k 2 -3 f re q u e n c y p oin t s a b ov e Fknee t o a d a p t a t
D on t ru n t he s e t o c on v e rge n c e , j u s t d o 3 -5 p a s s e s
3 . S ol v e t he Fre q u e n c y S w e e p
For l a rge b a n d w id t hs , e it he r b re a k u p t he f re q u e n c y s w e e p
a n d / or u s e I n t e rp ol a t in g S w e e p s

2
Analysis Setup

High-S p e e d D igit a l ( W hy t his t e c hn iq u e ? )
If the frequency points below F k nee ha v e the big g est im pa ct on the d ig ita l
response, then m eshing a t tha t frequency should prod uce a n a ccura te
m esh for a ll frequency points below it.
If you sim ula te m ost pa ssiv e d ev ices ov er a la rg e enoug h ba nd wid th, they
sta rt to ex hibit a low pa ss filter response. S o the hig her frequency content
contributes less to the tim e-d om a in sim ula tion in a d d ition to being filtered
out by the d ev ices frequency response. T his is why we d on' t worry a s
m uch a bout the hig her frequency a d a ptiv e pa sses conv erg ing . T o
a pprecia te the sig nifica nce of this you a lso ha v e to ta k e into a ccount how
H F S S d oes its a d a ptiv e m eshing . It is d one by find ing the hig hest g ra d ient
of the electric field . S o if the d ev ice beha v es a s a filter a nd we a re
a d a pting outsid e the pa ss ba nd of the filter, we a re focusing m ost of the
m esh only a t the ports.
N ow if your d ev ice perform s well beyond F k nee, there is no ha rm in
a d a pting a t a hig her frequency until conv erg ence. U nfortuna tely, for rea l
problem s( 1 0 -4 0 G b/ s) the d esig n cha lleng e is to g et the d ev ice to work a t
lea st up to the k nee frequency.
F or these la rg e B a nd wid th sweeps, use the Interpola ting S weep. T his
sweep is ba sed on the d iscrete sweep, but it a d a ptiv ely pick s d iscrete
points a nd curv e fits. S o it ta k es less d iscrete points to represent a la rg e
ba nd wid th. T he interpola ting sweep ca n use either a polynom ia l fit or a
ra tiona l function. S o it ca n help to brea k up the sweep. U p to the k nee
frequency work s g ood for a polynom ia l fit a nd a bov e tha t the ra tiona l
function will work better. T he interpola tion sweep will a lwa ys pa ss throug h
the sta rt/ end frequency points so if you d on' t cha ng e the m esh a nd m a k e
sure the sta rt a nd end frequency points m a tch up for your sweeps, they
com bine tog ether without a problem .

2
Analysis Setup

High-S p e e d D igit a l ( D e s ign F l o w )
Up until this point, the entire discussion of High Speed Digital w as b ased
on the assum ption that y ou are ex porting ev ery sim ulation to SP I C E .
T here are m any stages in the design cy cle and going to SP I C E is not
req uired for ev ery part of the design. I f y ou hav e resonance' s, m ism atch,
coupling, etc b elow the F k nee, these should b e addressed in the field
solv er prior to running SP I C E sim ulations. T herefore, the sw eep only
needs to b e done to 1 . 5 -2 x F k nee to inv estigate the perform ance. I n
addition, for engineering design purposes, y ou m ay not need to go b elow
1 G Hz .
During these early stages of design, y ou m ay also w ant to use the F ast
F req uency Sw eep since y ou can get S-P aram eters and fields for ev ery
freq uency in the Sw eep. T his allow s y ou to v isualiz e any resonance or
coupling y ou m ay b e seeing in the S-P aram eters.
A nother useful tool for pack age/ b oard analy sis is the E igenM ode solv er. I n
m any instances, resonances caused b y the pow er and ground plane nets
are the largest contrib utor to designs prob lem s. B y rem ov ing ev ery thing
ex cept the pow er/ ground nets, the E igenm ode solv er can b e used to
q uick ly identify resonances.

2
Analysis Setup
Setting Convergence
It is very common to request too much accuracy when defining the D el ta S .
R ememb er! T he manufacturing p rocess, the l ab oratory equip ment, and the
measurement p rocess al l have inherent errors associated with them. A sk ing
H F S S to p rovide a l evel of accuracy that is orders of magnitudes greater then
what you can ob tain in the real -worl d does not b uy you anything other then ex tra
simul ation time. Instead, use the C onvergence M onitoring and good engineering
j udgment to determine when to terminate the adap tive meshing p rocess and how
to set the D el ta S . In general a D el ta S of 0 . 0 2 ( 2 % ) , which is the defaul t, or as
l ow as 0 . 0 1 ( 1 % ) , is sufficient.
Sol u tion Convergence S-M a trix vs . F iel d s

T he convergence criteria is b ased on the S -M atrix . T yp ical l y, the S -M atrix
converges p rior to fiel d quantities. T hat is to say if you are l ook ing for the
ab sol ute fiel d val ue within the p rob l em region, chances are you wil l need to sol ve
several more adap tive p asses in order to see the same convergence that was
ob tained for the S -M atrix . T his wil l al so dep end on the fiel d quantity you are
sol ving for. A nsoft H F S S sol ves for the E -fiel d directl y. F rom the E -fiel d it
cal cul ates the H -fiel d and from the H -fiel d it cal cul ates current. T herefore, the
fiel d quantities wil l al so converge with varying mesh densities.

2
Analysis Setup
Adding a Solution Setup

In order to perform an Analysis in Ansoft HFSS a Solution Setup must b e
added. T o do th is, rig h t c lic k on Analysis in th e Ansoft HFSS model tree.
B y default, th e G eneral T ab w ill b e displayed. T h e Solution Freq uenc y and

th e C onv erg enc e C riteria are set h ere.

2
Analysis Setup
Adding a Solution Setup (Continued)

General Tab
Solution Frequency This frequency point is used by the adaptive m esher
to autom atical l y refine the m esh to el ectrical perform ance of the device.
Solv e P orts O nly - The P ort S ol ution uses an arbitrary, adaptive 2 D
eig enm ode sol ver to determ ine the natural frequencies or m odes
that w il l be used to ex cite the structure. The ports onl y sol ution can
be used to cal cul ate onl y the m odal fiel d patterns for the 2 D cross
sections defined to be ports. This is useful for determ ining the
num ber of m odes, m odal fiel ds, the port l eng th, and/ or proper port
setup prior to running a ful l sol ution.
A d a p tiv e Solutions
M a x im um N um b er of P a s s es - This num ber control s the m ax im um
num ber of passes the adaptive m esh routine w il l perform as it
attem pts to satisfy the converg ence criteria.
M a x im um D elta S P er P a s s This num ber defines the converg ence
criteria for the adaptive m eshing process.

2
Analysis Setup

Advanced Tab
Initial Mesh Options
L am b d a R ef inem ent - T h e I n i t i a l M e s h i s b a s e d o n l y o n t h e 3 D s o l i d
m o d e l, it h a s n o b e a r in g o n th e e le c tr ic a l p e r fo r m a n c e o f th e d e v ic e
to b e s im u la te d . T h e L a m b d a R e fin e m e n t p r o c e s s r e fin e s th e In itia l
M e s h u n til m o s t m e s h e le m e n t le n g th s a r e a p p r o x im a te ly o n e -
q u a r t e r w a v e l e n g t h f o r a i r a n d o n e -t h i r d w a v e l e n g t h f o r d i e l e c t r i c s .
A w a v e le n g th is b a s e d o n th e S in g le F r e q u e n c y v a lu e e n te r e d in th e
S olu tion F r eq u enc y . I n a l m o s t a l l c a s e s L a m b d a R e f i n e m e n t s h o u l d
b e u s e d .
U se F r ee S pac e L am b d a T h i s w i l l f o r c e t h e l a m b d a r e f i n e m e n t t o
t a r g e t a m e s h s i z e a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e -q u a r t e r o f a w a v e l e n g t h f o r
a ir . T h e m a te r ia l p r o p e r tie s o f o b je c ts w ill b e ig n o r e d . T h is m a y b e
u s e fu l in a p p lic a tio n s th a t h a v e d ie le c tr ic s w ith v e r y h ig h
c o n d u c tiv itie s . B r a in tis s u e o r s a lt w a te r a r e e x a m p le s o f m a te r ia ls
th a t w ill p r o d u c e v e r y h ig h m e s h c o u n ts e v e n th o u g h th e R F
p e n e tr a tio n in to th e m a te r ia l w ill b e lim ite d to a r e g io n v e r y c lo s e to
th e s u rfa c e .

2
Analysis Setup

Advanced Tab (Continued)
Adaptive Options
R ef inem ent P er P ass -T h e m e s h g r o w t h f o r e a c h a d a p t i v e p a s s i s
c o n tr o lle d b y th e R e fin e m e n t P e r P a s s . T h e R e fin e m e n t P e r P a s s is
a p e r c e n ta g e . T h is e n s u r e s th a t b e tw e e n e a c h p a s s th e m e s h is
s u ffic ie n tly p e r tu r b e d a n d g u a r a n te e s th a t y o u w ill n o t r e c e iv e fa ls e
c o n v e rg e n c e s .
M inim u m N u m b er of P asses - A n a d a p t i v e a n a l y s i s w i l l n o t s t o p
u n le s s th e m in im u m n u m b e r o f p a s s e s y o u s p e c ify h a s b e e n
c o m p le te d , e v e n if c o n v e r g e n c e c r ite r ia h a v e b e e n m e t
M inim u m C onver g ed P asses - A n a d a p t i v e a n a l y s i s w i l l n o t s t o p
u n le s s th e m in im u m n u m b e r o f c o n v e r g e d p a s s e s y o u s p e c ify h a s
b e e n c o m p le te d . T h e c o n v e r g e n c e c r ite r ia m u s t b e m e t fo r a t le a s t
th is n u m b e r o f p a s s e s b e fo r e th e a d a p tiv e a n a ly s is w ill s to p
U se M atr ix C onver g enc e - Y o u c a n s p e c i f y d i f f e r e n t s t o p p i n g c r i t e r i a
f o r s p e c i f i c e n t r i e s i n t h e S -m a t r i x . T h i s i s d o n e b y c h e c k i n g t h e U se
M atr ix C onver g enc e b o x . T h e a d a p t i v e a n a l y s i s w i l l c o n t i n u e u n t i l
th e m a g n itu d e a n d p h a s e o f th e e n tr ie s c h a n g e b y a n a m o u n t le s s
th a n th e s p e c ifie d c r ite r ia fr o m o n e p a s s to th e n e x t, o r u n til th e
n u m b e r o f r e q u e s te d p a s s e s is c o m p le te d .

2
Analysis Setup

Advanced Tab (Continued)
Use Low-O r d er S ol u t i on B a si s T h e L o w O r d e r B a s i s F u n c t i o n s r e d u c e t h e
d e f a u l t s e c o n d -o r d e r b a s i s f u n c t i o n t o a l i n e a r b a s i s f u n c t i o n . I t i s i n t e n d e d
fo r s im u la tio n s in w h ic h th e e d g e to e d g e s p a c in g b e tw e e n te tr a h e d r o n is
e le c tr ic a lly s m a ll. In th is s itu a tio n , th e b a s is fu n c tio n , a n d h e n c e th e
n u m b e r o f u n k n o w n s , c a n b e r e d u c e d . F o r th is a s s u m p tio n to b e v a lid , th e
e d g e le n g th s fo r a ll te tr a h e d r o n in th e m o d e l s h o u ld b e o n th e o r d e r o f
1 /2 0 th o f a w a v e le n g th . In v e r s io n s p r io r to v 9 .0 , th is w a s s e t w ith a s y s te m
e n v ir o n m e n t v a r ia b le c a lle d Z E R O _ O R D E R .
C o m m o n A p p lic a tio n s :
O n -C h i p S p i r a l I n d u c t o r s , C a p a c i t o r s , T r a n s f o r m e r s , e t c .
P a c k a g e A n a l y s i s F l i p -C h i p , B G A , e t c .

2
Analysis Setup

Ports Tab
Port Adapt Options
Port Field Accuracy - U s ually, th e def ault Port F ie l d Ac c u rac y v alue
is adeq uate. Y ou m ay w an t im p rov ed p ort accuracy un der th e
f ollow in g con dition s :
Y ou are in teres ted p rim arily in th e p ort im p edan ces . Port
im p edan ces are com p uted as p art of th e p ort s olution .
Y ou n eed to low er th e n ois e f loor to catch S -p aram eters th at
are ex p ected to b e in th e -7 0 dB ran g e.
R ef in in g th e m es h at th e p orts caus es H FS S to ref in e th e m es h f or
th e en tire s tructure as w ell. T h is occurs b ecaus e it us es th e p ort f ield
s olution s as b oun dary con dition s w h en com p utin g th e f ull 3 D
s olution . T h eref ore, s p ecif yin g too s m all a p ort f ield accuracy can
res ult in an un n eces s arily com p lex f in ite elem en t m es h

2
Analysis Setup

Ports Tab (Continued)
Set Min/Max Triangles
The mesh for each model port will be adaptively refined until it
includes the minimum number of triang les. R efinement will then
continue until the port field accuracy or the max imum number of
triang les is reached.
To specify the minimum and max imum number of triang les in
the port mesh, uncheck the A u to m atic ally Set Min/Max
Triangles option.
E nter a value for the Minim u m N u m b er o f Triangles. The
default value is 2 5 for models with lumped g ap ports and 9 0
for models with wave ports.
E nter a value for the Maxim u m N u m b er o f Triangles. The
default value is 4 0 0 .
I f you leave A u to m atic ally Set Min/Max Triangles selected, H F S S
will determine the reasonable values for the minimum and max imum
number of triang les based on the port s setup.
D ef aul ts Tab
The D efaults tab allows you to save the current setting s as the defaults for
future solution setups or revert the current setting s to the standard setting .

2
Analysis Setup
Frequency Sweeps
Using the converged mesh or initial mesh if no adaptive passes were req u ested,
the swept freq u ency response of the device can b e ob tained. A nsoft H F S S
provides several methods for calcu lating the freq u ency response:
Discrete performs a fu ll solu tion at every freq u ency u sing the cu rrent
mesh. T he time req u ired is the single freq u ency solve times the nu mb er of
freq u ency points. F ields can b e display ed at any freq u ency within the
sweep range if the S ave F ields B ox is check ed.
F a st u ses an A daptive L ancz os-P ade S weep( A L P S ) b ased solver to
ex trapolate an entire b andwidth of solu tion information from the center
freq u ency . V ery good for high-Q devices b u t it can not b e u sed to solve for
devices that pass throu gh cu t-off. O nce the b and has b een ex trapolated, a
high nu mb er of freq u ency points can b e calcu lated withou t a penalty . I n
addition, the F ields can b e display ed at any freq u ency within the sweep
range. T he time and memory req u ired to solve a fast freq u ency sweep
may b e mu ch larger then the single freq u ency solve.
I n terp o l a tin g performs solves at discrete freq u ency points that are fit b y
interpolating. A nsoft H F S S determines the freq u ency points to solve at
b ased on the error in the interpolation b etween consecu tive passes. T he
interpolation error and max imu m nu mb er of points is defined b y the u ser in
the E d it S w eep . A s with the fast freq u ency sweep, the I nterpolating S weep
can generate a larger nu mb er of freq u ency points. B u t y ou only have the
field solu tion for the last solved freq u ency . T he max imu m solu tion time is
the single freq u ency solve times the max imu m nu mb er of points.

2
Analysis Setup
Frequency Sweeps (Continued)

Adding Points to a Fast or Interpolating Sweep
After the Fast or Interpolating sweeps have completed, additional
freq u ency points can b e added b y changing the nu mb er of points in E dit
Sweep C lick ing on Analy z e will not resolve the entire freq u ency sweep, it
will j u st calcu late the additional freq u ency points.
Adding Solu tions to Interpolating Sweeps
If the interpolating sweep does not converge with the req u ested passes or
y ou wish to change the target convergence, the valu es can b e changed
and resolved. T he interpolating sweep will recalcu late the two end
freq u encies b u t after that it will u se the previou sly calcu lated points and
continu e try ing to reach the target convergence.
Ports O nly and Freq u enc y Sweeps
A discrete or interpolating freq u ency sweep can b e u sed with the P orts
O nly solu tion.
Fast Freq u enc y Sweep Ports Solv e
T he Fast Freq u ency sweep can not b e u sed on ports that pass throu gh cu t-
off. Y ou may also ex perience prob lems if the sweep freq u ency approaches
cu t-off.
C om b ining M u ltiple Freq u enc y Sweeps
For very large b andwidths, b reak ing the b and into smaller freq u ency
sweeps can improve the resu lts. S ince the Fast Freq u ency S weep is
ex trapolated from the center freq u ency different error cu rves at the end
freq u encies will prevent the sweeps from aligning. T he interpolating sweep
will not have this prob lem since the solu tion alway s passes throu gh the end
freq u encies ( Assu ming the same mesh is u sed) .

2
Analysis Setup
Add Sweep
After a Solution Setup has been added you can also add a Frequency Sw eep.
T o do this, rig ht-click on Setup in the H FSS M odel T ree. T he E dit Sw eep w indow
w ill appear
Sweep Type

2
Analysis Setup
Add Sweep (Continued)

Frequency Setup
After the sweep type has been chosen, the frequencies of interest m ust be
specified .
T here are three F requency S etup O ptions:

L inear S tep -- specify a l inear rang e of v al ues with a constant step siz e
L inear C ount -- specify a l inear rang e of v al ues and the num ber, or count,
of points within the v ariabl e rang e
S ing l e P oints -- specify a sing l e v al ues for the sweep d efinition
Sa v i ng Fi el d s
I t is possibl e to sav e the F iel d d ata for ev ery point in the F ast S weep and
the D iscrete S weep. T o sav e the F iel d inform ation m ak e sure that the
S av e F iel d s ( Al l F requencies) box is check ed .
F or the I nterpol ation S weep, onl y the F iel d d ata for the l ast sol v ed
frequency wil l be av ail abl e for post-processing .

2
Analysis Setup
Add Sweep (Continued)

DC Extrapolation Options
When exporting Spice subcircuits it is necessary to include the D C point.
Since A nsof t H F SS does not solv e dow n to D C w e can use D C
E xtrapolation. T he D C E xtrapolation option is av ailable in the D iscrete and
I nterpolating Sw eeps.
T im e Dom ain Calc u lation

A nsof t H F SS can calculate the m axim um f req uency req uired to obtain an
accurate tim e dom ain result. H F SS uses the f ollow ing eq uation:
M ax. F req . = ( 0 . 5 / Signal R ise T im e) x T im e Steps P er R ise T im e

3
Ansoft HFSS Data Reporting
Overview
Ansoft HFSS has very powerful and flexible data management and plotting
c apabilities. O nc e understood, it will mak e the whole solution proc ess muc h
easier, and will help c raft the entire problem setup.
T o p ic s o f D is c u s s io n
D ata management
2 D P lotting
3 D P lotting
Antenna c harac teristic s
Field P lotting

3
Data Management
With every model variation that is solved, a new data entry is stored within the
p roj ec t resu lts direc tory. T his c ap ab ility has imp lic ations in that the u ser c an
p erf orm a p arametric sweep of a model withou t needing an O p timetric s lic ense.
N O T E : A u tomatic p arametric sweep s along with the other O p timetric s
f u nc tions, O p timiz ation, S ensitivity, and S tatistic al analyses, D O req u ire an
O p timetric s lic ense.
T he dataset validity c an b e c hec k ed b y selec ting HFSS > Results > Browse
Soluti on s
B y ex amining this dialog , the u ser c an determine whic h p arametric instanc es

have b een solved, and how many adap tive p asses were nec essary.

3
Data Management
Post-p r oc e ssi n g ste p s c a n a l so b e p e r f or m e d i n th e n e w i n te r f a c e f or H F S S . T h e
c om m on op e r a ti on s th a t w e r e p r e v i ou sl y p e r f or m e d i n th e M a tr i x D a ta m od u l e of
p r e v i ou s r e l e a se s a r e :
Port Impedance Renormalization
Port D e-emb edding
D if f erential pair analy s es
O th e r p ost-p r oc e ssi n g op e r a ti on s th a t u se d to r e q u i r e th e M a tr i x D a ta m od u l e
th a t a r e n ow c om p u te d b y d e f a u l t i n H F S S v e r si on 9 .0 a r e th e Y- and Z -matrices .
A l so, g i v e n th a t th e S olu tion T y pe d e f i n e d e a r l y on i n th e p r oc e ss, n e g a te th e
n e c e ssi ty of c om p u ti n g T e r m i n a l S -p a r a m e te r s f r om M od a l S -p a r a m e te r s.
Port Impedance Renormalization

W i th i n th e n e w i n te r f a c e , m a n y c a l c u l a ti on s a r e m a d e a u tom a ti c a l l y w i th ou t
u se r i n te r v e n ti on . T h e w a v e p or t r e n or m a l i z a ti on i m p e d a n c e s a r e sp e c i f i e d
w i th th e p or t w i z a r d . B y si m p l y e d i ti n g th e p r op e r ti e s of a p or t on c e a
sol u ti on i s c om p l e te d , th e p or t c a n b e r e -n or m a l i z e d .
Port D e-emb edding

T h i s sa m e d i a l og c a n b e u se d to c h a n g e th e d i sta n c e th a t a p or t w i l l b e d e -
e m b e d d e d . T h e u se r c a n g o b a c k a n d e d i t th i s v a l u e a s m a n y ti m e s a s
n e c e ssa r y . E a c h ti m e th e O K b u tton i s p r e sse d , th e d a ta , a n d a l so th e p l ots
i f th e y e x i st, w i l l b e u p d a te d w i th th e n e w l y d e -e m b e d d e d d a ta .
Posi ti v e v a l u e s of d e -e m b e d d i n g w i l l m ov e th e r e f e r e n c e p l a n e into th e
m od e l

3
Data Management
Differential pair analyses
For multiple terminals per port, differential pairs can be created to look at
differential S -parameters instead of sing le-ended S -parameters. T h is can
be useful for inv estig ating th e possible conv ersion betw een differential and
common mode w ith in a g iv en structure.
W ith in th e w av e port dialog , th e D ifferential P airs tab controls th e creation
of th e pairs from th e indiv idual T erminals
1. T o create a differential pair, select N ew P air, and select th e terminal
lines th at represent th e positiv e and neg ativ e sides
2 . From h ere, y ou can also ch ang e th e Differential and C o m m o n mode
impedance setting for each pair.

3
Data Management
Importing Data from other solutions
Often it is desirable to compare the results of one simulation to the results
of another simulation, H F S S , circuit, or planar, or ev en measurements.
T his can be accomplished readily w ithin the H F S S v ersion 9 . 0 desk top
env ironment.
T o import solutions into H F S S Desk top:
N OT E : T he minimum req uirements for importing a solution are an
ex isting model w ith at least one port.
1. S elect HFSS > Results > Import Solutions, and the follow ing dialog
w ill appear:
T he import options are Import S olutions and Import T ab le.

S olutions represent S -parameter matrices in standard forms
such as T ouchstone and A nsoft leg acy data in . sz g file
format. T ables are simply files containing row s and columns
of data.
2 . S electing Import S olution w ill bring up the follow ing dialog :

3
Data Management
3. From this window, select Browse to f ind the f ile to b e imp orted. T he
a ccep ta b le f ile f orma ts a re: . sN p , . sz g , . f lp , . y N p , . z N p , a nd . tou .
4 . C lick O p en to loa d the f ile.
5 . C lick I m p ort to b ring the da ta into the H FS S desk top
6 . C lick O K when y ou a re done imp orting solu tions
A ll solu tions will a p p ea r in the rep ort editor u nder the S weep ca teg ory
( more on this la ter)
For I mp ort T a b le, the f ollowing dia log will a p p ea r:

3
Plotting Data
Data plotting can take a variety of forms. The most often used format is 2 D
C artesian plotting, b ut w e also have the capab ility to plot in 3 D as w ell. B elow is a
list of all the q uantities that can b e plotted on various graphs. F or definitions of
each of these q uantities, see the online help.
Eigenmode solution
E igenmode P arameters ( modes)
D r iv en M oda l S olution
S-parameters
Y-parameters
Z-parameters
V SW R
G amma ( complex propagation constant)
P ort Zo
D r iv en T er mina l S olution
S-parameters
Y-parameters
Z-parameters
V SW R
P ow er ( at port)
V oltage Transform matrix ( T)
Terminal P ort Zo
F ields
M ag_ E
M ag_ H
M ag_ J vol
M ag_ J surf
C omplex M ag_ E
C omplex M ag_ H
C omplex M ag_ J vol
C omplex M ag_ J surf
L ocal_ SA R ( Specific A b sorption R ate)
A verage_ SA R
N O T E: F or all F ield plots, a polyline or surface must b e selected b efore
creating the F ield plot.
3
Plotting Data
Types of Plots:
Rectangular Plot
Polar Plot
3 D Rectangular Plot
3 D Polar Plot
S m i th C h art
D ata T ab le
Rad i ati on Pattern
To C r ea te a Plot:
1. S elect H F S S > Res ults > C reate Rep ort
2 . S elect Rep ort T y p e and D i s p lay T y p e f rom th e s electi ons ab ov e

3 . C li ck O K and th e Rep ort E d i tor w i ll b e d i s p lay ed w e w i ll go ov er th e
op ti ons i n th i s d i alog on th e nex t p age.

3
Plotting Data
Creating a Plot (contd)
4. Contex t
D es ign ch oos e f r om a v a i l a b l e de s i g ns w i th i n a p r oj e ct
S w eep ch oos e f r om a v a i l a b l e s w e e p s i ncl u di ng a da p ti v e p a s s e s
a nd i m p or te d da ta
D om ain de f a u l ts to S w e e p , b u t ca n b e s w i tch e d to T i m e dom a i n f or
p l otti ng S -p a r a m e te r s w i th a n i m p u l s e or s te p r e s p ons e .
5 . S w eep / X / Y T ab s
S w eep contr ol s th e s ou r ce of th e i nde p e nde nt v a r i a b l e i n th e p l ot.

N O T E : B y de f a u l t, th e R e p or t e di tor s e l e cts U s e Cu rrent
D es ign and Proj ec t v ariab le v alu es . T h i s w i l l s e l e ct th e
p r i m a r y s w e e p of f r e q u e ncy u s u a l l y , a nd th e cu r r e nt
s i m u l a te d v a l u e s of th e p r oj e ct v a r i a b l e s
T o di s p l a y a p l ot w i th m u l ti p l e tr a ce s f or di f f e r e nt v a r i a b l e
v a l u e s , ch a ng e th i s s e tti ng to S w eep D es ign and Proj ec t
v ariab le v alu es Y ou ca n th e n ch a ng e th e p r i m a r y s w e e p f r om
f r e q u e ncy to a v a r i a b l e i f de s i r e d. T h i s i s u s e f u l f or l ook i ng a t
S 2 1 v e r s u s s tu b l e ng th , f or e x a m p l e . S i m p l y s e l e ct th e v a l u e
i n th e N am e col u m n ne x t to p rim ary s w eep , a nd ch a ng e th e
v a l u e to w h a te v e r y ou de s i r e .
Y ou ca n a l s o u nch e ck th e A ll Points b l ock to s e l e ct w h i ch
v a l u e s of a v a r i a b l e a r e to b e p l otte d.
X contr ol s a ny f u ncti ona l op e r a tor on th e i nde p e nde nt v a r i a b l e
Y s e l e ct th e v a l u e to b e p l otte d a nd a ny op e r a tor
6. S e l e ct A d d T rac e f or a s m a ny v a l u e s a s y ou w ou l d l i k e to p l ot
7 . S e l e ct D one w h e n f i ni s h e d
A n e x a m p l e of a m u l ti -tr a ce p l ot of th e s w e e p ta b s h ow n on th e p r e v i ou s p a g e i s
s h ow n ne x t

3
Plotting Data

3
Plotting Data
3D Plots si m p ly a d d a th i r d d i m e n si on su c h th a t i n ste a d of p lotti n g a f a m i ly of
c u r v e s, y ou c a n p lot a 3D su r f a c e th a t r e p r e se n ts y ou r d a ta c h a n g i n g w i th tw o
i n d e p e n d e n t v a r i a b le s. B e low i s a 3D p lot of th e p r e v i ou s f a m i ly of c u r v e s.

3
Ansoft HFSS Data Plotting
Plotting Data
Output Variables
In addition to being able to plot the built-in s olv ed q uantities , y ou c an als o
c r eate y our ow n by us ing output v ar iables .
C lic k ing on the O utput V ar iables button in the T r ac es dialog s how n bef or e,
br ings up the f ollow ing dialog:
T o c reate an o utput v ariable:

T y pe a nam e into the N am e box
C r eate an eq uation in the E x pressio n box
C lic k A d d
In the ex am ple s how abov e, w e hav e c r eated an output v ar iable that m ak es
an appr ox im ation f or Induc tanc e of a s pir al induc tor . W e c ould als o hav e
c r eated an eq uation to c alc ulate Q as w ell.
N OT E : T hes e output v ar iables c an als o be us ed f or optim iz ation.

3
Ansoft HFSS D a ta R e p or ti ng
Data Plotting S p e c ial C as e A nte nna Par am e te r s

Since antenna parameters require a special computation setup to d etermine th e
reg ion ov er w h ich th e f ield s are to b e computed , d isplay ing antenna parameters
is a tw o step process.
C reate an I nf inite Sph ere setup:
1. Select HFSS > Radiation > Insert Far Field Setup > Infinite Sphere
2 . E nter th e v alues and steps f or Theta and P hi

3 . Y ou can also ch ang e th e coord inate sy stem to calculate b ased upon a
sh if ted or rotated coord inate sy stem. Select th e C o o r d i n ate S y s tem tab ,
and sw itch to th e new C S.
4 . Y ou can also ch ang e th e R ad iation Surf ace ov er w h ich th e f ar f ield s are
computed b y simply sw itch ing to th e R ad i ati o n S u r f ac e tab , and select a
new surf ace f rom any th at w ere prev iously d ef ined .
5 . C lick O K

3
Data Plotting A nte nna Par am e te r s

Creating a 2D plot:
1. Select HFSS > Results > Create Report
2 . Select F ar F ield f o r m th e R eport T y pe p u lld o w n

3 . Select R ad iation P attern f r o m th e Dis play T y pe p u lld o w n
4 . Select th e q u a n ti ty to b e p lo tted f r o m th e T rac es d i a lo g
N o te: I f m u lti p le I n f i n i te Sp h er e s etu p s ex i s t, m a k e s u r e y o u s elect
th e a p p r o p r i a te o n e
5 . Select A d d T rac e a n d Done
F o r a d ef i n i ti o n o f th e a v a i la b le a n ten n a p a r a m eter s , s ee th e o n li n e h elp

B elo w i s a n ex a m p le o f th e 2 D s li ces o f a p a tch a n ten n a f o r L H C P a n d R H C P
d i r ecti v i ty .

3

Creating a 3D Plot:
Follow the procedures above for the 3D plot, except change the Ph i and
T h eta q uanti ti es to m atch the far fi eld calculati on. A lso choose an antenna
q uanti ty to plot.
B elow i s an exam ple of a 3D plot for a patch antenna:

3

Special Case A n t en n a A r r ay s
W h en u sin g m ast er an d slav e b o u n d ar y co n d it io n pair s t o em u lat e an
an t en n a ar r ay , y o u m ig h t w an t t o apply an ar r ay f act o r t o t h e co m pu t at io n
o f t h e an t en n a pat t er n s. T h is can easily b e d o n e in A n so f t H F SS
To create an Antenna Array Factor calculation:
1. Select HFSS > Radiation > Antenna Array Setup
2 . Select N o, R eg ular, o r C us tom Array

3 . Sw it ch t o t h e n ex t t ab , an d en t er t h e ch ar act er ist ics o f t h e ar r ay , o r
en t er t h e f ilen am e t h at co n t ain s t h e elem en t lo cat io n s
4 . O n ce y o u click O K , an y plo t s o r calcu lat io n s t h at ar e d isplay ed w ill
b e u pd at ed w it h t h e ar r ay f act o r calcu lat io n . T o g o b ack t o t h e sin g le
elem en t calcu lat io n s, select N o Array S etup

3

Antenna array S h o w n b el o w are f i el d p atterns o f a s i ng l e el em ent and an array
s etu p s c anned to 3 0 d eg ree ang l e.

3
Data Manipulation
Sometimes, the built-in c a lc ula ted q ua n tities a r e n ot a d eq ua te ev en g iv en the
outp ut v a r ia ble c a p a bility . B ec a use of this, A n sof t H F SS ha s the f lex ibility built in
w ith a n a r bitr a r y f ield s c a lc ula tor .
Y ou c a n use the F ield s C a lc ula tor to ma n ip ula te f ield q ua n tities to obta in a n y
n umber of v a lues. O n e c ommon use is to ev a lua te p ow er f low w ithin a str uc tur e.
T his c a n be a c c omp lished by in teg r a tin g the P oy n tin g v ec tor ov er a g eometr ic
sur f a c e. T his c a n ea sily be a c c omp lished w ithin the f ield c a lc ula tor .
To access the fields calculator:
Selec t HFSS > Fields > Calculator
F or a mor e d eta iled ex p la n a tion of the f un c tion s w ithin the f ield c a lc ula tor , v isit
our on lin e tec hn ic a l sup p or t a t http : / / w w w . a n sof t. c om. ots

3
Field Overlay Plotting

Previously mentioned was the capability to plot field quantities over a g eometry
within a 2 D plot, but this doesn t g ive us a lot of insig ht. O ne of the main benefits
of H F S S is that we can visualiz e what is g oing on with the electromag netic fields
within a structure, something that cannot be measured directly.
F ield plots can be applied to g eometry selection within the 3 D modeler, and can
be modified g iven different stimulus amplitude, frequency, and phase. W e can
also visualiz e how a field propag ates throug hout the volume by animating this
plot versus phase, which essentially adds a time base.
To create a 2D / 3D Field Overlay Plot:
1. S elect a face of an obj ect, an entire obj ect, or even multiple obj ect
2 . S elect HFSS > Fields > Plot Fields >
3 . Y ou can then chang e the frequency of the stimulus or phase with the
resultant dialog box :

3
Field Overlay Plots

Resultant modeler window for Magic T model with Mag_E plotted on G lob al: X Y
plane
S electing the ob j ect arm, and plotting within the v olume y ields:

3
Field Overlay Plots

The 3D plot shown on the previous page is called an Isoval surface plot. This is
not the default
To change the field plot type:
1. S electing: HFSS > Fields > Modify Plot Attributes
2 . S witch to the P lot tab
3 . S elect the applicab le P lot from the pulldown

4 . S elect the I s oV alS u r face radio b utton
Y ou can also leave the default of clou d plot and adj ust the clou d
dens ity and point s iz e until the plot look s acceptab le

3
Field Overlay plots S ou rc e S tim u lu s

Sometimes it might be desirable to have multiple ports excited at the same time,
perhaps out of phase. T his is usef ul f or evaluatin g pow er combin ers. Y ou might
even w an t n eed to calculate the in ciden t or ref lected pow er f or a plan e w ave
source.
To change the Field Plot stimulus:
Select HFSS > Fields > Edit Sources
T he f ollow in g f ield d overlay plots show s w hat happen s to the M agic T

w hen w e have a 9 0 degree phase shif t at the 2 E -plan e en d in puts. T he
compon en t doesn t isolate on e port.

3
Field Overlay Plot Ph as e an im ation

The final step in field overlay plots is creating animation. This essentially show s
you how a w ave propagates throu gh the stru ctu re as you vary phase ( time) .
To create an animated 3D field plot:
1. S elect HFSS > Field > Animate
2 . Typically, you can accept the defau lts, b u t you may w ant to change the
nu mb er of steps to limit compu tation time.

3
Mesh Overlay Plot

Another plot that can be valuable in evaluating a simulation is the mesh overlay
plot. O nce created , y ou can tell w hich areas of the structure may need more
tetrahed ra f or an improved q uality of mesh.
To create a Mesh overlay plot:
1. S elect the f ace, plane, or obj ect to plot the mesh
2 . S elect HFSS > Fields > Plot Mesh

3
Viewing in the 3D modeler

With the ability to plot field quantities and mesh within the 3D modeler , it c an
sometimes g et c r owded, and model details c an be obsc ur ed by the plots. Y ou
c an r educ e the c lutter by tur ning off the v isibility of obj ec ts and ev en field plots.
To turn off the visibility of field overlay plots:
1. S elec t V iew > V isibility
2 . S elec t the F ields R eporter tab, and c hec k , , or unc hec k , , the fields plot
you want displayed.

4
Solve Loop
Solve Loop
Unlike pre-pro c es s ing , t h e s o lu t io n pro c es s is v ery a u t o m a t ed . O nc e t h e
pro b lem h a s b een d ef ined pro perly , H F S S w ill t a ke o v er a nd s t ep t h ro u g h s ev era l
s t a g es o f t h e s o lu t io n pro c es s . T o s t a rt t h e s o lu t io n pro c es s , rig h t c lic k o n
Analysis in t h e H F S S M o d el T ree a nd s elec t Analyz e .
I t is im po rt a nt t o rev iew t h is s ec t io n s inc e t h e s o lu t io n s et u p h a s a d irec t im pa c t

o n t h e a u t o m a t ed s o lu t io n pro c es s . A c lo s er lo o k a t t h e s o lu t io n pro c es s rev ea ls
it c o ns is t s o f t h ree c o m po nent s :
I nit ia l S o lu t io n inc lu d es t h e m es h g enera t io n, po rt s s o lu t io n, a nd a f u ll
s o lu t io n a t a s ing le f req u enc y
A d a pt iv e R ef inem ent L o o p ref ines t h e m es h a nd perf o rm s a f u ll s o lu t io n a t
t h e I nit ia l s o lu t io n f req u enc y u nt il c o nv erg enc e
F req u enc y S w eep c a lc u la t es t h e s w ept f req u enc y res po ns e u s ing a m es h
g enera t ed b y t h e A d a pt iv e R ef inem ent L o o p
T h e illu s t ra t io n o n t h e f o llo w ing pa g e o u t lines t h e s t eps perf o rm ed b y t h e s o lu t io n

pro c es s .

4
Solve Loop
Initial Solution
P or t s O n l y &
S eed ing and F re q u e n c y S w e e p
Initial Mesh L am b d a R ef inem ent P o r t S o lu tio n
( S ing le F r eq u enc y )
F u ll V o lu m etr ic S o lu tio n
( S -P ar am eter s/ E -F ield s)
No A d a p t i v e M e s h i n g
A d ap tiv e M e s h L oop
R ef ine Mesh
( G r ad ient o f E -F ield No
at S ing le F r eq u enc y )
C hec k C o nv er g enc e Y E S
( D elta S ) F r eq u enc y S w eep
F u ll V o lu m etr ic S o lu tio n
( S -P ar am eter s/ E -F ield s)

4
Solve Loop
Monitoring Convergence
You can view the Convergence of the entire solution process. Right click on
Analysis/Setup in the H F S S m od el tree. T he C o nv er g enc e T ab can b e used to
d isplay a tab le or a plot.

4
Solve Loop
Profile
At any time during or after the solution process, you can examine the computing
resources - or profile data - that w ere used b y H F S S during the analysis. T he
profile data is essentially a log of the task s performed b y H F S S during the
solution. T he log indicates the length of time each task took and how much
R AM / disk memory w as req uired
T ask -- lists the softw are module that performed a task during the solution
process, and the type of task that w as performed. F or example, for the task
mesh3d_adapt, M esh3 d is the softw are module that adaptiv ely refined the mesh.
R eal T ime -- the amount of real time req uired to perform the task .
C P U T ime -- the amount of C P U time req uired to perform the task .
M emory -- the peak amount of memory used b y your machine w hile performing
the task . T his v alue includes all of the applications running at the time; it is not
limited to H F S S ..
I nformation -- general information ab out the solution, including the numb er of
tetrahedra used in the mesh.

4
Solve Loop
Matrix Data
After the Solution is complete the Matrix Data can be viewed by click ing on
Analysis/ Setup. R ig ht click on Setup and select M a tr i x D a ta . T he So l uti o n D a ta
window will appear.
I n the Simulation pull-down list, click the solution setup and solved pass -
adaptive, sing le freq uency solution, or freq uency sweep - for which you want to
view matrices.
Select the type of matrix to view.
S-matrix
Y-matrix
Z-matrix
G amma
Zo ( characteristic impedance. )
T he available types depend on the solution type

4
Solve Loop
Matrix Data (cont.)

Data can be displayed in the following formats:
M agnitu de/ P hase
R eal/ I maginary
dB / P hase
M agnitu de
P hase
R eal
I maginary
dB
T he av ailable formats depend on the matrix type being displayed.
Y ou can also select solv ed freq u encies that you wou ld lik e to display
T o display the matrix entries for all solv ed freq u encies, choose All F r e q s .
T o show the matrix entries for one solv ed freq u ency, clear A ll F req u encies
and then select the solv ed freq u ency that you want to v iew.
F or adaptiv e passes, only the solu tion freq u ency specified in the S olu tion
S etu p dialog box is av ailable. F or freq u ency sweeps, the entire freq u ency
range is av ailable.
T o insert of delete one or more displayed freq u encies, click E d i t F r e q s .

T his command is only av ailable if the sweep type is F ast or I nterpolating. I f you
choose to ex port the matrix data for the F ast or I nterpolating sweep after
modifying the freq u encies in the E dit F req u encies dialog box , only those
freq u encies displayed u nder the M atrix Data tab will be ex ported.
E xp orting Matrix Data

A nu mber of ex port formats are av ailable:
T ou chstone ( * .sN p)
Data T able ( * .tab)
P lanar E M / H F S S v 6 + ( * .sz g)
N eu tral M odel F ormat ( * .nmf)
M A T L A B ( * .m)
C itifile ( * .cit)

4
Solve Loop
Equivalent Circuit Export

It is possible to export Full-W a v e S pic e, L um ped E lem en t a n d P a rtia l Fra c tion
E xpa n sion m od els f rom A n sof t H FS S . T o d o th is, c lic k on Analysis/Setup/Matrix
D ata/E q uiv alent C irc uit E xpo rt.
T h e E q uiv a len t C irc uit E xport O ption s w in d ow w ill a ppea r

4
Solve Loop
If you have a Driven Terminal solution you can export to PSpice, H SPI C E ,
Spect r e, o r M a x w el l Spice. Y ou must have a freq uency sw eep solution and five
or more freq uency points to successfully export an eq uivalent circuit d ata file.
S elect L u m ped E l em en t E x po r t ( L o w B a n d w id t h ) if you w ant to save the d ata as
a low -freq uency circuit mod el using simple lumped elements ( resistors,
capacitors, ind uctors, and d epend ent current sources) .
S elect Pa r t ia l F r a ct io n E x pa n s io n f o r M a t l a b to create a * .m file
C lick C o m b in e Sw eeps if you w ant to comb ine the d ata from tw o or more
freq uency sw eeps into one file. The end points of the sw eep rang es can touch,
b ut may not overlap.
The S -matrices are w ritten to the d ata file that you specified in the eq uivalent
circuit d ata format.

4
Solve Loop
List
To view Model Parameters, Boundaries, Excitations, Mesh Operations and
A naly sis S etup rig ht click on Analysis in the A nsof t H F S S model tree and select
L ist

4.1
Mesh Operations
Mesh Operations
This chapter provides details on meshing in the Ansoft HFSS v.9.0 softw are. I t
discu sses the defau lt meshing of cu rvatu re, u ser control thereof, and the new
volume correction capab ilities u sed in matrix solu tion. The follow ing topics are
discu ssed:
C u rved G eometry M esh Adaptation
Faceting D efau lt Settings
V olu me P ertu rb ation in FE M Solu tions
U ser-D efining Su rface Approx imations
Application R ecommendations
Apply ing M esh O perations
E x a mp les / B ench ma rk s
The follow ing ex amples are provided to demonstrate the topics discu ssed
in the chapter:
Standard P illb ox R esonator
Hemispherical D ielectric R esonator Antenna w ith C avity
Accelerator Spok e-C avity Application
C ircu lar W G Q u adratu re O rtho-mode J u nction ( O M J )

4.1
Mesh Operations
Curve Mesh Adaptation in HFSS v9.0

HFSS v9.0 meshes handles curved surfaces differently than prior versions of
HFSS. P roper understanding of the differences in curved mesh handling and the
advantag es of new capab ilities in the HFSS v9.0 solver are essential to ob taining
accurate results.
T he new g raphical draw ing interface encourag es the use of true-curved
draw ing , b y removing the option to assig n a facet count to the construction
of primitives such as circles, cylinders, spheres, and ellipses.
Faceted primitives are availab le how ever as polyhedrons and
polyhedral solids, if still desired.
I nitial meshing is constrained b y faceting decisions made b y the first pass
of the meshing alg orithms. I n prior versions of HFSS how ever, adaptive
mesh points could b e placed anyw here on the true-surface of the affected
ob j ect( s) , as show n in the b efore and after imag es b elow . ( I nitial mesh left,
adapted at rig ht. N ote that reg ular faceting w as not maintained after
adaptive mesh alteration.)
For HFSS v9.0, how ever, in order to provide more rob ust meshing w ith
respect to more complex g eometries, the initial faceting selections made
for curved ob j ects are respected throug hout the adaptation process, so that
the adapted mesh is a sub divided variation of the same meshed volume as
the initial mesh. A n adapted mesh from HFSS v9.0 is show n b elow .

4.1
Mesh Operations
Faceter D ef au l t S etti n g s
In order to keep initial meshes at reasonable sizes, the initial f ac eting def au lt
setting is to c onstrain the mesh su rf ac e normals to f all w ithin 30degrees of the
tru e-c u rv ed su rf ac e normals.
T his means that a c y lindric al su rf ac e w ou ld be f ac eted into 1 6 seg ments
abou t its c irc u mf erenc e, as illu strated below .
T he normal f or eac h f lat seg ment c annot be of f by more than 3 0 deg rees
f rom the normal f or the c u rv ed tru e su rf ac e w hic h that seg ment s f ac e is
approx imating .
A lthou g h aided by the Volume Perturbation tec hniq u e now u sed in H F S S

v 9 .0 , it is not antic ipated that this def au lt f ac eting w ill be enou g h f or
ex tremely hig h-ac c u rac y analy sis of resonant c av ity v olu mes, spheroids,
etc .
T he f ac eting def au lt does not inc lu de a string ent aspec t ratio def au lt ( note
long triang les on top and bottom c y lindric al f ac es) .
T he def au lt how ev er is su f f ic ient f or most applic ations in w hic h the c u rv ed
g eometry is not itself hig hly c ritic al to the simu lation resu lt, y et w here more
f ac eting w ou ld resu lt in an ex tremely larg e initial mesh
E .g . A pplic able f or:
meshing of transmission line models w ith both sig nal and non-
sig nal v ias present to prev ent parallel-plate modes in stripline or
C P W c onf ig u rations
C oax ial applic ations, w here both the inner and ou ter radiu s f ac eting
maintains an ef f ec tiv ely c ong ru ent distanc e f or c harac teristic
impedanc e resu lts.
c y linders or spheres u sed as radiation bou ndaries.
L ess A pplic able f or:
.c y lindric al c av ity resonanc es to 0 .0 0 1 % f req u enc y ac c u rac y
elliptic al w av eg u ide c ou pling irises
c irc u lar w av eg u ides

4.1
Mesh Operations
Introduction of Volume Perturbation to HFSS Solutions

Despite lower faceting compliance to the true-curv ed geometry as the
ad aptation process ad d s mesh points, H F S S v 9 . 0 introd uces a new solution
technology that should result in a more accurate solution from far smaller mesh
counts than in prior v ersions. T his technology is referred to as Volume
P er t ur b a t i on or Volume C or r ec t i on .
I n a faceted mesh of a cy lind rical solid , small arc-section v olumes are lost
to the cy lind er v olume and b ecome part of the v olume of the cy lind ers
surround ings.
S ince the true geometry d efinition is k nown b efore faceting, the d elta-
v olumes represented b y each of these sliv er regions is computab le
T he meshing algorithm in H F S S v 9 . 0 can prov id e ad j ustment factors to
b oth the tetrahed ral center-ed ge nod e locations and to the appropriate
v olumes of the tetrahed ra on either sid e of the curv ed b ound ary , so that the
F E M solution proceed s with the right terms ev en for a loosely -d iscretiz ed
mesh
T he end result is higher accuracy from the same mesh, ev en b efore the
b enefits of ad aptiv e mesh refinement are tak en into account.
V olume P erturb ation solutions are alway s on. N o user setting is req uired to
activ e them.
Sliver Region (only top surface

m esh outline sh ow n)

4.1
Mesh Operations
User Control of Curved Mesh Faceting

Since Volume Perturbation alone is not always enough, users can control the
f id elity to which the initial mesh f aceting conf orms to geometric curv ature by
assigning M esh O p eration Surf ace A p p rox imations to ap p rop riate obj ects and / or
obj ect f aces
M esh O p erations can be assigned f rom the HFSS menu, f rom the Design
T r ee, or f rom the geometry interf ace s contex t-sensitiv e menu.
T he Surf ace A p p rox imation op tions are shown below right. D ef initions
f ollow:
Surface Deviation is the max imum sp acing,
in d rawing units, that the tetrahed ral surf aces
may be f rom the true-curv ed geometry s
surf ace.
N orm al Deviation is the max imum angular
d if f erence, in d egrees, that a tetrahed ral
f ace s normal can hav e f rom the surf ace
normal f or the true geometry which it is
meant to rep resent.
A s p ect R atio ref ers to the max imum allowed
asp ect ratio of all f aces of all tetrahed ra of
the selected obj ect or f ace. T his setting
inf luences mesh q uality rather than actual
meshed v olume or surf ace locations.

4.1
Mesh Operations
Each Setting can be forced, left at the default, or turned off entirely
Ignore m eans no ev aluation of this
cons traint w ill be done in generation of
the initial m es hing, not ev en to the
built-in s ettings H F SS follow s w ithout
s urface ap p rox im ation ins tructions
U s e D ef a u l t s leav es that cons traint at the
built-in s ettings , and is s elected if y ou do
not w is h to tighten this cons traint but als o
do not w is h to deactiv ate it.
S et is of cours e us ed to ap p ly a us er
cons traint v alue w hich m ay be tighter or
loos er than the built-in cons traint us ed
in the abs ence of s p ecific ins tructions .
Setting loos er cons traints than the
default m ay req uire als o s etting
adj oining obj ects to the s am e
loos er cons traint s o that the
default does not tak e p recedence
at interfaces .
Usage Suggestions
D o n ot ov e rs p e c i f y .
I t is alw ay s eas ier to add than s ubtract m es h, by running m ore adap tiv e
p as s es or by adding s up p lem ental m es h ins tructions
T oo s tringent a s etting ( e. g. N orm al D ev iation of 1 degree) can res ult in
p oor m es h q ualities due to as p ect ratios , p oor m es h gradients to
s urrounding obj ects , etc.
U s e A s p ect R atio s ettings along w ith N orm al or Surface D ev iation s ettings
F or cy lindrical ty p e obj ects w here curv ed and p lanar faces m eet, the
norm al and s urface dev iation s ettings ap p ly to the curv ed faces only .
Setting an as p ect ratio lim it as w ell ( e. g. 4 : 1 ) w ill force a few additional
triangles on the p lanar faces and help p res erv e a cleaner ov erall m es h
C ons ider us ing P oly hedrons or P oly gons ins tead if us ing to reduce m es h
I f y our des ign has m any curv ed obj ects w hich y ou w ant only v ery coars ely
m es hed ( e. g. a w hole fence of ground v ias , for w hich 3 0 degree default
norm al dev iation is unneces s ary ) , and the geom etry is not im p orted,
cons ider draw ing the v ias as hex agonal or ev en s q uare s olids ins tead,
rather than hav ing to rem em ber to reduce the m es hing fidelity on them all.

4.1
Mesh Operations
Applying Mesh Operations

If you want to refine the mesh on a face or volume but dont want to g enerate a
solution, do the following after defining mesh op erations:
If a current mesh has been g enerated, H F S S will refine it using the defined
mesh op erations.
If a current mesh has not been g enerated, H F S S will ap p ly the mesh
op erations to the initial mesh.
If an initial mesh has not been g enerated, H F S S will g enerate it and ap p ly
the mesh op erations to the initial mesh.
If the defined mesh op erations have been ap p lied to the selected face or
obj ect, the current mesh will not be altered.
D efine a new mesh op eration rather than modify an ex isting mesh
op eration. H F S S will not re-ap p ly a modified mesh op eration. A p p lying
mesh op erations without solving enables you to ex p eriment with mesh
refinement in sp ecific p roblem reg ions without losing desig n solutions. Y ou
cannot undo the ap p lied mesh op erations, but you can discard them by
closing the p roj ect without saving them.

4.1
Mesh Operations
Source: (Canonical)
D es crip t ion
A pillbox resonator is a simple cylindrical cavity, the exact resonance of w hich is
solved analytically as:
qnm p2
+ 2
2
TE mnp c
f =
( ) l
r
2 b
2
pnm p2
+ 2
2
TM mnp c
f =
(b ) l
r 2
2
E q u ations f or T E and T M modes of order ( n, m, p) w here p is the
nu mber of half -w ave variations in the cavity axis direction
pnm and qnm represent the z eros of the B essel f u nctions or their
derivatives
b is cavity radiu s, and l is cavity heig ht
c is the speed of lig ht in the enclosed volu me media
B ench m ark
A pillbox proj ect w ith b = 1 0 cm and l = 1 0 cm w as constru cted.
V olu me of cavity w as vacu u m; w all bou ndaries w ere perf ect condu ctors
S olu tion w as req u ested f or 3 eig enmodes, w ith S u rf ace Approximations set to
vary the N ormal D eviation
n o r m w as varied f rom 5 to 4 5 deg rees by 5 deg ree steps
A s pe ct r a t i o w as set at 5 : 1 ; S u rf ace D eviation setting w as I g nore
S olu tion setu p w as 0 . 2 5 G H z starting f req u ency ( to assu re a starting
f req u ency did not add mesh beyond those set by the su rf ace approximation
setting s
S olu tions w ere continu ed to 0 . 0 1 % delta-f ( real part) or 1 0 passes,
w hichever came f irst
T abu lated resu lts vs. theoretical compu tations are show n on the pag e f ollow ing
B essel z eros w ere compu ted to abou t 5 dig its ( e. g . p1 1 = 1 . 8 4 1 1 8 )
S peed of lig ht u sed w as 2 9 9 7 9 2 4 5 8 m/ s

4.1
Mesh Operations
Results:
HFSS HFSS HFSS Avg.
Normal Delta vs. Final Final Delta-f
TM010 TE111 TE111 Delta vs.
Deviation Theory Tetrahedra Convergence
Result Result 1 Result 2 Theory
(deg) (%) Count (%)
(GHz) (GHz) (GHz) (%)
5 1.147406 0.001482 1.7361 1.736118 0.0756005 3347 0.0067755
10 1.147345 0.006798 1.73307 1.733154 0.2480399 2670 0.0077428
15 1.147124 0.026058 1.72758 1.727638 0.5647448 1882 0.022301
20 1.146748 0.058827 1.7192 1.719607 1.0370537 1060 0.042848
25 1.146623 0.069721 1.71165 1.712348 1.4632887 1087 0.040982
30 1.146196 0.106935 1.69707 1.697355 2.3142622 1008 0.052023
35 1.145602 0.158703 1.68868 1.688798 2.8019963 890 0.12154
40 1.144962 0.214481 1.67654 1.677916 3.4645009 887 0.033112
45 1.144962 0.214481 1.67654 1.677916 3.4645009 887 0.033112
O b ser v a ti o n s:
With higher-o rd er m o d es , a b s o l u te erro r is higher in o rd er o f a s c en d in g f req u en c y
rega rd l es s o f n o rm a l d ev ia tio n f a c etin g a p p l ied
T his is ex p ec ted d u e to s o m e s o l u tio n d ep en d en c e o n s ta rtin g f req u en c y .
A d d ed a d a p tiv e el em en ts a re s ha red a m o n g m o d es . Y et higher o rd er
m o d es ha v e m o re f o c u s ed f iel d p ea k s a s c o m p a red to m o re f u n d a m en ta l
m o d es . T heref o re m o re ra p id im p ro v em en t f o r l o w er o rd er m o d es a re a n
a rtif a c t o f the a d a p ta tio n tec hn iq u e a n d n o t o n e v o l u m e c o rrec tio n c a n
s tro n gl y in f l u en c e.
N o te tha t f o r higher-a c c u ra c y a n a l y s is o f the higher f req u en c y m o d es , the
s o l u tio n c a n b e ex ec u ted w ith s o l u tio n s ettin gs tha t w il l f in d tha t a s the
l o w es t f req u en c y m o d e.
E v en 2 2 . 5 d egree s ettin g w il l res u l t in b etter tha n 0 . 0 5 % erro r f o r the
f u n d a m en ta l m o d e s o l u tio n .
4 0 a n d 4 5 d egree c a s es ha d id en tic a l m es hes a n d res u l ts
When u s ed to red u c e m es h, o ther q u a l ity c hec k s m a y s til l c o n s tra in the
res u l t to m o re tha n j u s t the s u rf a c e a p p ro x im a tio n s ettin gs req u es ted .
C o n c lusi o n s:
F o r s im p l e c a n o n ic a l s ha p es a n d f u n d a m en ta l m o d es , in c rea s ed f a c etin g is
u n n ec es s a ry u n l es s ex trem el y tight a c c u ra c y d ev ia tio n s a re req u ired

4.1
Mesh Operations
Source:
K. K. So and K. W. Leung, Annular Slot Excited Dielectric Resonator Antenna
w ith a B ack ing C av ity , P roceedings of th e 2 0 0 2 I EEE Antennas and P rop agation
Society I nternational Sy m p osium , San Antonio, T X , J une 2 0 0 2 , V olum e 4
D es cri p t i on :
A h em isp h erical dielectric resonator antenna ( DRA) is f ed b y a coaxial cab le
across an annular ring slot, w h ich coup les th e DRA to a h em isp h erical cav ity
b eneath it. T h is p roj ect h as a com b ination of sp h erical and p lanar-circle curv es
w h ich sh ould giv e good ev idence of th e utility of th e v olum e correction ap p roach .
T h e source p rov ides b oth auth or-deriv ed analy tical results and m easurem ent
results.
B en ch m a rk :
An im age of th e m odeled geom etry is sh ow n ( b elow , righ t) .
Sy m m etry w as used ( 1 p lane) .
C av ity ( v acuum f illed) is 2 5 m m radius; DRA is 1 2 .5 m m radius.
DRA m aterial h as r = 9 .5
Annular ring outer radius is 5 .8 m m , 1 m m w idth
F eed is generated using a lum p ed gap source p ort sp anning th e annular
ring ( see detail im age)
A 3 0 m m radius b y 3 5 m m h eigh t p oly h edron ( 1 6 sides) is used f or th e
radiation b oundary .
B ottom ground p lane is treated as
inf inite ground b oundary condition
Feed Detail
Solution req uested using only default surf ace ap p roxim ations
1 0 adap tiv e p asses or to delta-S of 0 .0 1 at adap tiv e f req uency of
3 .7 5 G H z
2 .5 5 G H z f ast sw eep req uested

4.1
Mesh Operations
Results:
Plots of S11 vs. frequency and real and imaginary Z11 vs. frequency are sh ow n
R esults conformed almost ex actly to source s rep orted measured results, and
w ere closer to measurements th an source analysis
H F SS v8 .5 solved to effectively th e same result, b ut required ab out 4 times th e
mesh
3 3 2 4 at p ass 8 ( v9 ) vs. 13 , 3 0 0 tetrah edra at p ass 11 ( v8 .5 )
C o n c lusi o n s:
T h is p rovides an ex amp le of a p roj ect for w h ich th e volume p erturb ation is
ex tremely w ell-suited, b y p roviding th e p rop er dielectric resonance volume
Past ex p eriments w ith as many as 2 4 facets p er circumference w ith out
volume p erturb ation demonstrated a noticab le frequency error, th erefore
th e role of th e new solution cap ab ility in th is success is clear.
Solution accuracy w as ex cellent in ab solute terms even w ith default settings, and
greatly ex ceeded H F SS v8 .5 s cap ab ilities
A second simulation w ith N ormal D eviation set to 15 degrees solved to th e
same results and ex cellent convergence, still b eating th e H F SS v8 .5 mesh
required

4.1
Mesh Operations
Source:
http://w w w . j l a b . o r g /~ pi l l e r /spo k e /spo k e . htm
D es cri p t i on :
A S po k e c a v i ty i s u se d i n a c c e l e r a to r s f o r i o n b e a m s. T hi s v a r i a n t i s a l o w B e ta
ty pe . T he c a v i ty c o n si sts o f a c y l i n d r i c a l v o l u m e w i th sphe r i c a l se c ti o n s
su b tr a c te d f r o m the f l a t e n d s. T he spo k e i s a sm a l l e r c y l i n d e r w i th i ts a x is
o r tho g o n a l to the m a i n c a v i ty s a x i s tha t c u ts thr o u g h the c a v i ty c e n te r l i n e o n a
d i a m e te r . T he r e i s a n i n pu t/o u tpu t b e a m pi pe tha t r u n s c o a x i a l w i th the m a in
c a v i ty a n d e x i ts the tw o c o n c a v e sphe r o i d e n d s. D u e to sy m m e tr y the se c a v i ti e s
a r e u su a l l y a n a l y z e d i n 1 /8 se c ti o n s w i th P H C b o u n d a r y c o n d i ti o n s
B en ch m a rk :
A n i m a g e o f the m o d e l e d c a v i ty g e o m e tr y f r o m the H F S S g r a phi c a l i n te r f a c e i s
sho w n ( b e l o w , r i g ht) .
M a i n c a v i ty 2 1 . 9 0 8 c m r a d iu sb y 2 5 .4 c m he i g ht
S phe r i c a l su b tr a c ti o n s ha v e r a d i u s 6 4 . 5 7 2 c m
S po k e i s 3 . 8 1 c m r a d i u s; b e a m pi pe 1 . 3 5 9 c m ra d iu s
S o lv e d fo r N o r m a l D e v i a ti o n s f r o m 5 to 3 0 d e g re e s ( a s pa r a m e tr i c sw e e p)
S o l u ti o n se tti n g s 1 0 pa sse s o r to d e l ta -f o f 0 .0 1 % ( r e a l)
T he b e a m po r ts w e r e l e f t a s P H C b o n d a r ie s, so po r t l o a d i n g i s not
in c lu d e d in the se si m u l a ti o n r e su l ts
R es ul t s :
A pl o t o f so l v e d r e so n a n t f r e q u e n c y v s. the N o r m a l D e v i a ti o n su r f a c e
a ppr o x i m a ti o n se tti n g u se d i s sho w n a b o v e l e f t. T a b u l a te d r e su l ts a r e o n the
pa g e f o l l o w i n g , w i th m e sh a n d e r r o r sta ti sti c s
T he r e f e r e n c e w e b si te i n d i c a te s tha t a d i f f e r e n t so l u ti o n m e tho d f o r the c a v i ty
o b ta i n e d a r e so n a n c e f r e q u e n c y o f 3 3 8 . 0 4 8 M H z , y e t the m e a su r e m e n t o b ta i n e d
3 4 8 . 5 7 8 M H z . D e l ta s to b o th a r e sho w n i n the ta b le .

4.1
Mesh Operations
Results, cont.
Normal Delta vs. Delta vs. Ref. Final Final Delta-f

Deviation f_r (MHz) Ref. Measurement Tetrahedra Convergence
(deg) Analysis (%) (%) Count (%)
5 339.332 0.379827717 2.652490978 21160 0.0021053
10 341.486 1.017015335 2.034551808 9425 0.011095
15 344.907 2.029001799 1.053135884 4246 0.10175
20 347.903 2.915266471 0.19364389 3356 0.1472
25 347.353 2.752567683 0.351427801 3757 0.016916
30 352.195 4.184908652 1.037644372 2601 0.3341
O b ser v a ti ons:
Since the reference analysis and measurement do not match, neither can b e
tak en as an ab solute accuracy v alidator for comp arison to the H F SS results.
T he measurement w as of a cav ity w ith p ort loading at the b eam p ip e( s) and
a p rob e loop w hich w ill themselv es p erturb results slig htly
T he trend of resonant freq uency shift w ith tig hter normal dev iation restriction is
q uite nearly linear
T ig hter initial faceting results in b etter rep orted conv erg ence for the same p ass
count
V 8 . 5 conv erg ence w as still not at low lev els after the last solv ed p ass. T herefore
it w as only coincidentally near the most-refined H F SS v 9 solution. C arrying the
H F SS v 8 . 5 solution to g ood conv erg ence rather than a limited numb er of
tetrahedra took more mesh than rep orted for H F SS v 9 .
C onclusi ons:
N one of the meshes resulted in inadeq uate v olume filling or clearly incorrect
solutions. T his is a g eometry typ e for w hich increased faceting merely fine-tunes
the resulting conv erg ence and final solution outp uts.

4.1
Mesh Operations
Source:
Henry Z. Zhang, A Wideband Orthogonal-M ode J u nc tion u s ing R idged S ec toral
Wav egu ides , P roc eedings of the 2 0 0 2 I E E E Antennas and P rop agation S oc iety
I nternational S ym p os iu m , S an Antonio, T X , J u ne 2 0 0 2 , V olu m e 4
D es cri p t i on :
T his q u adratu re orthom ode j u nc tion ( OM J ) u s es a tap ered s ep tu m to c onv ert a
c irc u lar, c oax ial, q u ad-ridge w av egu ide into f ou r c ontou red ridge w av egu ides w hic h
hav e m odes analagou s to rec tangu lar s ingle-ridge w av egu ide. T he u s e of tap ered
s ep tu m s inters ec ting w ith c irc u lar c ros s -s ec tions nec es s itates draw ing in tru e
c u rv atu re.
B en ch m a rk :
T he geom etry is s how n abov e. D im ens ions are as f ollow s :
Ou ter radiu s 1 6 0 m m , R idge diam eter 1 5 0 m m , c enter diam eter 6 0 m m
R idges s u btend 4 5 degrees , ev enly s p ac ed at 9 0 degree interv als
S ep tu m s s u btend 2 degrees and ex tend half the length of the m odeled s ec tion
(4 0 0 m m )
T w o s m all p ertu rbers of r = 1 .0 0 1 ( in red) are ins erted at the s ingle-
w av egu ide end to p rov ide s tabiliz ation of the degenerate m ode order
T he HF S S v 9 p roj ec t w as generated by direc t trans lation of the v 8 .5 p roj ec t, and
s olv ed m es h s u rf ac e ap p rox im ation s ettings .
9 0 0 M Hz adap t, s w ep t f rom 4 0 0 9 5 0 M Hz
1 0 p as s es or to a D elta-S of 0 .0 0 9
1 0 and 1 5 degree norm al dev iation allow anc e

4.1
Mesh Operations
Results
Solution results are shown below, focusing on return loss.
R esults for 1 5 d egree norm al d ev iation are still unstable
D elta-S of 0 .0 3 4 2 ; final m esh of 1 6 ,1 7 7 tetrahed ra
R esults for 1 0 d egree norm al d ev iation are ex cellent
D elta-S of 0 .0 0 7 5 2 ; final m esh of 1 5 ,8 9 7 tetrahed ra ( shown)
C o n c lusi o n s:
D ue to v ery narrow annular gap s at the rid ge p eak s, this geom etry ty p e is p oorly
m eshed without user-guid ance in the form of tighter surface ap p rox im ation
settings, p rov id ing an ex am p le for which such guid ance is req uired
H owev er, with 1 0 d egree faceting the solution conv ergence was better and to a
sm aller final m esh than with 1 5 d egree faceting. T herefore in geom etric cases
where surface ap p rox im ations are req uired for a good answer, they d o not
necessarily im p ly a longer solution tim e.

Chapter 5.0
Chapter 5.0 A n ten n a E x am pl es

5.1 U H F P ro b e
5.2 C ir c u la r W a v e g u id e H o rn
5.3 P ro b e F e e d P a tc h
5.4 S lo t C o u p le d P a tc h
5.5 S p e c ific A b s o r p tio n R a te
5.6 C P W F e e d B o w tie A n te n n a
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide

5.1
Example U H F P r o b e
The Ultra-H i g h F req u en c y ( UH F ) P ro b e

This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e a
U H F prob e, using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.

5.1
Ansoft HFSS Design Environment

The following features of the Ansoft HFSS Design Environment are used to
c reate this p assive d evic e mod el
3 D Solid M od eling
P rimitives: Cylinders, Boxes
B oolean O p erations: U nit e, S u b t ra c t
B ound aries/ Ex c itations
P orts: W a v e P ort s
Analy sis
Sweep : F a st F req u enc y
R esults
Ca rt esia n p lot t ing
Field O verlay s:
3 D F a r F ield P lot s

5.1
Getting Started
Launching Ansoft HFSS

1. To access Ansoft HFSS, click the Microsoft Start b u tton, select P ro g ram s , and select
the A n s o f t, H F SS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .
Se tting T ool O p tions

T o s e t th e to o l o p ti o n s :
N o te : I n ord er to follow the step s ou tlined in this ex am p le, v erify that the
follow ing tool op tions are set :
1. Select the m enu item Tools > Options > HFSS Options
2 . HFSS O p tions W ind ow :
1. C lick the G e n e ral tab
U se W iz ard s for d ata entry w hen creating new b ou nd aries:

C h e c k e d
D u p licate b ou nd aries w ith g eom etry : C h e c k e d
2 . C lick the O K b u tton
3 . Select the m enu item Tools > Options > 3 D M od e le r Options.

4 . 3 D Mod eler O p tions W ind ow :
1. C lick the O p e rati o n tab
Au tom atically cov er closed p oly lines: C h e c k e d

2 . C lick the D raw i n g tab
E d it p rop erty of new p rim itiv es: C h e c k e d


5.1
Opening a New Project

To open a new project:
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, click the O n the Standar d toolb ar , or
select the m enu item File > New.
2 . Fr om the P r o j ec t m enu , select I n s er t H FS S D es ig n .
S et S ol u tion T y pe
To s et th e s ol u ti on ty pe:
1. Select the m enu item H FS S > S o lu t io n T y p e
2 . Solu tion T y p e W indow:
1. C hoose D ri v en Term i nal

5.1
Creating the 3D Model
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Units
2 . Set M o d el U nits :
1. Select U nits : in ( inc hes)
2 . C lick the O K b utto n
Set D ef a u lt Ma ter ia l
To set the d ef a ul t m a ter ia l :
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e S el ec t
2 . Select D ef initio n W ind o w :
1. T y p e c op p er in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield

5.1
Creating Annular Rings

Creating a ring is accomplished by creating a cylinder that represents the ou ter
radiu s and a cylinder that represents the inner radiu s. B y perf orming a B oolean
su btraction, the resu lting geometry is a ring.
F or this model, tw o sets of rings are necessary. I nstead of manu ally creating
both rings, w e w ill create one ring, copy it, and edit the dimensions of the copy.
Create Ring 1
1. S elect the menu item Draw > Cylinder
2 . U sing the coordinate entry f ields, enter the cylinder position
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E nter k ey

3 . U sing the coordinate entry f ields, enter the radiu s:
dX : 0 . 3 1, dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P ress the E nter k ey

4 . U sing the coordinate entry f ields, enter the height:
dX : 0 . 0 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 5 . 0 , P ress the E nter k ey

T o s et th e nam e:
1. S elect the A ttrib u te tab f rom the P ro p erties w indow .
2 . F or the V al u e of N am e type: ring_ inner
3 . Click the O K bu tton
T o f it th e v iew :
1. S elect the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew. O r press the CT RL + D
k ey

5.1
Creating Annular Rings (Continued)

Create Ring 1 (Continued)
1. Select the menu item Draw > Cylinder
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the cy lind er p o s itio n
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r a d ius :
d X : 0 . 3 7 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the heig ht:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 5 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
T o s et th e nam e:
1. Select the A ttrib ute ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: ring_ 1
T o s el ec t ob j ec ts to b e s ub trac ted:
1. Select the menu item E dit > S elec t > B y N am e
2 . Select O b j ect D ia lo g ,
1. Select the o b j ects na med : ring_ 1, ring_ inner
T o s ub trac t:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > B o o lean > S u b t rac t
2 . Sub tr a ct W ind o w
B la nk P a r ts : ring_ 1
T o o l P a r ts : ring_ inner
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: U nc h ec k ed
C lick the O K b utto n

5.1
Creating Annular Rings (Continued)

Create Ring 2
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select > By Name
1. Select the o b j ects na med : ring_ 1
3 . Select the menu item Edit > C o p y
4 . Select the menu item Edit > P as te
Ch ange th e d im ens io ns o f Ring 2

1. T o cha ng e the d imens io ns o f r ing _ 2 , ex p a nd the mo d el tr ee a s s ho w n
b elo w . I t s ho uld b e no ted tha t o r d er o f the ed iting is imp o r ta nt. I f y o u ma k e
the inner r a d ius > then the o uter r a d ius , a inv a lid o b j ect w ill r es ult a nd it w ill
b e r emo v ed f r o m the mo d el.
2 . U s ing the mo us e, d o ub le click the lef t mo us e b utto n o n the CreateCy l ind er
co mma nd f o r ring_ 2
3 . P r o p er ties d ia lo g
1. C ha ng e the r a d ius to : 0 . 5 in
4 . U s ing the mo us e, d o ub le click the lef t mo us e b utto n o n the CreateCy l ind er

co mma nd f o r ring_ inner1
5 . P r o p er ties d ia lo g
1. C ha ng e the r a d ius to : 0 . 4 3 5 in

5.1
Create Arm_1
To create Arm_1
1. Select the menu item Draw > Box
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the b o x p o s itio n
X : -0 .1, Y : -0 .3 1, Z : 5 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the b a s e
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 .2 , d Y : -4 .6 9 , d Z : -0 .0 6 5 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et th e n ame:
1. Select the Attri b u te ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: Arm_1
To f i t th e v i ew :
1. Select the menu item V i e w > F i t A l l > A c t i v e V i e w.
G ro u p Co n d u c to rs
To g rou p th e con d u ctors :
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S e l e c t A l l V i s i b l e . O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey
2 . Select the menu item, 3 D M od e l e r > Bool e an > U n i t e

5.1
Create the Center pin

To create the center pin
To s et the nam e:
1. Select the A ttrib u te ta b f r o m the P roperties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: center_ pin

5.1
Create Arm_2
To create Arm_2
X : -0 . 1 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 5 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 2, d Y : 5 . 0 , d Z : -0 . 0 6 5 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et th e n ame:
1. Select the Attri b u te ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: Arm_2

5.1
Create the Grounding Pin

To create the grounding pin
d X : 0 . 0 6 2 5 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
1. Select the A ttrib ute ta b f r o m the P roperties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: pin
Group Conduc tors

To group the conductors :
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A rm _ 2 , center_ pin, pin
N ote: U s e the C tr l + L ef t mo us e b utto n to s elect multip le

o b j ects
3 . Select the menu item, 3 D M o deler > B o o lean > U nit e

5.1
Create the Wave port

To create a circle that represents the port:
1. Select the menu item Draw > Circle
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the center p o s itio n
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r a d ius o f the cir cle:
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: p1
To select the ob j ect p1 :

1. Select the menu item E d it > S elect > B y N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : p1

5.1
Create Wave Port Excitation 1 (Continued)

To assign wave port excitation
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Excitations > Assign > Wave Port
2 . W a v e P o r t : G ener a l
1. N a me: p1,
2 . C lick the N ext b utto n
3 . W a v e P o r t : T er mina ls
1. N umb er o f T er mina ls : 1,
2 . F o r T1, click the U nd ef ined co lumn a nd s elect N ew L ine
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the v ecto r p o s itio n
X : 0 . 3 1, Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the v er tex
d X : -0 . 2 1, d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . W a v e P o r t : D if f er entia l P a ir s
1. C lick the N ext b utto n
5 . W a v e P o r t : P o s t P r o ces s ing
1. R ef er ence I mp ed a nce: 5 0
6 . C lick the F inish b utto n
S et D ef aul t M aterial
To set th e d ef au l t m aterial :
U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e vacu u m

5.1
Create Air
To create Air
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -1 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 0 . 0 , d Y : 2 0 . 0 , d Z : 1 2 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et th e n am e:
1. Select the Attrib u te ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: Air
To f it th e v iew :
Create R ad iatio n B o u n d ary

To create a rad iation b ou n d ary
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S e l e c t > By N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Air

3 . Select the menu item H F S S > Bou n d ari e s > R ad i at i on
4 . R a d ia tio n B o und a r y w ind o w
1. N a me: R ad 1

5.1
Create Infinite Ground Plane

To create an Infinite ground
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select > Faces
2 . G r a p hica lly s elect the f a ce o f the A ir o b j ect a t Z = 0
3 . Select the menu item H FSS > B o u n dar ies > Fin ite C o n du ctiv ity
4 . F inite C o nd uctiv ity B o und a r y w ind o w
1. N a me: gnd_ p l ane
2 . U s e M a ter ia l: C h eck ed
3 . C lick the v acuum b utto n

1. T y p e cop p er in the S earch

b y N am e f ield
5 . I nf inite G r o und P la ne: C h eck ed
Create a R adiation S etup

To define th e radiation s etup
1. Select the menu item H FSS > R adiatio n > I n ser t Far Field Setu p > I n f in ite
Sp h er e
2 . F a r F ield R a d ia tio n Sp her e Setup d ia lo g
1. Infinite S p h ere T a b
1. N a me: ff_ 2 d
2 . P hi: ( Sta r t: 0 , Sto p : 9 0 , Step Siz e: 9 0 )
3 . T heta : ( Sta r t: -1 8 0 , Sto p : 1 8 0 , Step Siz e: 2 )

5.1
Analysis Setup
Creating an Analysis Setup

To create an analysis setup:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Analysis Setup > Add Solution Setup
2 . So lutio n Setup W ind o w :
1. C lick the G eneral ta b :
So lutio n F r eq uency : 0 . 5 5 G H z
M a x imum N umb er o f P a s s es : 1 0
M a x imum D elta S p er P a s s : 0 . 0 2
Ad d ing a F req uenc y Sw eep

To ad d a f req uency sw eep:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Analysis Setup > Add Sw eep
1. Select So lutio n Setup : S etup1
2 . E d it Sw eep W ind o w :
1. Sw eep T y p e: F ast
2 . F r eq uency Setup T y p e: L inear C ount
Sta r t: 0 . 3 5 G H z
Sto p : 0 . 7 5 G H z
C o unt: 4 0 1
Sa v e F ield s : C h eck ed

5.1
Save Project
To save the project:
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save As.
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ u hf _ prob e
3 . C lick the S ave b utton
Analyze
M od el V al i d ati on
To val i d ate the m od el :
1. Select the menu item H FSS > V alid at io n C h ec k
2 . C lick the C l ose b utton
N ote: T o v iew any er r or s or war ning messag es, use the M essag e
M anag er .
A n al y z e
To start the sol u ti on process:
1. Select the menu item H FSS > An aly z e

5.1
Solution Data
To view the Solution Data:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Results > Solution Data
To view the P r of ile:

1. C lick the P r of ile T a b .
To view the C onver g enc e:

1. C lick the C onver g enc e T a b
N ote: T he d ef a ult v iew is f o r co nv er g ence is Tab le. Select

the P lot r a d io b utto n to v iew a g r a p hica l r ep r es enta tio ns o f
the co nv er g ence d a ta .
To view the M atr ix Data:
1. C lick the M atr ix Data T a b
N ote: T o v iew a r ea l-time up d a te o f the M a tr ix D a ta , s et the

Simula tio n to Setup 1 , L as t A d ap tive
2 . C lick the C los e b utto n

5.1
Create Reports
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t - M ag nitu d e

To create a report:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Results > Create Report
2 . C r ea te R ep o r t W ind o w :
1. R ep o r t T y p e: Term i n al S P aram eters
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R ectan g u l ar
3 . T r a ces W ind o w :
1. So lutio n: S etu p1 : S w eep1
2 . D o ma in: S w eep
3 . C lick the Y ta b
1. C a teg o r y : Term i n al S P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B
4 . C lick the A d d Trace b utto n
4 . C lick the D on e b utto n
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 5.1-2 0

5.1
Far Field Overlays
Create Far Field Overlay

To create a 2D polar far field plot :
1. R ep o r t T y p e: F ar F ields
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R adition P attern
1. So lutio n: S etu p1 : L as tA daptiv e
2 . G eo metr y : ff_ 2d
3 . I n the S w eeps ta b , s elect P h i und er the N am e co lumn, a nd o n the

d r o p lis t, s elect Th eta. T his cha ng es the p r ima r y s w eep to T heta .
4 . I n the M ag ta b
1. C a teg o r y : G ain
2 . Q ua ntity : G ain Total
3 . F unctio n: dB
4 . C lick the A dd Trace b utto n
5 . C lick the Don e b utto n

5.2
Example C o n i c al H o r n
Dual Mode Conical Horn

wav eg uide horn antenna using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.

5.2

The following features of the A nsoft H F S S D esign E nv ironm ent are used to
c reate this p assiv e d ev ic e m od el:
3 D S olid M od eling
P rim itiv es: Cylinders
B oolean: U nio n, S u b t ra c t , Co nnec t
B ound aries/ E x c itations

E x c itations: W a v e P o rt s
B ound aries: R a dia t io n
R esults
P lotting: R a dia t io n P a t t ern

5.2
Design Review
Port Size/Type
Since the port is external to the model we could use a Wave Port. T he
siz e of the port is determined b y the phy sical dimensions of the
waveg uide. B ecause the waveg uide is circular, we must Polariz e the E -
F ield f or the port def inition.
F ree Spa c e
Since we are evaluating a radiating structure, we need to create a f ree
space environment f or the device to operate in. T his can b e achieved b y
using the R adiation B oundary condition or a Perf ectly M atched L ay er
( PM L ) . We will use a R adiation B oundary since the surf ace will b e
cy lindrical.
T he R adiation B oundary needs to b e placed at least / 4 f rom radiating
devices. F or our example we will assume that ~ / 4 ( 0 . 6 in)

5.2
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




5.2

1. C hoose D ri v en M od al

5.2
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : in
U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e v a c uum
C r ea te C ir c u la r W a v eg u ide
C r ea te w a v eg uid e
1. Select the menu item Dra w > C y linder
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 . 8 3 8 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 3 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
1. Select the A ttr ib ute ta b f r o m the P r op er ties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: W a v eg uid e
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c tiv e V iew .
O r p r es s the C TR L + D k ey

5.2
Create Offset Coordinate System

Create CS
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate System > Create > Relative
CS > O f f set
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o r ig in
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 3 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create T ransition R eg ion

Create w av eg u i d e tran s i ti o n
1. Select the menu item Draw > Cone
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the lo w er r a d ius :
d X : 0 . 8 3 8 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the up p er r a d ius :
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 1 . 2 2 7 P r es s the E n ter k ey
T o s et th e n am e:
1. Select the A ttri b u te ta b f r o m the P ro p erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: T ap er

5.2

Create CS
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate System > Create >
R elativ e CS > O f f set
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 1 . 2 2 7 P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create th e T h roat
Create T h ro at

d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 3 . 2 3 6 P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: T h ro at
T o f i t th e v i ew :

5.2
Group Object
To group the objects:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select All Visible. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey
2 . Select the menu item, 3 D M o deler > B o o lea n > U n ite
R en a m e g roup
To ren a m e the group of objects:
1. F r o m the M od el ta b , s elect the o nly o b j ect s ho w n
2 . C lick the P roperti es b utto n
1. F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: H orn _ A i r
S et W ork i n g C oord i n a te S y s tem

To set the w ork i n g coord i n a te sy stem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > C o o r din a te Sy stem > Set W o r k in g C S
2 . Select C o o r d ina te Sy s tem W ind o w ,
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G l oba l
2 . C lick the S el ect b utto n
S et D ef a ul t M a teri a l
To set the d ef a ul t m a teri a l :
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e S el ect
1. T y p e pec in the S ea rch by N a m e f ield

5.2
Create the Horn Wall

Create horn

X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 1 . 6 4 7 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 7 . 4 6 3 P r es s the E nter k ey
T o s et the nam e:
1. Select the A ttri b u te ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: H orn
T o f i t the v i ew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew.
Com p lete the Horn

T o s el ec t the ob j ec t
Select the menu item E dit > S elec t A ll V is ib le. O r p r es s the CT R L + A k ey
T o c om p l ete the horn:
B la nk P a r ts : H orn
T o o l P a r ts : H orn_ A i r
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: U nc hec k ed

5.2
Set Default Material

To set the default material:
Using the 3D Modeler Materials toolbar, choose v ac uum
C reate A ir
C reate A ir
1. S elect the m enu item Draw > Cylinder
2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the cy linder p osition
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 P ress the E n ter k ey

3 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the radiu s:
dX : 2 .2 , dY : 0 .0 , dZ : 0 .0 P ress the E n ter k ey

4 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the height:
dX : 0 .0 , dY : 0 .0 , dZ : 8 .2 P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
1. S elect the A ttrib ute tab f rom the P rop erties w indow .
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: A ir
3 . C lick the O K bu tton
To fit the v iew :

1. S elect the m enu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew.
C reate R ad iatio n B o un d ary

To c reate a radiation b oun dary
1. S elect the m enu item E dit > S elec t > B y N am e
2 . S elect O bj ect Dialog,
1. S elect the obj ects nam ed: A ir
3 . S elect the m enu item H F S S > B o u ndaries > R adiat io n

4 . R adiation B ou ndary w indow
1. N am e: R ad1

5.2


X: 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 0 . 8 3 8 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: p1
To select the ob j ect p1 :

1. Select the o b j ects na med : p1

5.2

1. N a me: p1
3 . W a v e P o r t : M o d es
1. N umb er o f M o d es : 2, C lick the U pd ate b utto n
2 . F o r M od e 1 , click the U nd ef ined co lumn a nd s elect N ew L ine
X: -0 . 8 3 8 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 1 . 6 7 6 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
6 . P o la r iz e E F ield s : C h eck ed

5.2

Create CS
X: 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 7 . 4 6 3 P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create a R adiation Setu p

T o d ef i n e th e rad i ati o n s etu p
1. Select the menu item H F SS > R adiation > I nsert F ar F ield Setu p > I nf inite
Sp h ere
I n f i n i te Sp h ere T a b
1. N a me: f f _ 2 d
1. Co o rd i n ate Sy s tem T a b
1. Select U s e l o c al c o o rd i n ate s y s tem
2 . C ho o s e R el ati v eCS3

5.2
Analysis Setup

So lutio n F r eq uency : 5 . 0 G H z
Sav e P ro j ec t
To sav e th e proj ect:
1. I n a n A ns o f t H F SS w ind o w , s elect the menu item File > Sav e As.
2 . F r o m the S av e A s w ind o w , ty p e the F ilena me: h f ss_ ch orn
3 . C lick the S av e b utto n
Analyz e
M o d el V alid atio n
To v alid ate th e m od el:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > V alidation C h ec k
2 . C lick the C lose b utto n
N ote: T o v iew a ny er r o r s o r w a r ning mes s a g es , us e the M es s a g e

M a na g er .
Analyz e
To start th e solution process:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Analyz e

5.2
Solution Data





5.2
Far Field Overlays
Edit Sources
To Modify a Terminal excitation:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Fields > Edit Sources
2 . E d it So ur ces w ind o w
1. So ur ce: p 1:m1
1. M a g nitud e: 1
2 . P ha s e: 0
2 . So ur ce: p 1:m2
1. M a g nitud e: 1
2 . P ha s e: 9 0
C rea te F a r F iel d O v erl a y

To create a 2 D p olar far field p lot :
1. Select the menu item HFSS > R esults > C rea te R ep ort
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R adiation P attern
1. So lutio n: S etu p 1: L as tA dap tiv e
2 . G eo metr y : ff_ 2 d
3 . I n the S w eep s ta b
1. P r ima r y Sw eep : C lick o n the N a me P h i a nd to g g le to Th eta
4 . I n the Mag ta b
2 . Q ua ntity : G ainL H C P , G ainR H C P
3 . F unctio n: dB
5 . C lick the D one b utto n

5.2

5.3
Example P r o b e F eed P at c h A n t en n a
The Probe Feed Patch Antenna

prob e f eed patch antenna using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
P atch ( S ig nal)
S ub 1 ( D ielectric) 0 . 3 2 cm
I nf inite G round

5.3
Getting Started

the A n s o f t > H F SS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .


C h e c k e d




5.3


5.3
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : c m
1. T y p e R og er s R T/ d ur oid 5 8 8 0 ( tm ) in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield

5.3
Create Substrate
To create the substrate:
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the b o x
d X : 1 0 . 0 , d Y : 9 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 3 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n am e:
1. Select the A ttri bute ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ub1
To f i t the v i ew :
1. Select the menu item V i e w > F i t A l l > A c t i v e V i e w. O r p r es s the C TR L + D k ey

5.3
Create Infinite Ground

To create the infinite ground:
1. Select the menu item Draw > Rectangle
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r ecta ng le p o s itio n
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 0 . 0 , d Y : 9 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: I nf_ G N D
To fit the v iew :

1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A ll > A cti v e V i ew.
A s s ig n a P erfec t E b oundary to th e Infinite Ground

To s el ect the trace:
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S elect > B y N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : I nf_ G N D
To as s ign the P erfect E b oundary

1. Select the menu item H F S S > B o u nd ari es > A s s i gn > P erf ect E
2 . P er f ect E B o und a r y w ind o w
1. N a me: P erfE _ I nf_ G N D
2 . I nf inite G r o und P la ne: C heck ed

5.3
Create Infinite Ground Cut Out

To create the cut out:
d X : 0 . 1 6 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
1. Select the A ttri b ute ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: C ut_ O ut
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A ct iv e V iew
Com p l ete th e Infinite Ground

To s el ect the ob j ects I n f _ G N D & C ut_ O ut:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : I n f _ G N D , C ut_ O ut

To com p l ete the ri n g :

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d eler > B o o lean > S u b t ract
B la nk P a r ts : I n f _ G n D
T o o l P a r ts : C ut_ O ut
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: U n check ed

5.3
Create Patch
To create the patch:
X : -2 . 0 , Y : -1 . 5 , Z : 0 . 3 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 4 . 0 , d Y : 3 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
1. Select the A ttri b u te ta b f r o m the P roperti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: P atch
A s s i g n a Perf ect E b o u n d ary to the T race

1. Select the o b j ects na med : P atch
To as s i g n the P erf ect E b ou n d ary

1. N a me: P erf E _ P atch

5.3

1. Using the 3D Modeler Materials toolbar, choose v ac uum
C reate th e C o ax
To c reate the c oax :
X : -0 . 5 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 0 . 1 6 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 0 . 0 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : -0 . 5 P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: C oax
To fit the v iew :


5.3

1. Using the 3D Modeler Materials toolbar, choose S elec t
2 . S elect Def inition W indow :
1. T y p e p ec in the S earc h b y N ame f ield
C reate th e C o ax P in
To c reate the c oax p in :
X : -0 . 5 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 0 . 0 7 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 0 . 0 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : -0 . 5 P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: C oax _ P in
To fit the v iew :


5.3

X: -0 . 5 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -0 . 5 P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 0 . 16 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: P ort1
To select the ob j ect P ort1:

1. Select the o b j ects na med : P ort1
To assig n w av e port ex citation

1. Select the menu item H F S S > E x cit at io n s > A s s ig n > W av e P o rt
1. N a me: p1
2 . C lick the N ex t b utto n
X: -0 . 3 4 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -0 . 5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: -0 . 0 9 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
1. C lick the N ex t b utto n

5.3
Create the Probe

To create the probe:
X : -0 . 5 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 7 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 3 2 P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
1. Select the A ttri bu te ta b f r o m the P roperti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: P robe

5.3

C reate A ir
To c reate the air:
1. S elect the m enu item Draw > Box
2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the box p osition
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the op p osite corner of the box
dX : 1 0 . 0 , dY : 9 . 0 , dZ : 3 . 3 2 , P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
To fit the v iew :

1. S elect the m enu item V i e w > F i t A l l > A c t i v e V i e w.

5.3
Create Radiation Boundary

Picking the faces:
2 . G r a p hica lly s elect al l o f the faces o f the A ir o b j ect ex cep t the face at Z = 0 . 0 cm
T o cr eate a r ad iatio n b o u nd ar y
1. Select the menu item H FSS > B o u n dar ies > R adiatio n
1. N a me: R ad 1
Create a Radiation S etup

T o d efine the r ad iatio n setu p
Sp h er e
1. Select the I nfinite S p her e T a b
1. N a me: ff_ 2 d

5.3
Analysis Setup


Sta r t: 1 . 0 G H z
Sto p : 3 . 5 G H z
C o unt: 2 0 1

5.3
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ prob epatch
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

5.3
Solution Data





5.3
Create Reports
To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B
4 . Select the menu Report 2 D > M ark A ll T rac es
1. C lick the M i n b utto n

5.3
Far Field Overlays


4 . I n the S w eeps ta b , s elect the r o w la b eled F req a nd s elect the
f r eq uency 2. 3 6 25 f r o m the lis t.
3 . F unctio n: dB

5.4
Example S lo t C o u pled P at c h A n t en n a
The Slot Coupled Patch Antenna

prob e f eed patch antenna using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
P atch ( S ig nal)
S lot ( P lane)
F eed ( S ig nal)

5.4
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




5.4


5.4
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. T y p e R og er s R T/ d ur oid 5 8 8 0 ( tm ) in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield

5.4
Create Substrate
X : -7 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1 2 . 0 , d Y : 9 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 3 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n am e:

5.4
Create the Feed

To create the feed:
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -0 . 2 4 7 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 7 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 4 9 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: F eed
To fi t the v i ew :
A s s i g n a P erf ec t E b o u n dary to the Feed

To s el ect the feed:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : F eed
To as s i g n the P erfect E b ou n dary

1. N a me: P erfE _ F eed
2 . I nf inite G r o und P la ne: U n check ed

5.4
Create Ground
To create the ground:
X : -7 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : 0 . 1 6 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 1 2 . 0 , d Y : 9 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: G round
A s s i g n a P erf ec t E b oundary to th e Ground

To s el ect the ground:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G round
To as s i gn the P erf ect E b oundary

1. N a me: P erf E _ G round
2 . I nf inite G r o und P la ne: U ncheck ed

5.4
Create Slot Cut Out

To create the cut out:
X : -0 . 0 7 7 5 , Y : -0 . 7 , Z : 0 . 1 6 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 . 1 5 5 , d Y : 1 . 4 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S l ot
1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A ll > A cti v e V i ew
Com p lete th e G roun d

To s el ect the ob j ects g roun d & s l ot
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G roun d , S l ot
To com p l ete the ri n g :

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d eler > B o o lean > S u b tract
B la nk P a r ts : G roun d
T o o l P a r ts : S l ot

5.4
Create Patch
To create the patch:
X : -2 . 0 , Y : -1 . 5 , Z : 0 . 3 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: P atch
A s s i g n a Perf ect E b o u n d ary to the T race

1. Select the o b j ects na med : P atch

1. N a me: P erf E _ P atch

5.4

C reate A ir
To c reate the air:
X : -7 . 0 , Y : -4 . 5 , Z : -2 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the op p osite corner of the box
dX : 1 2 . 0 , dY : 9 . 0 , dZ : 4 . 3 2 , P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
To fit the v iew :


5.4

Picking the faces:
2 . G r a p hica lly s elect al l o f the faces o f the A ir o b j ect ex cep t the face at Z = 0 . 0 cm
T o cr eate a r ad iatio n b o u nd ar y
1. Select the menu item H FSS > B o u n dar ies > R adiatio n
1. N a me: R ad 1

T o d efine the r ad iatio n setu p
Sp h er e
1. Select the I nfinite S p her e T a b
1. N a me: ff_ 2 d

5.4
Set Grid Plane

To set the grid plane:
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > YZ
C reate So u rc e
To c reate sou rc e:
1. Select the menu item Draw > R ec t ang le
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -0 . 2 4 7 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 4 9 5 , d Z : 0 . 1 6 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: S ou rc e
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew .

5.4
Assign Excitation
To select the object Source:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Source
N ote: Y o u ca n a ls o s elect the o b j ect f r o m the M o d el T r ee

To a ssi g n lum p ed p ort ex ci ta ti on
1. Select the menu item H F SS > Ex citatio n s > A s s ig n > L u mp ed P o r t
2 . L ump ed P o r t : G ener a l
1. N a me: p 1,
2 . R es is ta nce: 5 0
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
3 . L ump ed P o r t : T er mina ls
2 . F o r T1, click the U n d ef i n ed co lumn a nd s elect N ew L i n e
X : -5 . 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 16 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : -0. 16 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

5 . C lick the F i n i sh b utto n

5.4
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 3 . 5 G H z
C o unt: 2 0 1

5.4
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ sl otpatch
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

5.4
Solution Data





5.4
Create Reports
To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B
1. C lick the M i n b utto n

5.4
Far Field Overlays


f r eq uency 2. 3 f r o m the lis t.
2 . Q ua ntity : G ain P h i, G ain Th eta
3 . F unctio n: dB

DRAFT 5.5
Example S pec i f i c A b s o r pt i o n R at e
Specific Absorption Rate

simple phantom, which is commonly used to calib rate S pecif ic A b sorption R ate
test eq uipment, using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
W ith the explosion of consumer demand f or wireless dev ices, consumers and the
media hav e b ecome aware of and are concerned with the b iolog ical ef f ects of
long -term exposure to radio f req uency radiation ( R F R ) . To ensure pub lic saf ety,
the F ederal C ommunication C ommission ( F C C ) has dev eloped saf ety standards
that wireless dev ices are req uired to meet in order to b e sold in the U S ( S imilar
g uidelines exist in other countries) . The q uantity used to q uantif y the amount of
energ y ab sorb ed is the S pecif ic A b sorption R ate or S A R .
Nominal Design:
B ow l:
I nner radius = 1 0 6 . 5 5 mm
Thick ness = 5 0 . 5 mm.
O pening = d2 = 1 7 0 mm
r= 4 . 6
A nt enna:
O v erall L eng th = 1 6 8 mm
G ap b etween dipoles = 1 mm
W ire D iameter = 3 . 6 mm
F lu id :
r = 4 2 . 9 5 %
= 0 . 9 1 0 %
= 1 g/ c m3
L ev el = d1 = 1 3 . 4 c m

DRAFT 5.5
Ansoft HFSS Analysis of Specific Absorption Rate for Flat

P h antom M easu rem ent Stand ard O u tlined in I E E E P 1 5 2 8 -2 0 0 2
Reference: Draft Recommended Standard for Determining the Spatial Peak
Specific A b s orption Rate ( SA R) in the H u man H ead from W ireles s
C ommu nication Dev ices : M eas u rement T echniq u e
T he tab le b elow s u mmariz es the data from an A ns oft H F SS analy s is of flat
phantom models as des crib ed in the I E E E draft s tandard for SA R meas u rements .
Frequency 1g SAR 10g SAR Local SAR at Local SAR at

(MHz) surface surface (y=
(above 2cm offset
feedpoint) from
feedpoint)
300 3.06 (3.0) 2.07 (2.0) 4.63 (4.4) 2.20 (2.1)
450 4.98 (4.9) 3.31 (3.3) 7.59 (7.2) 3.28 (3.2)
835 9.62 (9.5) 6.26 (6.2) 14.71 (14.1) 4.93 (4.9)
900 10.98 (10.8) 7.02 (6.9) 17.01 (16.4) 5.47 (5.4)
1450 29.83 (29.0) 16.50 (16.0) 53.90 (50.2) 6.54 (6.5)
1800 39.36 (38.1) 20.45 (19.8) 74.39 (69.5) 6.85 (6.8)
1900 40.97 (39.7) 21.21 (20.5) 78.02 (72.1) 6.54 (6.6)
2450 55.42 (52.4) 25.42 (24.0) 115 (104.2) 8.09 (7.7)
3000 65.81 (63.8) 26.48 (25.7) 157.66 (140.2) 8.8 (9.5)
HFSS results: Measured data in parenthesis, from Table 8-1 of paper

I n general there is ex cellent agreement b etw een the H F SS s imu lations and
meas u rements . T he pos s ib le ex ception w ou ld b e the L ocal SA R ab ov e the
feedpoint. T his is likely du e to the u s e of 5 0 lu mped gap s ou rces as an
approx imation to the b alu n feed for the dipoles . C alcu lation of 1 g and 1 0 g SA R
w as done v ia the fields calcu lator on ex plicitly defined v olu mes in the flat
phantom located immediately b elow the feed point

DRAFT 5.5
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




DRAFT 5.5

1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, click the O n the Standar d toolb ar , or select
the m enu item File > New.

DRAFT 5.5
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : m m
1. T y p e p ec in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield

DRAFT 5.5

To create an offset Coordinate System:
X: 0 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: -6 . 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey
Create D ip ol e A ntenna A rm 1
To set g rid p l ane
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > G rid P lane > X Z
To create th e dip ol e antenna:

X: 0 . 0 , Y: -8 4 . 0 , Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 1 . 8 , d Y: 0 . 0 , d Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 0 . 0 , d Y: 8 3 . 5 , d Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set th e name:
1. Select the A ttrib u te ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: D ip ol e
To fit th e v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c tiv e V iew . O r p r es s the CTR L + D k ey

DRAFT 5.5
Create Dipole Antenna Arm 2

To create arm 2:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select All Visible. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item, Edit > D u p lica te > M ir r o r .
1. I np ut the a ncho r p o int o f the mir r o r p la ne:
X: 0 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . I np ut the ta r g et p o int o f the v ecto r no r ma l to the mir r o r p la ne:
d X: 0 . 0 , d Y: 1 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
G rou p th e Dipole Antenna Arms

To g rou p th e d i p ol e arms :
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select All Visible.
S et G rid P lane
To s et th e g ri d p l an e:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > G r id P la n e > X Y
Create S ou rc e
To create s ou rce:
1. Select the menu item D r a w > R ecta n g le
X: -1 . 8 , Y: -0 . 5 , Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X: 3 . 6 , d Y: 1 . 0 , d Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et th e n ame:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: S ou rce
1. Select the menu item View > F it All > Activ e View .

DRAFT 5.5
Assign Excitation
N ote: Yo u ca n a ls o s elect the o b j ect f r o m the M o d el T r ee

1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
3 . L ump ed P o r t : M o d es
1. N umb er o f M o d es : 1,
2 . F o r M od e 1, click the U n d ef i n ed co lumn a nd s elect N ew L i n e
X: 0. 0, Y: -0. 5 , Z: 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey

d X: 0. 0, d Y: 1. 0, d Z: 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey

DRAFT 5.5
Add New Material

To add a new material:
2 . F rom the S elect Def inition w indow , click the A dd M aterial bu tton
3 . V iew / E dit Material W indow :
1. F or the M aterial N ame ty p e: M y _ B owl
2 . F or the V alu e of R elativ e P ermittiv ity ty p e: 4 . 6

DRAFT 5.5
Set Working Coordinate System

To set the working coordinate system:
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate System > Set Working CS
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G l ob al
Create B ow l
To create the b owl :
1. Select the menu item Draw > Sp h ere
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s p her e p o s itio n
X: 0 .0 , Y: 0 .0 , Z: 1 1 1 .5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 1 1 1 .5 , d Y: 0 .0 , d Z: 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: B owl
To f it the v iew:
Create O f f set Coordinate System

To create an of f set C oordinate S ystem:
X: 0 .0 , Y: 0 .0 , Z: 1 6 4 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

DRAFT 5.5
Create the Opening in the Bowl

To select the object Bowl:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Bowl
To select the sp li t the bowl object:

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > Sp lit
2 . Sp lit W ind o w
1. Sp lit P la ne: X Y
2 . K eep F r a g ments : N eg a ti v e S i d e
A d d N ew M aterial
To a d d a n ew m a ter i a l:
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e S elect
2 . F r o m the Select D ef initio n w ind o w , click the A d d M a ter i a l b utto n
3 . V iew / E d it M a ter ia l W ind o w :
1. F o r the M a ter i a l N a m e ty p e: M y _ Br a i n F lu i d
2 . F o r the V a lu e o f R ela ti v e P er m i tti v i ty ty p e: 4 2 . 9
3 . F o r the V a lu e o f Bu lk C on d u cti v i ty ty p e: 0 . 9
S et W ork ing Coord inate S y s tem

To set the wor k i n g coor d i n a te sy stem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > C o o r din ate Sys tem > Set W o r k in g C S
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G loba l
2 . C lick the S elect b utto n

DRAFT 5.5
Create Brain Fluid

To create the brain fluid:
1. Select the menu item Draw > Sphere
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s p her e p o s itio n
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 1 1 1 .5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
dX : 1 0 6 .5 , dY : 0 .0 , dZ : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
1. Select the A ttribute ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V alue o f N am e ty p e: B rainF luid
To fit the v iew :

1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A l l > A c t i v e V i ew.
Create th e S h ell o f th e Bo w l
To s elect the obj ects B ow l and B rainF luid:
1. Select the menu item E d i t > Sel ec t > B y N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : B ow l, B rainF luid
To com p lete the bow l:

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d el er > B o o l ean > Su b t rac t
B la nk P a r ts : B ow l
T o o l P a r ts : B rainF luid
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a cting : C heck ed

DRAFT 5.5

X: 0 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: 1 3 4 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
Set th e F l u id L ev el
To sel ect th e ob j ect B rainF l u id:
1. Select the menu item E dit > Selec t > B y N ame
1. Select the o b j ects na med : B rainF l u id
To sel ect th e sp l it th e b ow l ob j ect:

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > B oolean > Sp lit
2 . Sp lit W ind o w
1. Sp lit P la ne: X Y
2 . K eep F r a g ments : N eg ativ e Side
Create a SA R Cal c u l ation L ine

To create a l ine:
1. Select the menu item Draw > L ine
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the v er tex p o int:
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 2 9 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . C lick the E nter k ey f o r the s a me p o int to end line cr ea tio n
To set th e name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: SA R _ L ine

DRAFT 5.5

1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: R el ativ eC S 1
Set D ef au l t M aterial
To set the def au l t material :
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e v acu u m
Create A ir B ox
To create the air b ox :
1. Select the menu item Draw > B ox

X: -1 5 5 . 0 , Y: -1 5 5 . 0 , Z: -4 4 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X: 3 1 0 . 0 , d Y: 3 1 0 . 0 , d Z: 2 5 7 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: A ir
To f it the v iew:

DRAFT 5.5

To select the object Air:
To crea te a ra d ia tion bou n d a ry

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > R adiatio n
2 . R a d ia tio n B o und a r y W ind o w
N a me: R a d 1

To d ef in e the ra d ia tion setu p
1. Select the menu item H F SS > R adiatio n > I n s er t F ar F ield Setu p > I n f in ite
Sp h er e
1. Select the I n f in ite S p here T a b
1. N a me: f f _ 2 d

DRAFT 5.5
Analysis Setup

So lutio n F r eq uency : 0 . 8 3 5 G H z
Sav e P ro j ec t
2 . F r o m the S av e A s w ind o w , ty p e the F ilena me: h f ss_ sar
Analyz e

M a na g er .
Analyz e

DRAFT 5.5
Solution Data





DRAFT 5.5
Create Reports
Create S-P aram eter P l o t v s . A d ap ti v e P as s

Note: If this report is created prior or during the solution process, a real-tim e
update of the results are display ed
T o c r ea te a r ep or t:
1. S elect the m enu item HFSS > Results > Create Report
2 . C reate R eport W indow :
1. R eport T y pe: M od a l S P a r a m eter s
2 . D isplay T y pe: R ec ta n g u l a r
3 . C lick the O K b utton
3 . T races W indow :
1. S olution: S etu p 1 : A d a p ti v e1
2 . C lick the Y tab
1. C ategory : T er m i n a l S P a r a m eter s
2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 ) ,
3 . F unction: d B
4 . C lick the A d d T r a c e b utton
3 . C lick the D on e b utton

DRAFT 5.5
Set SAR Defaults
Set P o r t P o w er

DRAFT 5.5
Create SAR Plot

To create a report:
1. R ep o r t T y p e: F i el d s
1. So lutio n: S etu p1 : L as tA d apti v e
2 . G eo metr y : S A R _ L i n e
1. C a teg o r y : C al cu l ator E x pres s i on s
2 . Q ua ntity : L ocal _ S A R , A v erag e_ S A R
3 . F unctio n: < n on e>

DRAFT 5.5
Field Overlays
Create Field Overlay

Select the Global YZ Plane
1. Using the Model Tree, expand Planes
1. S elec t Global: YZ
2 . S elec t the m enu item HFSS > Fields > Plot Fields > M a g _ E
3 . C reate F ield P lot W indow
1. S olu tion: Setu p 1 : L as tA d ap ti v e
2 . Q u antity : M ag _ E
3 . I n V olu m e: B r ai nF lu i d
4 . C lic k the D one b u tton
T o m od i f y the attr i bu tes of a f i eld p lot:

1. S elec t the m enu item HFSS > Fields > M odif y Plot A ttr ib u tes
2 . S elec t P lot F older W indow :
1. S elec t: E F i eld
2 . C lic k the O K b u tton
3 . E-F ield1 W indow :
1. C lic k the Scale tab
1. S elec t U s e L i m i ts
2 . Min: 2
3 . Max: 20 0
4 . S c ale: L og
2 . C lic k the C los e b u tton

DRAFT 5.5
Far Field Overlays


2 . Q ua ntity : G ain L 3 Y
3 . F unctio n: dB

5.6
Example C P W F ed B o w t i e A n t en n a
The CPW Fed Bowtie Antenna

C oplanar W av eg uide ( C P W ) f ed B owtie antenna using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n
E nv ironment.
A Lumped Port excitation will b e used f or the C P W f eed.
C opper C ladding w/ C utout

S ub 1 ( D ielectric) 2 . 0 mm
R ef er enc e:
G uiping Z heng , A . Z . E lsherb eni, and C . E . S mith, A coplanar waveguide bow-
t ie apert ure ant enna, Antennas and Propagation Society International
Sym posiu m , 2 0 0 2 . I E E E , V olume 1 , 1 6 -2 1 J une 2 0 0 2 , P ag e 5 6 4 -5 6 7 .

5.6
Design Review
1. The CPW slots and antenna shape will be openings in a m etaliz ed plane. Consider
how the por t will look
2 . The antenna will be analy z ed ov er a f r eq u enc y r ange of 8 1 2 G H z . H ow lar ge
shou ld the air v olu m e be?
G et t ing S t a r t ed

1. To ac c ess A nsof t H F S S , c lic k the M ic r osof t Start bu tton, selec t P ro g ram s , and selec t
the A n s o f t > H F SS 9 pr ogr am gr ou p. Clic k H F SS 9 .

N o te : I n or der to f ollow the steps ou tlined in this ex am ple, v er if y that the
f ollowing tool options ar e set :
1. S elec t the m enu item Tools > Options > HFSS Options
2 . H F S S O ptions Window:
1. Clic k the G e n e ral tab
U se Wiz ar ds f or data entr y when c r eating new bou ndar ies:

C h e c k e d
D u plic ate bou ndar ies with geom etr y : C h e c k e d
2 . Clic k the O K bu tton
3 . S elec t the m enu item Tools > Options > 3 D M od e le r Options.

4 . 3 D M odeler O ptions Window:
1. Clic k the O p e rati o n tab
A u tom atic ally c ov er c losed poly lines: C h e c k e d

2 . Clic k the D raw i n g tab
E dit pr oper ty of new pr im itiv es: C h e c k e d

3 . Clic k the O K bu tton

5.6


5.6
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. T y p e A r l on C in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield a nd s elect A r l on CuCl a d

2 1 7 ( tm ) f r o m the ta b le b elo w .

5.6
Create Substrate
X : -1 7 . 0 , Y : -3 2 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 3 4 . 0 , d Y : 6 4 . 0 , d Z : -2 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n am e:

5.6
Create Copper Cladding

2 . U s ing the D r a w ing P la ne d r o p d o w n, s et the cur r ent p la ne to X Y
3 . U s ing g r a p hica l s na p p ing , d r a w a r ecta ng le to co v er the to p f a ce o f S ub 1
F ir s t co r ner s na p X : -1 7 . 0 , Y : -3 2 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0
Seco nd co r ner s na p d X : 3 4 . 0 , d Y : 6 4 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: C uC l ad
1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A ll > A cti v e V i ew. [ C trl -D ]

5.6
Assign a Finite Conductivity boundary to the Copper Cladding

To select the rectangle:
1. In the 3D Modeler Design Tree, right-c lic k on M od el a nd selec t E x p and A ll
2 . F ind the entry na m e C u C lad u nder the c a tegory N ot A ssi gned a nd c lic k it to
selec t.
To assi gn the F i ni te C ond u cti v i ty b ou nd ary
1. R ight-C lic k on the 3D Modeler v iew , a nd selec t the m enu item Assign
B o u nd a r y > F init e C o nd u c t iv it y
2 . F inite C ondu c tiv ity B ou nda ry w indow
1. N a m e: C u _ b ou nd
2 . B enea th P erm ea b ility , C hec k U se M ateri al
3 . C lic k the b loc k show ing A rlon C u C lad 2 1 7 ( tm ) to op en the Ma teria l

L isting
4 . Ty p e co in the N a m e f ield a nd selec t cop p er f rom the ta b le b elow ,
a nd c lic k O K
5 . L ea v e U nc hec k ed I nf i ni te G rou nd P lane
6 . C lic k O K

5.6
Create Feed Cut Out

To create the feed gap:
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the f ir s t co r ner p o s itio n
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the d ia g o na l co r ner :
d X : 1 3 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . L ea v e the V al u e o f N am e a s R ect1
Create B o w ti e arm
To create the b ow ti e pol y gon :
1. Select the menu item Draw > L i ne
2 . Sna p to the f ir s t v er tex p o s itio n
L o ca tio n X : -0 . 5 , Y : 0 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s eco nd v er tex
X : -6 . 7 , Y : 2 1 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the thir d v er tex
X : 6 . 0 , Y : 2 1 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
5 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the f o ur th v er tex
X : 0 . 5 , Y : 1 . 1 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
6 . D o ub le-click o n the s ta r ting v er tex to f inis h a nd clo s e the p o ly line.
To s et the n am e:
2 . Set the V al u e o f N am e a s B ow ti e
1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A ll > A cti v e V i ew

5.6
Unite Feed and Bowtie

To select the objects Bowtie and Rect1
1. In the 3D Modeler Design Tree, right-c lic k on M odel a nd selec t E x p and A ll
2 . F ind the entries na m e Bowtie a nd Rect1 u nder the c a tegory N ot A ssig ned
a nd c lic k them to selec t ( Bowtie f irst) .
To com p lete the bowtie ar m :
1. S elec t the m enu item 3D Modeler > Boolean > Unite
2 . The u nited ob j ec t w ill ta k e the na m e of the f irst item selec ted (Bowtie) .
M ir r or th e Bowtie
To cr eate the other side of the Bowtie:
1. S elec t the ob j ec t Bowtie f rom the 3D Modeler Design Tree
2 . S elec t the m enu item E dit > Du p lic ate > Mirror
3 . S et the sta rting v ertex of the m irror norm a l u sing the c oordina te entry b ox :
L oc a tion X : 0, Y : 0, Z : 0
4 . S et the ending v ertex of the m irror norm a l u sing the c oordina te entry b ox
L oc a tion dX : 0, dY : 1.0, dZ : 0.0

5.6
Open the Bowtie Aperture in the Copper Cladding

To subtract the Bowtie from the Cladding
1. Select the objects Bowtie, Bowtie_ 1 a n d CuClad f r om the 3 D M od eler
D esi g n T r ee
2 . Select the m en u i tem 3D Modeler > Boolean > Subtract
3 . Su btr a ct W i n d ow
B la n k P a r ts: CuClad
T ool P a r ts: Bowtie, Bowtie_ 1
C lon e tool objects bef or e
su btr a cti n g : Check ed
C li ck the O K bu tton
As s ign a M es h Operation on the Bowtie geom etry

To assign the mesh op eration:
1. Select the objects Bowtie a n d Bowtie_ 1 f r om the 3 D M od eler
D esi g n T r ee
2 . Select the m en u i tem H F SS > Mes h O p erati on > A s s i g n > O n Selecti on >
L eng th Bas ed
3 . E lem en t L en g th B a sed R ef i n em en t W i n d ow :
N a m e L ength1
R estr i ct L en g th of E lem en ts:
Check ed
M a x i m u m L en g th of E lem en ts:
3 mm
R estr i ct the N u m ber of E lem en ts:
U ncheck ed
4 . C li ck the O K bu tton

5.6
Create the Lumped Port

To draw the port rectangle:
2 . Sna p to o ne inner co r ner a t the end s o f the b o w tie f eed lines :
L o ca tio n X : 1 2 . 5 , Y : -0 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0
3 . Set the r ecta ng le to f ill the g a p b etw een the f eed lines b y enter ing the
o p p o s ite co o r d ina te in the co o r d ina te entr y b o x es :
L o ca tio n d X : -1 . 0 , d Y : 1 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0
To s et the nam e:
2 . E nter the V alu e o f N am e a s P 1
To s elect the ob j ect P ort1 :

1. Select the o b j ects na med : P 1

5.6
Create the Lumped port, cont.

To assign lumped port excitation
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Excitations > Assign > Lumped Port
1. N a me: P ort1
2 . R es is ta nce: 5 0 oh m
3 . R ea cta nce: 0 oh m
3 . L ump ed P o r t : M o d es
2 . I n the r o w f o r M o d e 1, click N one in the I nteg r a tio n L ine co lumn a nd

s elect N ew L ine
d X : -1. 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey


5.6

C reate th e A ir V o lum e
T he analy sis w ill be p erf orm ed betw een 8 1 2 G H z . T heref ore the m inim u m
distance betw een the air v olu m e w all and the radiating ap ertu re shou ld be one
q u arter w av elength at 8 G H z , or 0 . 2 5 * ( 3e1 1 / 8 e9 ) = 9 . 37 5 m m . T he f ollow ing
dim ensions rou nd this u p to 9 . 5 m m sp acing.
To c reate the air v olume
2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the starting p osition
X : -1 7 . 0 , Y : -3 2 . 0 , Z : -9 . 5 P ress the E n ter k ey

3 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the diagonal corner:
dX : 3 4 . 0 , dY : 6 4 . 0 , dZ : 1 9 . 0 P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: A irB ox
To fit the v iew :


5.6
Assign the Radiation Boundary

To select the air volume
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A irB ox
To assig n the b oun d ary :

1. R ig ht-click in the g r a p hica l v iew a nd s elect the M enu p ick A ssig n B oun d ary >
R ad iation
2 . F o r the V alue o f N ame ty p e: R ad 1
C reate a Radiation S etup

To d ef in e the rad iation setup
1. Select the menu item H F SS > R adiatio n > I n s er t F ar F ield Setu p > I n f in ite
Sp h er e
1. Select the I n f in ite S p here T a b
1. N a me: f f _ all
2 . P hi: ( Sta r t: -9 0 , Sto p : 9 0 ,

Step Siz e: 1 0 )
3 . T heta : ( Sta r t: 0 , Sto p : 3 6 0 ,
Step Siz e: 1 0 )

5.6
Analysis Setup

So lutio n F r eq uency : 1 0 G H z
M a x imum N umb er o f P a s s es : 6

2 . F r eq uency Setup T y p e: L inear S tep
Sto p : 1 2 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 2

5.6
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ cpw b ow ti e
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

5.6
Solution Data




Simula tio n to Setup 1 , L as t A d ap tive d ur ing s o lutio n.
2 . C lick the C los e b utto n w hen d o ne v iew ing o r s imula tio n co mp lete.

5.6
Create Reports
Create Modal S-P aram eter P lot - Mag n i tu de
To create a report:
1. R ep o r t T y p e: M od al S P aram eters
1. C a teg o r y : S P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : S ( P ort1 , P ort1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B
1. C lick the M i n b utto n to s ee the b es t ma tch d is p la y ed
5 . R ig ht-click o n the g r a p h a nd s elect E x i t M ark er M od e

5.6
Create Reports
Create Modal S-P aram eter P lot I m p edan c e
To create a report:
1. C a teg o r y : Z P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : Z ( P ort1 , P ort1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: re
5 . F unctio n: i m
7 . I n the ta b ula r lis ting o f a s s ig ned T r a ces , click the Y1

entr y b es id e i m ( Z ( P ort1 , P ort1 ) ) a nd f r o m the d r o p d o w n
s w itch to Y2
5. N ote: Since a Lumped Port ex cita tio n w a s us ed , this p lo t is no t

d eemb ed d ed up to the a p er tur e its elf .

5.6
Far Field Overlays

2 . G eo metr y : ff_ all
3 . I n the S w eeps ta b :
1. Select P h i und er the N am e co lumn, a nd o n the d r o p lis t,

s elect Th eta. T his cha ng es the p r ima r y s w eep to T heta .
2 . H ig hlig ht the s eco nd r o w w hich no w r ea d s P h i. U ncheck
A ll V alu es a b o v e the lis t to the r ig ht. H ig hlig ht o nly -9 0 deg
a nd 0 deg f r o m this lis t.
3 . Select the r o w la b eled F req a nd s elect the f r eq uency 1 0 . 4 4
G H z f r o m the lis t.
1. C a teg o r y : Directiv ity
2 . Q ua ntity : DirTotal
3 . F unctio n: dB

5.6

2 . D is p la y T y p e: 3D P olar P lot
2 . G eo metr y : ff_ all

f r eq uency 1 0 . 4 4 G H z f r o m the lis t.
3 . F unctio n: dB

Chapter 6.0
Chapter 6.0 M i c ro w av e E x am pl es
6.1 M a g ic T
6.2 C o a x B e n d
6.3 R in g H y b r id
6.4 C o a x S tu b
In c lu d e s O p tim e tr ic s E x a m p le
6.5 M i c r o s tr ip -W a v e P o r ts

6.1
Example M ag i c T
The Magic T
This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e a M ag ic
T, which is a commonly used microwav e dev ice, using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n
E nv ironment.
L e n g th
H e ig h t
W id th
P o rt1
Nominal Design:
W av egu id e:
W id t h = 5 0 . 0 mm
P o rt2
H eigh t = 2 0 . 0 mm
L engt h = 5 0 . 0 mm
P o rt3 P o rt4

6.1
Example M ag i c T

The following features of the A nsoft H F S S D esign E nv ironm ent are used to c reate
this p assiv e d ev ic e m od el
P rim itiv es: Box
B oolean O p erations: U n i t e , D u p l i c a t e
E x c itations
P orts: W a v e P or t s
A naly sis
S weep : F a s t F r e q u e n c y
R esults
C a r t e s i a n p l ot t i n g
F ield s
3 D F i e l d P l ot s , A n i m a t i on s

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




6.1
Example M ag i c T


6.1
Example M ag i c T
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e v a c uum
C r ea te T op A r m
To c r ea te a r m 1 :
1. Select the menu item Dra w > B ox
X : -2 5 . 0 , Y : -1 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 5 0 . 0 , d Y : 2 0 . 0 , d Z : 7 5 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: A r m
To f it the v iew :

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Create Wave Port Excitation 1

Picking the port face:
2 . G r a p hica lly s elect the to p f a ce o f the a r m a t Z = 7 5 mm
T o as s ign w av e port ex citation

1. Select the menu item H FSS > Ex citatio n s > A ssig n > W av e P o r t
1. N a me: p1
1. C lick the F inis h b utto n
T o p fa c e
W a v e P o rt F a c e

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Set Object Selection

Set select to objects
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select > Objects
C r ea te A r m 2
T o cr ea te a r m 2:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select A ll V isible. O r p r es s the C T R L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item, Edit > D u p lica te > A r o u n d A x is.
1. A x is : X
2 . A ng le: 9 0
3 . T o ta l N umb er : 2
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A ctiv e V iew .
C r ea te A r m 3 & 4
T o select th e object A r m _ 1 :
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select > B y N a m e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A r m _ 1
T o cr ea te a r m 3 & 4 :
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p lica te > A r o u n d A x is.
1. A x is : Z
2 . A ng le: 9 0

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Group the Arms

To group the arms:
B oun d a ry D i spl a y
To v eri f y the b oun d ary setup:
1. Select the menu item H F SS > B o u n da r y D isp la y ( So lv er View )
2 . F r o m the So lv er V iew o f B o und a r ies , to g g le the V is ib ility check b o x f o r the

b o und a r ies y o u w is h to d is p la y .
N ote: T he b a ck g r o und ( P er f ect C o nd ucto r ) is d is p la y ed a s the outer
b o und a r y .
N ote: T he P er f ect C o nd ucto r s a r e d is p la y ed a s the smetal b o und a r y .
N ote: Select the menu item, View > Visibility to hid e a ll o f the
g eo metr y o b j ects . T his ma k es it ea s ier to s ee the b o und a r y
3 . C lick the C l ose b utto n w hen y o u a r e f inis hed

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 4 . 0 G H z
C o unt: 1 0 0 1

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ m ag i c_ t
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Solution Data





6.1
Example M ag i c T
Create Reports
Create S-P aram eter P l o t v s . A d ap ti v e P as s

Note: If this report is created prior or during the solution process, a real-tim e update
of the results are display ed
1. R eport T y pe: M od a l S P a r a m eter s
2 . C lick the X tab
1. U se P rim ary S w eep: U n c h ec k ed
2 . C ategory : V a r i a b l es
3 . Q uantity : P a s s
1. C ategory : S P a r a m eter
2 . Q uantity : S ( p 1 , p 1 ) , S ( p 1 , p 2 ) , S ( p 1 , p 3 ) , S ( p 1 , p 4 )
3 . F unction: d B

6.1
Example M ag i c T
Create S-P aram eter P l o t

To create a report:
1. C a teg o r y : S P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : S ( p1 , p1 ) , S ( p1 , p2 ) , S ( p1 , p3 ) , S ( p1 , p4 )
3 . F unctio n: d B

6.1
Example M ag i c T

To select an object:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A r m
3 . Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > M ag _ E
4 . C r ea te F ield P lo t W ind o w
1. So lutio n: S etu p 1 : L astA d ap ti v e
2 . Q ua ntity : M ag _ E
3 . I n V o lume: A ll
To m od i f y th e attr i bu tes of a f i eld p lot:

1. Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > M o dif y P lo t A ttr ib u tes
2 . Select P lo t F o ld er W ind o w :
1. Select: E F i eld
3 . E-F ield W ind o w :
1. C lick the P lot ta b
1. I s o V a lT y p e: I soV alS u r f ace
2 . C lick the A p p ly b utto n.
Field A n im atio n s
To A ni m ate a M ag ni tu d e f i eld p lot:
1. Select the menu item V iew > A n imate
2 . I n the S w ep t V ar i able ta b , a ccep t the d ef a ults s etting s :
1. Sw ep t v a r ia b le: P h ase
2 . Sta r t: 0 d eg
3 . Sto p : 1 8 0 d eg
4 . Step s : 9

6.2
Example C o axi al C o n n ec t o r
The Coaxial Connector

coaxial connector, using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.

6.2

P rimitives: Cylinders, Polylines, Circles
B oolean O p erations: U nit e, S u b t ra ct , a nd S w eep
B ound aries/ Ex c itations

P orts: W a v e Port s a nd T erm ina l L ines
Analy sis
Sweep : F a st F req u ency
R esults
Field O verlay s:
3 D F ield Plot s, A nim a t ions, Cu t -Pla nes

6.2
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




6.2


6.2
Set Model Units

To set the units:

6.2
Create the Conductor 1

To create the conductor

d X : 0 . 1 5 2 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 1 . 4 4 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: C onductor1
Create O f f s et Coordi nate S y s tem

To create an of f s et C oordi nate S y s tem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Co o rdinat e S ys t em > Creat e >
R elat iv e CS > O f f s et
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 1 .4 4 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey
Create a S ecti on
To s ecti on the conductor
1. Select the menu item E dit > S elec t A ll V is ib le. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > S u rf ac e > S ec t io n
3 . Sectio n W ind o w
Sectio n P la ne: X Y

6.2
Rename the Section

To set the name:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > List
2 . F r o m the M od el ta b , s elect the o b j ect na med S ec ti on1
3 . C lick the P r op er ti es b utto n
1. F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: B end
Set G r id P l ane
To set the g r i d p l ane:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d e l e r > G r id P l a n e > Y Z
C r eate C ond u ctor B end

To c r eate the b end :
1. Select the menu item D r a w > A r c > C e n te r P o in t
X : 0. 0, Y : 0. 4 , Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E nter k ey
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r a d ia l p o int:
X : 0. 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s w eep a r c leng th:
X : 0. 0, Y : 0. 4 , Z : 0. 4 , P r es s the E nter k ey
5 . U s ing the mo us e, r ig ht-click a nd s elect D one
6 . C lick the O K b utto n w hen the P r o p er ties d ia lo g a p p ea r s
S w eep B end :
1. Select the menu item E d it > Se l e c t > B y N a m e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : B end , P ol y l i ne1
3 . Select the menu item D r a w > Sw e e p > A l o n g P a th
4 . Sw eep a lo ng p a th W ind o w
A ng le o f tw is t: 0
D r a f t A ng le: 0
D r a f t T y p e: R ou nd

6.2
Set Grid Plane

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > XZ
C reate O f f s et C o o rdinate Sy s tem

To c reate an of f set C oordinate S y stem :
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > C oordinat e S y s t em > C reat e >
R elat iv e C S > O f f s et
C reate th e C o ndu c to r 2
To c reate the c ondu c tor
1. Select the menu item Draw > C y linder
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 4 3 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: C ondu c tor2
To f it the v iew :
C reate O f f s et C o o rdinate Sy s tem

To c reate an of f set C oordinate S y stem :
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > C oordinat e S y s t em > C reat e >
R elat iv e C S > O f f s et
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 4 3 6 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

6.2
Create the Conductor 3

To create the conductor
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: C onductor3
G roup the Conductors

To g roup the conductors :
1. Select the menu item E dit > S elec t A ll V is ib le. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item, 3 D M o deler > B o o lean > U nit e
S et D ef aul t M ateri al
To s et the def aul t m ateri al :
1. U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e v acuum

6.2
Create the Female End

To create the female end:
To s et the name:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N ame ty p e: F emale
Create the Female B end

To create the b end:
dX : 0 . 3 5 1 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
dX : 0 . 0 , dY : -1 . 2 3 6 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the name:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N ame ty p e: F emaleB end

6.2

Set G rid P l ane

To set the grid p l ane:
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > G rid P lane > X Y
Create th e M al e E nd
To create the mal e end:
dX : 0 . 3 5 1 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
dX : 0 . 0 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 2 . 3 4 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: M al e
To f it the v iew:

6.2
Group the Vacuum Objects

To unite the objects Female, FemaleB end and M ale:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Female, FemaleB end , M ale
3 . Select the menu item, 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > U n ite
To f it the v iew :
A d d N ew M ateri al
To ad d a new mater ial:
2 . F r o m the Select D ef initio n w ind o w , click the A d d M ater ial b utto n
1. F o r the M ater ial N ame ty p e: M y _ R ing
2 . F o r the V alue o f R elativ e P er mittiv ity ty p e: 3

6.2
Create the Ring

To create the ring:
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 7 3 6 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: R ing
To f it the v iew :
Co m p l ete the Ring

To s el ect the ob j ects R ing and M al e:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : R ing, F em al e
To com p l ete the ring:

B la nk P a r ts : R ing
T o o l P a r ts : F em al e
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: C heck ed

6.2
Add New Material

1. F or the M aterial N ame ty p e: M y _ Tef lon
2 . F or the V alu e of R elativ e P ermittiv ity ty p e: 2 .1
C reate th e Male T ef lo n
To c reate th e tef lon:
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .4 6 , P ress the E nter k ey

dX : 0 .5 1 1 , dY : 0 .0 , dZ : 0 .0 , P ress the E nter k ey

dX : 0 .0 , dY : 0 .0 , dZ : 0 .7 8 8 , P ress the E nter k ey

To s et th e name:
1. S elect the A ttrib u te tab f rom the P rop erties w indow .
2 . F or the V alu e of N ame ty p e: M aleTef lon
To f it th e v iew:

6.2

Note: To simplify the instructions, a 2D object will be created to represent the
port. This is not a req uirement for defining ports. G raphical face selection can
be used as an alternativ e.
T o c r ea te a c i r c l e th a t r ep r es en ts th e p or t:
1. S elect the menu item Draw > Circle
2 . U sing the coordinate entry fields, enter the center position
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

3 . U sing the coordinate entry fields, enter the radius of the circle:
dX : 0 . 3 5 1 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

T o s et th e n a m e:
1. S elect the A ttr i b u te tab from the P r op er ti es window.
2 . F or the V a l u e of Na m e type: p 1
T o s el ec t th e ob j ec t p 1 :
1. S elect the menu item E d it > S elect > B y N am e
2 . S elect O bject Dialog ,
1. S elect the objects named: p 1
Note: Y ou can also select the object from the M odel Tree

6.2

1. N a me: p1,
X : 0 . 3 5 1, Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : -0 . 19 9 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
S et Work ing Coordinate S y s tem

To set th e work ing coord inate sy stem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M od el er > C oord inate Sy stem > Set Work ing C S
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: R el ativeC S 3
S et G rid Pl ane
To set th e grid pl ane:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M od el er > G rid Pl ane > X Z

6.2

Note: To simplify the instructions, a 2D object will be created to represent the
port. This is not a req uirement for defining ports. G raphical face selection can
be used as an alternativ e.
T o c r ea te a c i r c l e th a t r ep r es en ts th e p or t:
1. S elect the menu item Draw > Circle
2 . U sing the coordinate entry fields, enter the center position
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 1 . 3 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

3 . U sing the coordinate entry fields, enter the radius of the circle:
dX : 0 . 5 1 1 , dY : 0 . 0 , dZ : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

1. S elect the A ttr i b u te tab from the P r op er ti es window.
2 . F or the V a l u e of Na m e type: p 2
T o s el ec t th e ob j ec t p 2 :
1. S elect O bject Dialog ,
1. S elect the objects named: p 2

6.2

1. N a me: p2 ,
X : 0 . 5 11, Y : 1. 3 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

d X : -0 . 2 8 6 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

6.2
Create the Female Teflon

To create the Teflon:
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 .5 1 1 , d Y : 0 .0 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 .0 , d Y : -0 .2 3 6 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: F em aleTeflon
Comp lete the V ac u u m O b j ec t

To s elect the ob j ects F em ale, M aleTeflon, F em aleTeflon
1. Select the o b j ects na med : F em ale, M aleTeflon, F em aleTeflon
To com p lete the v acu m m ob j ects :

B la nk P a r ts : F em ale
T o o l P a r ts : M aleTeflon, F em aleTeflon

6.2
Complete the Model

To complete the model:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : C on du ctor 1 , F ema le, M a leTef lon ,

F ema leTef lon
3 . Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > Su b tr act
B la nk P a r ts : F ema le, F ema leTef lon , M a leTef lon

T o o l P a r ts : C on du ctor 1
B ou n da r y D i s pla y
To v er i f y the b ou n da r y s etu p:
1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar y D is p lay ( So lv er V iew )

N ote: T he b a ck g r o und ( P er f ect C o nd ucto r ) is d is p la y ed a s the ou ter
b o und a r y .
N ote: T he P er f ect C o nd ucto r s a r e d is p la y ed a s the s meta l b o und a r y .
N ote: Select the menu item, V iew > V is ib ility to hid e a ll o f the
3 . C lick the C los e b utto n w hen y o u a r e f inis hed

6.2
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 8 . 1 G H z
C o unt: 8 0 1

6.2
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ coax
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.2
Solution Data





6.2
Create Reports
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t v s . A d ap tiv e P as s

Note: If this report is created prior to or during the solution process, a real-tim e
1. R eport T y pe: T er m i n a l S P a r a m eter s
1. C ategory : T er m i n a l S P a r a m eter
2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 ) , S t( p 1 , p 2 ) ,
3 . F unction: d B

6.2

To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) , S t( p1 , p2 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B

6.2
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t - P h as e

To create a report:
3 . F unctio n: an g

6.2
Field Overlays

To create a field plot:
1. Select the Global YZ Plane
1. U s i ng the M od el T r ee, ex p and P lan es
2 . Select G lob al:Y Z
2 . Select the m enu i tem HFSS > Fields > Plot Fields > M a g _ E
3 . C r eate F i eld Plot W i nd ow
1. Solu ti on: S etu p1 : L as tA daptiv e
2 . Q u anti ty : M ag _ E
3 . I n V olu m e: A ll
4 . C li ck the D on e bu tton
To m odify a M ag n itu de field plot:

1. Select the m enu i tem HFSS > Fields > M odif y Plot A ttr ib u tes
2 . Select Plot F old er W i nd ow :
1. Select: E F ield
2 . C li ck the O K bu tton
3 . E-F i eld W i nd ow :
1. C li ck the S cale tab
1. Select U s e L im its
2 . M i n: 1 . 0
3 . M ax : 1 0 0 0 . 0
4 . Scale: L og
2 . C li ck the C los e bu tton

6.2
Edit Sources
To Modify a Terminal excitation:
2 . Select p 2 :T1 f r o m the E d it So ur ces w ind o w
C heck the Terminated b o x

To S elect th e E lectric F ield p lot:

1. E x p a nd the P r o j ect tr ee
2 . E x p a nd the F ield O v erlays
3 . C lick o n the E F ield o r Mag _ E 1 to

d is p la y the f ield p lo t
F iel d A n im a tion s
To A nimate a Mag nitu de field p lot:
1. Select the menu item V iew > A n im a te
2 . I n the S w ep t V ariab le ta b , a ccep t d ef a ults s etting s :
1. Sw ep t v a r ia b le: P h as e
2 . Sta r t: 0 deg
3 . Sto p : 1 8 0 deg
4 . Step s : 9

6.3
Example 1 8 0 R i n g H y b r i d
The 180 Ring Hybrid

This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e a ring
hyb rid, using A nsof t H F S S .

6.3
Getting Started

1. To access Ansoft HFSS, click the Microsoft Start b u tton, select P ro g ram s , and
select the A n s o f t, H F SS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .


C h e c k e d




6.3


6.3
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. C lick the A d d M a ter ia l b utto n
1. F o r the M a ter ia l N a m e ty p e: M y _ S ub
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f R el a tiv e P er m ittiv ity ty p e: 2 . 3 3
3 . F o r the V a l ue o f D iel ec tr ic L oss Ta ng ent ty p e: 4 . 2 9 e-4

6.3
Create Substrate
1. Select the menu item Draw > Regular Polyhedron
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 . 1 4 3 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 2 2 . 3 4 5 m m / cos( 3 0 * p i / 1 8 0 ) , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 2 . 2 8 6, P r es s the E n ter k ey
Seg ment N umb er W ind o w
N umb er o f Seg ments : 6
To set the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ubstrate
1. Select the menu item V i ew > F i t A ll > A c t i v e V i ew.

6.3
Create Trace
To create the trace:
X : -0 . 8 9 1 5 4 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1 . 7 8 3 0 8 , d Y : 2 2 . 3 4 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: Trace
A s s i g n a P erf ect E b o u n d ary to th e Trace

1. Select the o b j ects na med : Trace

1. N a me: P erf E _ Trace

6.3

Note: This structure requires 4 ports with 1 terminal lines per port. W e could use
f ace selection to select the end s of the sub strate that represent the port, d ef ine
terminal lines, assig n ex citation, and repeat f or port2 -4. S ince we can d uplicate
port d ef initions, it is more ef f icient to d ef ine a rectang le with the appropriate port
d ef inition and copy it to the location of ports 2 -4. The second method is
d escrib ed here:
T o s et g r i d p l a n e
1. S elect the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > XZ
T o s i t th e v i ew
S elect the menu item V iew > Modif y A t t rib u t es > O rient at ion
S elect V iewing D irection f orm the L ist W ind ow
1. F rom the list select the v iew name: R i g h t
2 . C lick the A p p l y b utton
3 . C lick the C l os e b utton
T o c r ea te th e r ec ta n g l e g r a p h i c a l l y :
1. S elect the menu item Draw > R ec t ang le
2 . U sing the mouse, position the activ e position ind icator such that it snaps to
the v ertex of the lower lef t corner of the sub strate f ace. The shape of the
activ e position ind icator will chang e to a square when it snaps to the v ertex
3 . C lick the lef t mouse b utton to select this point as the start position.
4 . C ontinued on nex t pag e

6.3

4. Using the mouse, position the active position indicator such that it snaps to
the vertex of the upper right corner of the sub strate f ace. T he shape of the
active position indicator w il l change to a sq uare w hen it snaps to the vertex
5 . C l ick the l ef t mouse b utton to set the opposite corner of the rectangl e.
To set the name:

1 . S el ect the A ttr i b u te tab f rom the P r op er ti es w indow .
2 . F or the V al u e of N ame ty pe: P or t
3 . C l ick the O K b utton
1 . S el ect the menu item View > Fit All > Active View.

6.3

1. N a me: p1
1. N umb er o f T er mina ls : 1, C lick the U pd ate b utto n
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 2 2 . 3 4 5 , Z : -1. 14 3 , P r es s the E nter k ey

d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 1. 14 3 , P r es s the E nter k ey
T e r m in a l L in e

6.3
Create the remaining Traces and Wave Ports

To select objects:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Tr a ce, P or t
To d u p li ca te th e objects:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A r o u n d A x is
2 . D up lica te A r o und A x is W ind o w
1. A x is : Z
2 . A ng le: 6 0 d eg
Create O u ter R ing

To set g r i d p la n e
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > G r id P lan e > X Y
To cr ea te th e r i n g :
1. Select the menu item D r aw > C ir cle
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the p o s itio n
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1 1 .7 9 5 , d Y : 0 .0 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n a m e:
1. Select the A ttr i bu te ta b f r o m the P r op er ti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V a lu e o f N a m e ty p e: O u ter
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it D r aw in g .

6.3
Group the Conductors

To group the conductors:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Tra ce, Tra ce_ 1 , Tra ce_ 2 , Tra ce_ 3 , O uter
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it D r aw in g .
Crea te I nner R i ng
To crea te the ri ng:
1. Select the menu item D r aw > C ir cle
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the p o s itio n
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 1 0 .7 9 5 , d Y : 0 .0 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
1. Select the A ttri b ute ta b f r o m the P roperti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: I nner
S el ect ob j ects:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Tra ce, I nner
3 . Select the menu item, 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > Su b tr act
1. B la nk P a r ts : Tra ce
2 . T o o l P a r ts : I nner
3 . C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a cting : U ncheck ed
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it D r aw in g . O r p r es s the C TR L + D k ey

6.3
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 7 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 5 G H z

6.3
Create Reports

2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 ) , S t( p 1 , p 2 ) , S t( p 1 , p 3 ) , S t( p 1 , p 4 )
3 . F unction: d B

6.3

To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) , S t( p1 , p2 ) , S t( p1 , p3 ) , S t( p1 , p4 )
3 . F unctio n: d B

6.3
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ ri n g hy b ri d
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.3
Solution Data





6.3
Terminal S-P aramet er P lo t v s . A d ap t iv e P as s
Terminal S-P aramet er P lo t - M ag nit u d e

6.4
Example C o axi al S t u b R es o n at o r
The Coaxial Stub Resonator

This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and optimiz e a
coaxial stub resonator, using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.

6.4

P rim itiv es: Cylinders
B oolean: U nio n
D up lic ate: A ro u nd A x is

E x c itations: W a v e P o rt s
A naly sis
S weep : F a st F req u enc y
O p tim iz ation
P a ra m et ric s S et u p
O p t im et ric s S et u p
R esults
D ata: T a b u la r
P lotting: Ca rt esia n

6.4
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




6.4


6.4
Set Model Units

To set the units:

6.4
Set Grid Plane

C reate th e C o ndu c to r 1
To c reate the c ondu c tor
1. Select the menu item Draw > C y linder
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : -6 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
1. Select the A ttrib u te ta b f r o m the P roperties w ind o w
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: C ondu c tor
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew . O r p r es s the C TR L + D k ey

6.4
Create the Stub

To create the stub
X : 0 .0 , Y : 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 .8 6 , d Y : 0 .0 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 .0 , d Y : 4 .7 5 , d Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To p aram eteri z e the obj ect:
1. Select the C om m an d ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w
2 . F o r H ei g ht, ty p e: L, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
A d d V a r ia b le L: 4 .7 5 m m , C lick the O K b utto n

To set the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S tub
Set D ef aul t M ateri al

To set the d ef aul t m ateri al :

6.4
Create the Body

To create the body
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : -6 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
1. Select the A ttri bu te ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: B ody
Create W av e P ort E x c i tati on 1

N ote: T o s imp lif y the ins tr uctio ns , a 2 D o b j ect w ill b e cr ea ted to r ep r es ent the
p o r t. T his is no t a r eq uir ement f o r d ef ining p o r ts . G r a p hica l f a ce s electio n ca n
b e us ed a s a n a lter na tiv e.
To create a ci rcl e that rep res en ts the p ort:
1. Select the menu item Draw > Circ le
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -6 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: p 1
To s el ect the obj ect p 1 :

1. Select the o b j ects na med : p 1

6.4

1. N a me: p1,
X : 2 . 0 , Y : -6 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : -1. 14 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey


6.4
Create Port 2 Arm

To select the objects Conductor, Body, & p1:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Body, Conductor, p1
N ote: U s e the C tr l + L ef t mo us e b utto n to s elect multip le o b j ects

To crea te the port 2 a rm :

1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A r o u n d A x is .
1. A x is : X
2 . A ng le: -9 0
Create S tu b B od y
To select the objects Body:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Body
To crea te the stub body:

1. Select the menu Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A r o u n d A x is .
1. A x is : X
2 . A ng le: 18 0

6.4
Group the Body Objects

To select the objects Body, Body_1, Body_2:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Body, Body_1, Body_2
Group the C on ductor & S tub Objects

To select the objects C on du ctor , C on du ctor _1, S tu b:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : C on du ctor , C on du ctor _1, S tu b

6.4
Boundary Display
To verify the boundary setup:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Boundary Display ( Solv e r V ie w )

b o und a r y .
N ote: T he P er f ect C o nd ucto r s a r e d is p la y ed a s the sm etal b o und a r y .
N ote: Select the menu item, V ie w > V isib ilit y to hid e a ll o f the
M e sh O pe rat ions
To sel ec t the obj ec t B ody
1. Select the menu item E dit > Se le c t > By N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : B ody
To c reate a m esh operation:

1. Select the menu item HFSS > M e sh O pe rat ions > A ssig n > I nside
Se le c t ion > L e ng t h b ase d
2 . E lement L eng th B a s ed R ef inement W ind o w :
1. N a me: B ody_ M esh
2 . R es tr ict L eng th o f E lements : U nc hec k ed
3 . R es tr ict the N umb er o f E lements : C hec k ed
1. M a x imum N umb er o f E lements : 2 0 0 0

6.4
Analysis Setup

So lutio n F r eq uency : 1 3 . 0 G H z

Sto p : 2 0 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 1 G H z

6.4

To create a report:
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R ectan g u l ar P l ot
3 . F unctio n: d B

6.4
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ stu b _ reson ator
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.4
Solution Data





6.4
Data Markers
The plot we created prior to the simulation will automatically be updated when the
analysis completes. The x y plot should currently be displayed. I f it is not, select
the menu item Window > XY Plot1 to switch to the plot display
Mark All Traces
1. S elect the menu item R e p or t 2 D > M a r k A ll T r a c e s
2 . C lick the Mi n button
3 . W hen you are f inished, select the menu item R e p or t 2 D > M a r k A ll T r a c e s

to remov e the mark er.

6.4
Optimetrics Setup P a ra metric Sw eep

During the design of a microwave device, it is common practice to devel op
design trends b ased on swept parameters. A nsoft H F S S with O ptimetrics
P arametric S weep can automatical l y create these design curves.
Add a Parametric Sweep

1. S el ect the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Add Parametric
2 . S etup Sweep Analysis W indow:
1. C l ick the Sweep D ef init io ns tab :
1. C l ick the Ad d b utton
2 . A dd/ E dit S weep Dial og
1. S el ect V ariab l e: L
2 . S el ect Linear C o u nt
3 . S tart: 4 . 0 m m
4 . S top: 5. 5m m
5 . C ount: 5
6 . C l ick the Ad d b utton
2 . C l ick the G ener al tab :
1. S ave F iel ds: C h ec k ed
An al y z e Parametric Sweep
T o st ar t t h e so lu t io n pr o c ess:
1. E x pand the P roj ect T ree to displ ay the items l isted under O pt im et r ic s
2 . R ight-cl ick the mouse on P ar am et r ic Set u p1 and choose Analyz e
O ptimetrics R es u l ts
T o v iew t h e O pt im et r ic s R esu lt s:
1. S el ect the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Optimetrics R esu lts
2 . S el ect the P r o f ile T ab to view the sol ution progress for each setup.
3 . C l ick the C lo se b utton when y ou are finished viewing the resul ts

6.4
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t S1 2 at eac h L

To create a report:
3 . C lick the S w eeps ta b
1. Select S w eep D es i g n an d P roj ect v ari ab l e v al u es
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p2 )
3 . F unctio n: d B

6.4
Optimetrics Setup Optimiz a tio n

The Parametric Sweep was useful for generating design curves. For this simple
design with only a single variab le we could use the design curves to mak e
educated guesses at performance targets that are not contained in the
Parametric Sweep. A nsoft H FSS and O ptimetrics with O ptimiz ation tak es the
guess work out of achieving performance targets. To demonstrate this we will
target a minimum S1 2 at 1 3 G H z . Since this device has a very high Q , we will
consider any thing < = -4 0 dB at 1 3 G H z to b e a minimum. From the Parametric
Sweep, we can see that the search range can b e limited to the range 4 .7 -5 .1 mm.
Since we are only interested in ob taining an optimum solution for 1 3 G H z , we will
add an additional Solution Setup that does not include the freq uency sweep.
This will reduce the amount of simulation time req uired to achieve the
performance goal.
Add an Analysis Setup

2 . Solution Setup W indow:
1. C lick the G eneral tab :
Solution Freq uency : 1 3 . 0 G H z

M ax imum N umb er of Passes: 1 0
M ax imum D elta S per Pass: 0 . 0 2
D ef ine O ptim iz atio n D esig n V ar iab les

To D ef ine O ptim iz ation D esig n V ariab le
1. Select the menu item HFSS > D esig n P r oper ties
2 . C lick the O ptim iz ation radio b utton:
1. N ame: L
2 . I nclude: C h eck ed
3 . M in: 4 . 0 m m
4 . M ax : 5 . 5 m m

6.4
Add Optimization Setup

1. Select the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Add Optimization
2 . Setup O p timiz a tio n W ind o w :
1. C lick the Goals ta b :
1. O p timiz er : Q u asi -N e w t on
2 . M a x . N o . o f I ter a tio ns : 10
3 . Sa v e F ield s : U n c h e c k e d
4 . C lick the A d d b utto n
5 . F r o m the So lutio n C o lumn, click o n the S e t u p 1: L ast A d ap t i v e a nd

s elect S e t u p 2 : L ast A d ap t i v e f r o m the lis t o f s o lutio ns
6 . C lick the E d i t C alc u lat i on b utto n
7 . Setup O utp ut V a r ia b les d ia lo g :
1. C a teg o r y : T e r m i n al S P ar am e t e r
2 . Q ua ntity : S t ( p 1, p 2 )
3 . F unctio n: m ag
4 . C lick the I n se r t Q u an t i t y I n t o E x p r e ssi on b utto n
5 . N a me: s2 1_ m ag
8 . C o nd itio n: < =
9 . G o a l: 0. 01
10 . W eig ht: 1
11. A ccep ta b le C o s t: 0
12 . C lick the V ar i ab le s ta b :
1. M in: 4 . 7 m m
2 . M a x : 5 . 1m m

6.4
Analyze Optimization
To start the solution process:
1. Expand the Project Tree to display the items listed under O ptim etrics
2 . R ig ht-click the mouse on O ptim iz ationS etup1 and choose A naly z e
Optimetr ic s R es u lts
To v iew the O ptim etrics R esults:
1. S elect the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Optimetrics Results
2 . C lick the C lose b utton w hen you are f inished v iew ing the results

6.4
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t o f O p timu m R es u lt

Once the Optimization completes, the design will automatically be updated
with the Optimum v alue. T o v iew the per f or mance of the dev ice v er sus
f r eq uency will r eq uir e you to analyze the H F S S pr oj ect with the optimum
design v alue.
To analyze the optimum design
1. S elect the menu item HFSS > Analyze
To v iew the plot

T he ex isting X Y P lot 1 will automatically be updated when the solution
completes.
T o change to the X Y P lot 1 window, select the menu item W i nd o w > X Y
P lo t 1 .

6.5
Example W av e P o r t s
Microstrip Wave Port

This example is intended to show you how wave port size can influence the
results of any simulation using the A nsoft H F S S V ersion 9 D esig n E nvironment.

6.5
Ansoft Design Environment

P rimitives: Boxes, Rectangle
B oolean O p erations: D u p li cate A long L i ne
B ound ary / Ex c itation

P orts: W av e P or ts and I ntegr ati on L i nes
Analy sis
Solution: P or ts O nly
Sweep : I nter p olati ng
R esults
C ar tesi an p lotti ng
Field s O verlay s
P or t F i eld D i sp lay

6.5
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




6.5
Design Review
Generally speaking when we assign a wave port to a microstrip line, or any

q u asi-T E M line, we need to inclu d e some area arou nd the actu al transmission
line. T he b ig q u estion is, how mu ch area?
B elow you will see the cross section of a simple microstrip line with naming
conventions shown.
~5w
>4h
A s a ru le of thu mb , we typically create a 2 D rectangle to represent the wave port

stimu lu s f or this type of stru ctu re. T he d imensions of the rectangle are rou ghly
f ive times the wid th of the transmission line b y f ou r times the height of the
su b strate.
R E M E M B E R : T hese are only gu id elines ! ! !
T he height of the port will b e af f ected b y the permittivity of the su b strate. T he
higher the permittivity, the less the f ield s will propagate in the air, and the shorter
the port can b e mad e.
T he wid th of the port will af f ect the port imped ance and
propagating mod es. T he narrower the wid th ( image on
right) , the more the f ield s will cou ple to the sid e walls of
the port. T his ef f ect may not b e physical. T he wid er the
port, the greater chance that a higher f req u ency
wavegu id e mod e can propagate.
T his ex ample will ex plore this last phenomenon.

6.5

In an Ansoft HFSS window, click the O n the Standar d toolb ar , or select
Fr om the P r o j ec t m enu , select I n s er t H FS S D es ig n .
Select the m enu item H FS S > S o lu t io n T y p e
Solu tion T y p e W indow:
C hoose D ri v en M od al
C lick the O K b u tton
S et M od el U nits
To s et th e u ni ts :
Select the m enu item 3 D M o d eler > U n it s
Set M odel U nits:
Select U nits: m i l

6.5
Add New Material

1. Material N am e: M y _ R og ers
2 . R elativ e P erm ittiv ity : 3 . 3 8

6.5
Create Substrate
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -4 0 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the b o x :
d X : 2 0 0 . 0 , d Y : 8 0 0 . 0 , d Z : 8 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ubstrate

1. T y p e p ec in the S earch by N am e f ield

6.5
Create Trace
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -9 . 2 5 , Z : 8 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 2 0 0 . 0 , d Y : 1 8 . 5 , d Z : 1 . 4 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
Create G ro u n d
To create the g rou n d :

X : 0 . 0 , Y : -4 0 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 2 0 0 . 0 , d Y : 8 0 0 . 0 , d Z : -1 . 4 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: G rou n d

6.5

C reate A ir
To c reate the A ir:
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -4 0 0 . 0 , Z : -1 . 4 , P ress the E n ter k ey

3 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the op p osite corner of the box :
dX : 2 0 0 . 0 , dY : 8 0 0 . 0 , dZ : 2 0 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
To fit the v iew :

C reate R ad iatio n B o un d ary

To selec t the ob j ec t A ir:
1. S elect the m enu item E d i t > S e l e c t > By N am e
To c reate a radiation b oun dary

1. S elect the m enu item H F S S > Bou n d ari e s > A s s i g n > R ad i at i on
2 . R adiation B ou ndary W indow
N am e: R ad1
C lick the O K bu tton

6.5
Set Grid Plane

C reate th e W av e Po rt
To c reate a rec tangle that represents the port:
X: 0. 0, Y : -2 00. 0, Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E nter k ey

d X: 0. 0, d Y : 4 00. 0, d Z : 5 0.0, P r es s the E nter k ey

To param eteriz e the ob j ec t:
1. Select the C om m and ta b f r o m the P roperties w ind o w
2 . F o r P osition, ty p e: 0m il, -P ort_ W idth/ 2 , 0m il, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
A d d V a r ia b le P ort_ W idth: 4 00m il, C lick the O K b utto n

3 . F o r Y S iz e, ty p e: P ort_ W idth, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
To set the nam e:

2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: P ort1

6.5
Assign the Excitation 1

To select the object p1:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : P or t1
To a ssi g n w a v e por t ex ci ta ti on
1. Select the menu item H F SS > Ex citatio n s > A s s ig n > W av e P o r t
1. N a me: p1,
1. N umb er o f M o d es : 5, C lick the U pd a te b utto n
2 . F o r M o d e 1, click the U n d ef i n ed co lumn a nd s elect N ew L i n e
F o r M o d e 1, click the Z pi co lumn a nd s elect Z pv

6.5

To select the object Port1:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Port1
To d u p li ca te the p ort:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A lo n g L in e
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the f ir s t p o int o f the d up lica te v ecto r
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s eco nd p o int o f the d up lica te
v ecto r
4 . D up lica te A lo ng L ine W ind o w s
1. T o ta l N umb er : 2

6.5
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .

6.5
Analysis Setup

2 . C heck S olv e P orts O nly

1. Sw eep T y p e: I nterpolating
E r r o r T o ler a nce: 0 . 5 %
M a x So lutio ns : 2 0
Sto p : 5 0 . 1 G H z
C o unt: 8 1

6.5
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ w aveports
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.5
Solution Data



6.5
Create Reports
Create Propagation Constant vs. Frequency

To Create a report:
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R ec tan g u l ar
1. D o ma in: S w eep
2 . C a teg o r y : G am m a
3 . Q ua ntity : G am m a( p1 :1 ) , G am m a( p1 :2 ) , G am m a( p1 :3 ) ,
G am m a( p1 :4 ) , G am m a( p1 :5 )
4 . F unctio n: i m
5 . C lick the A d d Trac e b utto n
4 . See nex t p a g e f o r p lo t a nd d is cus s io n o f r es ults

6.5
Create Reports
Discussion
What does this plot tell us?
G iv en the phy sic al siz e of the w av e por t ob j ec t that w e c r eated, the f un dam en tal
m ode ( p2 : 1 ) is a q uasi-T E M m ode that pr opag ates f r om D C on up.
T his also show s that hig her or der m odes c an pr opag ate ( b > 0 ) at a hig h en oug h
f r eq uen c y . T he sec on d m odes star ts pr opag atin g at ~ 1 4 G H z .
T her ef or e, if w e on ly n eeded to sim ulate up to 1 0 G H z , w e w ouldn t n eed to siz e
our por t an y dif f er en t, how ev er , if w e n eed to sim ulate up to 5 0 G H z , then w e
n eed to r esiz e our por t to elim in ate the hig her or der pr opag atin g m odes.
T he last par t of the ex er c ise w ill ex plor e this.

6.5
Field Pattern Plots

It might be illuminating to look at the field patterns at the port to disc ov er w hic h
modes are ex c ited.
To display the Mode field patterns in the modeler:
1. F rom w ithin the proj ec t manager, ex pand the sec tion P ort F ield D isplay
2 . E x pand p1 , and selec t Mode 2
1. T he field pattern w ill be ov erlaid on the 3 D model. F rom the plot

below , M ode 2 is c learly not a mic rostrip mode, but a T E 10 -like
w av eguide mode.

6.5

1. Select the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Add Parametric
2 . Setup Sweep Analysis W ind o w :
1. C lick the Sweep D ef init io ns ta b :
1. C lick the Ad d b utto n
2 . A d d / E d it Sw eep D ia lo g
1. V a r ia b le: P o r t _ W id t h
2 . Select L inear St ep
3 . Sta r t: 2 0 0 m il
4 . Sto p : 6 0 0 m il
5 . Step : 1 0 0 m il
6 . C lick the Ad d > > b utto n

6.5
Save Project
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save.
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e
1. E x p and the P r oj ect T r ee to disp lay the items listed under O pti m etri cs
2 . R ig ht-click the mouse on P aram etri cS etu p1 and choose A n al y z e

6.5
Create Reports
Create Propagation Constant vs. Frequency vs. Port_ W id th

To Create a report:
2 . C lick the Sw eep s ta b
1. Select the S w eep D es i g n an d P roj ec t V ari ab l e V al u es b utto n
3 . Q ua ntity : G am m a( p1 :2 ) ,
4 . F unctio n: i m

6.5
Create Reports
Discussion
What does this plot tell us?
T his show s that as w e dec r ease the w idth of the por t, the f r eq uen c y at w hic h the
hig her or der m ode star ts to pr opag ate in c r eases.
T her ef or e, b y pr oper ly siz in g the w av e por t, y ou c an elim in ate an y hig her or der
pr opag atin g m odes if y ou b eliev e that they do n ot ex ist.
Y ou n eed to use c aution if y ou ar e sim ulatin g v er y hig h f r eq uen c ies, i. e. ,
m illim eter w av elen g ths, as y ou m ay n ot b e ab le to m ak e the por ts sm all en oug h
to elim in ate these m odes. Y ou pr ob ab ly shouldn t ev en tr y as the hig her or der
m odes m ig ht r epr esen t r eal w or ld ef f ec ts.

6.5
Microstrip Wave Port

This example is intended to show you how wave port size can influence the
results of any simulation using the A nsoft H F S S V ersion 9 D esig n E nvironment.

6.5

P rimitives: Boxes, Rectangle
B oolean O p erations: D u p li cate A long L i ne

P orts: W av e P or ts and I ntegr ati on L i nes
Analy sis
Solution: P or ts O nly
Sweep : I nter p olati ng
R esults
C ar tesi an p lotti ng
Field s O verlay s
P or t F i eld D i sp lay

6.5
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




6.5
Design Review
Generally speaking when we assign a wave port to a microstrip line, or any

q u asi-T E M line, we need to inclu d e some area arou nd the actu al transmission
line. T he b ig q u estion is, how mu ch area?
B elow you will see the cross section of a simple microstrip line with naming
conventions shown.
~5w
>4h
A s a ru le of thu mb , we typically create a 2 D rectangle to represent the wave port

stimu lu s f or this type of stru ctu re. T he d imensions of the rectangle are rou ghly
f ive times the wid th of the transmission line b y f ou r times the height of the
su b strate.
R E M E M B E R : T hese are only gu id elines ! ! !
T he height of the port will b e af f ected b y the permittivity of the su b strate. T he
higher the permittivity, the less the f ield s will propagate in the air, and the shorter
the port can b e mad e.
T he wid th of the port will af f ect the port imped ance and
propagating mod es. T he narrower the wid th ( image on
right) , the more the f ield s will cou ple to the sid e walls of
the port. T his ef f ect may not b e physical. T he wid er the
port, the greater chance that a higher f req u ency
wavegu id e mod e can propagate.
T his ex ample will ex plore this last phenomenon.

6.5

C hoose D ri v en M od al

6.5
Set Model Units

To set the units:
Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Units
Set M o d el U nits :
Select U nits : m il
C r ea te Su sb tr a te
To c r ea te sub str a te:
X :0 ,
Y : -3 0 0 ,
Z : 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
d X :2 0 0 ,
d Y :6 0 0 ,
d Z : 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
To set the na m e:
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: sub str a te
To set the m a ter ia l :

1. F r o m the A ttr ib ute ta b f r o m the P r op er ties w ind o w .
2 . Select the ma ter ia l b utto n, cur r ently la b eled v a c uum
3 . F r o m the ma ter ia l ma na g er , s elect the ma ter ia l R og er s R O 4 0 0 3

6.5
Create S u s b trate ( c o n t d )
To set the variable names for the box:
1. Select the C ommand ta b f r o m the P rop erties w i n d o w .
2 . F o r the y co o r d i n a te o f the p o s i ti o n , hi g hli g ht -3 0 0 , a n d en ter su bst_ w id th/ 2
3 . W hen the A d d V ariable d i a lo g b o x p o p s u p , en ter 2 0 0 mil+ p ort_ w id th f o r the

v a lu e f o r su bst_ w id th.
4 . T hi s w i ll b r i n g u p a n o ther A d d variable w i n d o w to d ef i n e p ort_ w id th. E n ter

4 0 0 mil f o r thi s v a lu e.
5 . F o r the X siz e o f the b o x , en ter su bst_ leng th, a n d en ter 2 0 0 mil i n the A d d
V ariable d i a lo g b o x .
6 . F o r the Y siz e o f the b o x , en ter su bst_ w id th.
7 . F o r the Z siz e o f the b o x , en ter -su bst_ thic k ness, a n d en ter 8 mil i n the A d d
V ariable d i a lo g b o x .
8 . C li ck O K w hen d o n e en ter i n g v a r i a b les .
To fit the view :
1. Select the m en u i tem View > Fit All > Active View.

6.5
Create Trace
To create trace:
X :0 ,
Y : -9 .2 5 ,
Z : 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
d X :2 0 0 ,
d Y : 1 8 .5 ,
d Z : 1 .4 , P r es s the E n ter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: trace
To s et th e m ateri al :
1. Select the M ateri al b utto n, cur r ently la b eled v acu u m
2 . F r o m the ma ter ia l ma na g er , s elect the ma ter ia l p ec
To s et th e v ari ab l e n am es f or th e b ox :
1. Select the C om m an d ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the y co o r d ina te o f the p o s itio n, hig hlig ht -9 .2 5 , a nd enter

trace_ w i d th / 2 , a nd enter 1 8 .5 m i l in the A d d V ari ab l e d ia lo g b o x
3 . F o r the X s i z e o f the b o x , enter s u b s t_ l en g th .
4 . F o r the Y s i z e o f the b o x , enter trace_ w i d th .
5 . F o r the Z s i z e o f the b o x , enter trace_ th i ck n es s , a nd enter 1 .4 m i l in the A d d

V ari ab l e d ia lo g b o x .
6 . C lick O K w hen d o ne enter ing v a r ia b les .

6.5
Create Air Box

To create ai rb ox :
X :0 ,
Y : -3 0 0 ,
Z : -8, P r es s the E n ter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
d X :2 0 0 ,
d Y :6 0 0 ,
d Z : 2 0 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: ai rb ox
To s et th e tran s p aren cy:

2 . Select the Tran s p aren t b utto n, a nd cha ng e the v a lue to 0 .9 .
To s et th e v ari ab l e n am es f or th e b ox :
1. Select the C om m an d ta b f r o m the P rop erti es w ind o w .
2 . F o r the y co o r d ina te o f the p o s itio n, hig hlig ht -3 0 0 , a nd enter

s u b s t_ w i d th / 2 .
3 . F o r the z co o r d ina te o f the p o s itio n, hig hlig ht -8, a nd enter
s u b s t_ th i ck n es s .
4 . F o r the X s i ze o f the b o x , enter s u b s t_ l en g th .
5 . F o r the Y s i ze o f the b o x , enter s u b s t_ w i d th .
6 . F o r the Z s i ze o f the b o x , enter ai r_ h ei g h t, a nd enter 2 0 0 m i l in the A d d

V ari ab l e d ia lo g b o x .
7 . C lick O K w hen d o ne enter ing v a r ia b les .

6.5
Create the Wave Ports

To create the w av ep ort ob j ect:
1. From the Drawing Plane toolbar, change the active plane to Y Z .
2 . S elect the menu item Draw > Rectangle
3 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the rectangle pos ition
X : 0 ,
Y : -2 0 0 ,
Z : -8, Pres s the E n ter k ey to accept this point
2 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the oppos ite corner of the box
d X : 0 ,
d Y : 4 0 0 ,
d Z : 5 0 , Pres s the E n ter k ey to accept this point
To s et the n am e:
1. S elect the A ttri b u te tab f rom the P rop erti es wind ow.
2 . For the V al u e of N am e ty pe: p ort1
To s et the v ari ab l e n am es f or the b ox :

1. S elect the C om m an d tab f rom the P rop erti es wind ow.
2 . For the y coord inate of the pos ition, highlight -2 0 0 , and enter p ort_ w i d th/ 2 .
3 . For the z coord inate of the pos ition, highlight -8, and enter
-s u b s t_ thi ck n es s .
4 . For the Y s i ze of the box , enter p ort_ w i d th.
5 . For the Z s i ze of the box , enter p ort_ hei g ht, and enter 5 0 m i l in the A d d
V ari ab l e d ialog box .
6 . C lick O K when d one entering variables .

6.5

Picking the port object:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select > By Name..
2 . Select port1 f r o m the lis t.
T o a s s ign the w a v e port ex cita tion:

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Ex citatio n s > A s s ig n > W av e P o r t
2 . W a v e P o r t: G ener a l
N a me: p1
C lick the N ex t b utto n
3 . W a v e P o r t: M o d es
2 . F o r M od e 1, click the U nd ef ined co lumn a nd s elect N ew L ine
X :0
Y :0 ,
Z : -8 , P r es s the E nter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the v ecto r
d X :0 .0 ,
d Y :0 .0 ,
d Z : 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey to a ccep t this p o int
1. C lick the F inis h b utto n
6 . C lick the F inis h b utto n
T o crea te the s econd w a v e port:

2 . Select port1 f r o m the lis t.
3 . Select Edit > D u p licate > A lo n g L in e
X :0
Y :0 ,
Z : 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey to a ccep t this p o int

6.5

5. Using the coordinate entry fields, enter the vector
dX: 2 0 0 ,
dY : 0 ,
dZ : 0 , P ress the E n t e r k ey to accep t this p oint
6 . F or T o t a l N u m b e r , enter 2 , and p ress O K .
T o a dd m o de s t o t h e s e c o n d w a v e p o r t :
1 . F rom the p roj ect m anager, ex p and the E x c i t a t i o n s section, and dou b le click
on p 2 . T his w ill disp lay the W a v e P o r t p rop erties dialog b ox .
2 . S elect the M o de s tab , and enter 5 for the N u m b e r o f M o de s , click U p da t e .
3 . C lick O K .

6.5
Create the additional Boundary Conditions

Picking the air object:
2 . Select airbox f r o m the lis t.
T o as s ign the rad iation bou nd ary cond ition:

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > R adiatio n
2 . C lick O K .
Picking the bottom f ace of the s u bs trace:

1. R o ta te the mo d el s uch tha t the b o tto m f a ce o f the s ub s tr a te is v is ib le.
2 . Sw itch to f a ce s electio n mo d e b y s electing Edit > Select > F aces .
3 . T hen s elect Edit > Select > By Name
4 . Select the s ub s tr a te o b j ect, a nd s cr o ll thr o ug h the f a ce I D s until the b o tto m

mo s t f a ce o f the s ub s tr a te is hig hlig hted in the mo d el.
5 . C lick O K .
T o as s ign the Perf ect E bou nd ary cond ition:

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > P er f ect E
2 . C lick O K
3 . T he mo d el s ho uld lo o k s imila r to b elo w :

6.5
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .

6.5
Analysis Setup

2 . C heck S olv e P orts O nly

Sto p : 5 0 G H z
C o unt: 8 1

6.5
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ w aveports
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

6.5
Solution Data



6.5
Create Reports
Create Propagation Constant vs. Frequency

To Create a report:
3 . Q ua ntity : G am m a( p2 :1 ) , G am m a( p2 :2 ) , G am m a( p2 :3 ) ,
G am m a( p2 :4 ) , G am m a( p2 :5 )
4 . F unctio n: i m

6.5
Create Reports
Discussion
W h a t d oe s t h is p l ot t e l l us?
G iv e n t h e p h y sica l siz e of t h e w a v e p or t ob j e ct t h a t w e cr e a t e d , t h e
f und a m e nt a l m od e ( p 2 : 1 ) is a q ua si-T E M m od e t h a t p r op a g a t e s f r om DC
on up .
T h is a l so sh ow s t h a t h ig h e r or d e r m od e s ca n p r op a g a t e ( > 0 ) a t a h ig h
e noug h f r e q ue ncy . T h e se cond m od e s st a r t s p r op a g a t ing a t ~ 1 4 G H z .
T h e r e f or e , if w e onl y ne e d e d t o sim ul a t e up t o 1 0 G H z , w e w oul d n t ne e d t o
siz e our p or t a ny d if f e r e nt , h ow e v e r , if w e ne e d t o sim ul a t e up t o 5 0 G H z ,
t h e n w e ne e d t o r e siz e our p or t t o e l im ina t e t h e h ig h e r or d e r p r op a g a t ing
m od e s.
T h e l a st p a r t of t h e e x e r cise w il l e x p l or e t h is.
6.5
Field Pattern Plots

It might be illuminating to look at the field patterns at the port to disc ov er w hic h
modes are ex c ited.
To display the Mode field patterns in the modeler:
1. F rom w ithin the proj ec t manager, ex pand the sec tion P ort F ield D isplay
2 . E x pand P ort 2 , and selec t the v arious modes 1 through 5 .
3 . T he field pattern w ill be ov erlaid on the 3 D model. S ee below . T his is

c learly not a mic rostrip mode, but a T E 10 -like w av eguide mode.

6.5
Parametric Sweep
We will now sweep the variable port_width, and see it s ef f ec t on the nu m ber of
propag ating m od es.
T o c re a te a n pa ra m e tric s we e p:
1. S elec t the m enu item HFSS > Optimetrics > Add Parametric
2 . S etu p S weep A naly sis Wind ow:
3 . S weep D ef initions: C lic k A dd
4 . A d d / E d it S weep D ialog :
1. V ariable: port_width
2 . T y pe: L in e a r S te p
3 . S tart: 2 0 0 m il
4 . S top: 6 0 0 m il
5 . S tep: 1 0 0 m il
6 . C lic k A dd
7 . C lic k O K
5 . C lic k O K
R u n pa ra m e tric s we e p:
1. F rom the proj ec t m anag er wind ow, ex pand the O ptim e tric s sec tion, and
rig ht c lic k on the P a ra m e tric S e tu p1
2 . C lic k A n a l y z e
N ow we will c reate a plot of the f am ily of c u rves f or P ort2 : M od e2 propag ation

c onstant versu s f req u enc y

6.5
Create Reports
Create Propagation Constant vs. Frequency vs. port_ w id th

To Create a report:
1. Select the S w eep D es i g n an d P roj ec t V ari ab l e V al u es b utto n
3 . Q ua ntity : G am m a( p2 :2 ) ,
4 . F unctio n: i m

6.5
Create Reports
Discussion
W h a t d oe s t h is p l ot t e l l us?
T h is sh ow s t h a t a s w e d e cr e a se t h e w id t h of t h e p or t , t h e f r e q ue ncy a t
w h ich t h e h ig h e r or d e r m od e st a r t s t o p r op a g a t e incr e a se s.
T h e r e f or e , b y p r op e r l y siz ing t h e w a v e p or t , y ou ca n e l im ina t e a ny h ig h e r
or d e r p r op a g a t ing m od e s if y ou b e l ie v e t h a t t h e y d o not e x ist .
Y ou ne e d t o use ca ut ion if y ou a r e sim ul a t ing v e r y h ig h f r e q ue ncie s, i. e . ,
m il l im e t e r w a v e l e ng t h s, a s y ou m a y not b e a b l e t o m a k e t h e p or t s sm a l l
e noug h t o e l im ina t e t h e se m od e s. Y ou p r ob a b l y sh oul d n t e v e ntry a sth e
h ig h e r or d e r m od e s m ig h t r e p r e se nt r e a l w or l d e f f e ct s.

Chapter 7.0
Chapter 7.0 F i l ter E x am pl es

7.1 B a n d p a s s F i l t e r
7.2 B a n d s t o p F i l t e r

7.1
Example B an d pas s F i lt er
Bandpass F i l t e r
b andpass f ilter using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
Nominal Design:
Fcenter = 1 . 5 0 G H z
B W = 1 G H z

7.1

P rimitives: Cylinders, Boxes
B oolean O p erations: D u p lic a t e A rou nd A xis

P orts: W a v e P ort s a nd T erm ina l L ines
Analy sis
Sweep : F a st F req u enc y
R esults
Field s O verlay s
2 D & 3 D F ield P lot s

7.1
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




7.1

C hoose D ri v en Term i nal

7.1
Set Model Units

To set the units:
Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Units
Set M o d el U nits :
Select U nits : in
C r ea te B ody
To c r ea te b od y :
X : -1 . 0 , Y : -1 . 7 , Z : -0 . 3 1 2 5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: a ir
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c tiv e V iew . O r p r es s the C TR L + D k ey

7.1
Create coax outer diameter

To create the outer diameter:
1. From the Drawing Plane toolbar, change the active plane to Y Z .
2 . S elect the menu item Draw > Cylinder
3 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the center pos ition
X : 1 . 0 , Y : -0 . 9 , Z : 0 . 0 , Pres s the E n ter k ey

4 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the rad iu s of the cy lind er
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 1 4 , d Z : 0 . 0 , Pres s the E n ter k ey

5 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the height of the cy lind er
d X : 0 . 7 5 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , Pres s the E nter k ey

To s et the n ame:
1. S elect the A ttrib ute tab f rom the P rop erties wind ow.
2 . For the V al ue of N ame ty pe: f eed1
To f it the v iew :
1. S elect the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew.
To s et the def aul t material :
1. U s ing the 3 D M od eler M aterials toolbar, choos e S el ect
2 . S elect Def inition W ind ow:
1. T y pe p ec in the S earch b y N ame f ield

7.1
Create coax inner diameter

To create the inner diameter:
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r a d ius o f the cy lind er
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the heig ht o f the cy lind er
To s et the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: f eedin1
To f it the v iew :
Create th e coax f eed p rob e

To create the coax f eed p rob e:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : -0 . 1 5 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: f eedp rob e1
To f it the v iew :

7.1
Create the resonators

To create l1:
X : 0 . 8 5 , Y : -0 . 9 6 2 5 , Z : -0 . 0 3 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -1. 7 , d Y : 0 . 12 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 6 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: l1
To create l2 :

X : -1. 0 , Y : -0 . 7 5 , Z : -0 . 0 3 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1. 8 18 , d Y : 0 . 12 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 6 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To create l3 :

X : 1. 0 , Y : -0 . 4 8 , Z : -0 . 0 3 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -1. 8 18 , d Y : 0 . 12 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 6 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

7.1
Create the resonators (Continued)

To create l4:
X : -1. 0 , Y : -0 . 2 , Z : -0 . 0 3 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1. 8 18 , d Y : 0 . 12 5 , d Z : 0 . 0 6 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create the W av e p ort

P i ck i n g th e p ort f ace:
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S e l e c t > F ac e s
2 . G r a p hica lly s elect the o uter f a ce o f the co a x line a t X = 1 . 7 5 in
To as s i g n th e w av e p ort ex ci tati on :
1. Select the menu item H F S S > E xc i t at i on s > A s s i g n > W av e P ort
2 . W a v e P o r t: G ener a l
N a me: p 1
C lick the N ex t b utto n
3 . W a v e P o r t: T er mina ls
X : 1. 7 5 , Y : -0 . 9 , Z : -0 . 14, P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 8 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
6 . C lick the F i n i s h b utto n

7.1

1. Select th e m en u i tem Edit > Select > Objects
C r ea te r es t of m od el by d u p lica tion
To select objects to be duplicated:
1. Select th e m en u i tem Edit > Select > B y N a m e
2 . Select O bject D i a log ,
1. Select th e objects n a m ed : f eed1 , f eedpin 1 , f eedpr obe1 , l1 , l2, l3 , l4

N ote: U se th e C tr l + L ef t m ou se bu tton to select m u lti p le objects
2 . C li ck th e O K bu tton
To cr eate r est of m odel:

1. Select th e m en u i tem Edit > D u p lica te > A r o u n d A x is
A x i s: Z
A n g le: 1 8 0
T ota l N u m ber : 2
C li ck th e O K bu tton
1. Select th e m en u i tem V iew > F it A ll > A ctiv e V iew .

7.1
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .

7.1
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 2 . 4 G H z
C o unt: 4 5 1

7.1
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ b pf
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

7.1
Solution Data





7.1
Create Reports
Create S-p aram eter v s . F req u en c y

To Create a report:
2 . C a teg o r y : Term i n al S -P aram eters
3 . Q ua ntity : S ( p1 , p1 ) , S ( p2 , p1 )
4 . F unctio n: d B

7.1
Add a zoomed trace to the existing plot

To modify an existing plot:
Right mouse click on the existing plot
S elect M odify R epor t f r om the context menu
To add th e tr ac e:
1. T r a ces W ind ow :
1. S olution: S etu p1 : S w eep1
1. D oma in: S w eep
2 . C a tegor y : Ter minal S -P ar ameter s
3 . Q ua ntity : S ( p2 , p1 )
4 . F unction: dB
5 . C lick the A dd Tr ac e b utton
3 . F r om the listing a t the top of the T r a ces w ind ow , select the a xis
pulld ow n f or the second insta nce of S ( p2 , p1 ) , a nd select Y2
4 . C lick the D one b utton

7.1
Change Plot Scale

Plot window:
1. D ou b le c lic k on th e Y -a x is on th e right s ide of th e p lot,
2 . Y A x is Pr op e r tie s D ia log
1. C lic k th e S c a l in g ta b
2 . A u tos c a le : U n c he c k e d
3 . M in: -1 . 0
4 . M a x : 0 , 0
5 . C lic k th e O K b u tton

7.1
Field Overlays
Set Sources: Terminate Port

To set the port termination:
2 . E d it So ur ces W ind o w :
1. Select s o ur ce: p2 :T1
T er mina ted : C hec k ed

R es is ta nce: 5 0
R ea cta nce: 0

7.1
Field Overlays (Continued)

Select the Global XY Plane
1. S elec t Global: XY
1. S olu tion: Setu p 1 : L as tA d ap ti v e
4 . C lic k the D one b u tton
T o m od i f y the attr i bu tes of a f i eld p lot:

1. S elec t: E F i eld
3 . E-F ield1 W indow :
1. S elec t U s e L i m i ts
2 . Min: 5
3 . Max: 1 50 0
4 . S c ale: L og
2 . C lic k the C los e b u tton

7.2
Example M i c r o s t r i p B an d s t o p F i lt er
The M i c r o s t r i p B a n d s t o p F i l t er
microstrip f ilter using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
L1
S
L2
Nominal Design:
L 1 = 9 1 . 2 mil
L 2 = 8 6 . 4 mil
S = 4 . 8 mil

7.2
Getting Started

select the A n s o f t > H F SS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .


C h e c k e d




7.2


7.2
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : m il

7.2
Create Input 1
To create the input:
d X : -4 . 8 , d Y : -1 4 . 4 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: I nput1
To f it the v iew :
Create L 1
To create L 1 :
d X : -4 . 8 , d Y : 9 1 . 2 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To param eteriz e the ob j ect:
2 . F o r Y S iz e, ty p e: L 1 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
1. A d d V a r ia b le L 1 : 9 1 . 2 m il , C lick the O K b utto n
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: L 1
To f it the v iew :

7.2
Create S for Stub 1

To create S:
To p aram eteri z e th e ob j ect:
2 . F o r X Si z e, ty p e: S, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
1. A d d V a r ia b le S: 4 . 8 m i l , C lick the O K b utto n
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: S_ Stu b 1

7.2
Set Grid Plane

C reate So u rc e 1
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -1 4 . 4 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : -4 . 8 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : -5 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: S ou rc e1
To f it the v iew :

7.2
Assign Excitation
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Source1

1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : -2 . 4 , Y : -14 . 4 , Z : -5 . 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey

d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 5 . 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
S e t G r id P l ane
To set the g ri d p la n e:

7.2

Set W ork ing Coordinate System

To set th e w ork ing coordinate system:
1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate System > Set W ork ing CS
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: R el ativ eCS1
2 . C lick the Sel ect b utto n
To set th e name:
N ote: A f ter s electing the co o r d ina te s y s tem, its p r o p er ties w ill b e d is p la y ed
in the p r o p er ty w ind o w . I f y o u d o no t s ee the p r o p er ties , r ep ea t the s tep s to
s et the w o r k ing co o r d ina te s y s tem, o r s elect the C S f r o m the mo d el tr ee.
1. F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: CS_ Stu b 1
To p arameteriz e th e orig in:

s et the w o r k ing co o r d ina te s y s tem, o r s elect the C S f r o m the mo d el tr ee
1. F o r the V al u e o f O rig in ty p e: S, 0 , 0 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t

7.2
Create L2 for Stub 1

To create L2:
d X : 4 . 8 , d Y : 8 6 . 4 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r Y S i z e, ty p e: L2, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
1. A d d V a r ia b le L2: 8 6 . 4 m i l , C lick the O K b utto n
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: L2_ S tu b 1
Set W ork i n g Coord i n ate Sy s tem

To s et th e w ork i n g coord i n ate s y s tem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M od e l e r > C oord i n at e S y s t e m > S e t W ork i n g C S

7.2

X : -4 . 8 , Y : 9 1 . 2 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

To set th e name:
1. F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: CS_ L 1

1. F o r the V al u e o f O rig in ty p e: -4 . 8 , L 1 , 0 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t

7.2
Create Input2
To create the input:
d X : 4 . 8 , d Y : 4 . 8 + 1 4 . 4 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: I nput2
To f it the v iew :
Create S f o r S tub 2
To create S :
d X : -4 . 8 , d Y : 4 . 8 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To param eteriz e the ob j ect:
2 . F o r X S iz e, ty p e: -S , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S _ S tub 2
To f it the v iew :

7.2
Set Grid Plane

C reate So u rc e 2
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 4 . 8 + 1 4 . 4 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 4 . 8 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : -5 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: S ou rc e2
To f it the v iew :

7.2
Assign Excitation
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Source2

1. N a me: p 2 ,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : 2 . 4 , Y : 19 . 2 , Z : -5 . 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 5 . 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
S e t G r id P l ane
To set the g ri d p la n e:

7.2

X : -4 . 8 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

To set th e name:
1. F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: CS_ Stu b 2

1. F o r the V al u e o f O rig in ty p e: -S, 0 , 0 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t

7.2
Create L2 for Stub 2

To create L2:
d X : -4 . 8 , d Y : -8 6 . 4 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r Y S i z e, ty p e: -L2, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: L2_ S tu b 2

7.2

Create G rou nd
To create the grou nd:
X : -3 4 . 4 , Y : -3 4 . 4 , Z : -5 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 6 4 . 0 , d Y : 1 6 4 . 8 , d Z : -0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To p arameteriz e the ob j ect:
1. Select the C ommand ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w
2 . F o r O rigin, ty p e: -S-2 9 . 6 mil , -3 4 . 4 mil , -5 mil , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
3 . F o r X Siz e, ty p e: 5 4 . 4 mil + 2 * S, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
4 . F o r Y Siz e, ty p e: 7 3 . 6 mil + L 1 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
To set the name:

2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: G rou nd
To f it the v iew:

7.2
Add New Material

1. Material N am e: M y _ A lu mina
2 . R elativ e P erm ittiv ity : 9 . 9

7.2
Create Substrate
X : -3 4 . 4 , Y : -3 4 . 4 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 6 4 . 0 , d Y : 1 6 4 . 8 , d Z : -5 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To p aram eteri z e the obj ect:
2 . F o r O ri g i n , ty p e: -S-2 9 . 6 m i l , -3 4 . 4 m i l , 0 m i l , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
3 . F o r X Si z e, ty p e: 5 4 . 4 m i l + 2 * S, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
4 . F o r Y Si z e, ty p e: 7 3 . 6 m i l + L 1 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
To set the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: Substrate


7.2
Create Air
To create the Air:
X : -3 4 . 4 , Y : -3 4 . 4 , Z : -5 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 6 4 . 0 , d Y : 1 6 4 . 8 , d Z : 5 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To p aram eteriz e the ob j ect:
1. Select the C om m an d ta b f r o m the P rop erties w ind o w
2 . F o r O rig in , ty p e: -S-2 9 . 6 m il , -3 4 . 4 m il , 0 m il , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
3 . F o r X Siz e, ty p e: 5 4 . 4 m il + 2 * S, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
4 . F o r Y Siz e, ty p e: 7 3 . 6 m il + L 1 , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: Air
To f it the v iew :
Create R ad iatio n B o u n d ary

To s el ect the ob j ect Air:
To create a rad iation b ou n d ary

1. Select the menu item H F S S > Bou n d ari e s > A s s i g n > R ad i at i on
2 . R a d ia tio n B o und a r y W ind o w
N a me: R ad 1

7.2
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .

7.2
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 2 0 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 5 G H z

7.2
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ m sb sf
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

7.2
Solution Data





7.2
Create Reports

To Create a report:
3 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) , S t( p2 , p1 )
4 . F unctio n: d B

Chapter 8.0
Chapter 8.0 S i g n al I n teg ri ty E x am pl es

8.1 L V D S D i f f e r e n t i a l P a ir
8.1a L V D S D i f f e r e n tia l P a ir T r a n s ie n t S im u la tio n ( A n s o ft D e s ig n e r )
8.2 S e g m e n t e d R e t u r n P a th
8.2 a S e g m e n t e d R e tu r n P a th T D R ( A n s o ft D e s ig n e r )
8.3 N o n -I d e a l P l a n e s
8.4 R e t u r n P a t h

8.1a
Example L V D S D i f f er en t i al P ai r
Ansoft Designer T ra nsient S im u l a tion
Launching Ansoft Designer

1. To access Ansoft Designer, click the Microsoft Start b u tton, select P ro g ram s , and
select the D e s i g n e r p rogram grou p . C lick A n s o f t D e s i g n e r.
O p ening a N ew P roj ect

T o o p e n a n e w p ro j e c t:
1. I n an Ansoft Designer w ind ow , click the O n the S tand ard toolb ar, or select
2 . F rom the P r o j ec t m enu , select I n s er t C ir c u it D es ig n .
3 . C lick N o n e b u tton w hen p rom p ted for C h o o s e L ay o u t T e c h n o l o g y .
N o te : I n this ex am p le w e are not creating a lay ou t or u sing

com p onents su ch as transm ission lines that req u ire su b strate or stack
u p inform ation. I f w e d id , then it is recom m end ed to choose a stack
u p from the list or create y ou r ow n.
Project Manager Window
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 8.1a-1

8.1a
Creating the Circuit

V Vin1
V Vout1
+ 50
1 3
0V
Vdiff
V 2 4
V
+
100
Vin2 Vout2
V
Vpos
+ 50
0V
Vneg
Component Placement
Importing S-pa ra me te rs
1. Select the menu item Draw > N-P o rt o r click the to o lb a r b utto n.
2 . I n the N -p o r t d a ta w ind o w ,
1. Select the L ink to f il e r a d ia l b utto n
2 . C lick the b r o w s e b utto n to lo ca te a nd s elect y o ur T o uchs to ne f ile:

h f s s _ l v d s _ d if f pa ir. s 4 p
3 . C lick the O pe n b utto n
3 . C lick the O k b utto n
B ro w s e b u tto n

8.1a
Component Placement conti nu ed

1. To place the new component, single click with the left mouse button in the
mid d le of the scr een.
1 3
2 4
P lacing R esistor s, V oltage S our ces, and V oltage P r obes

1. C lick the Components tab in the P r oj ec t M a na g er wind ow.
R esi stor s : E x pand L u mped -> R esi stor s

V ol ta g e S ou r c es: E x pand S ou r c es -> I nd epend ent S ou r c es
V ol ta g e pr ob es: E x pand P r ob es
Tabs for Project, Components, and Search

8.1a

Place 3 Resistors in the schematic
1. I n the Components Tab, u nd er L u mped -> Resi stor s, d ou b le click
Resi stor s
2 . C lick the lef t mou se b u tton 3 times to p lace 3 resistors in the
schematic.
3 . T o end the p lacement, click the rig ht mou se b u tton and select
F i ni sh . ( Y ou can also end the p lacement b y p ressing the sp ace b ar)
N ote: B ef ore p lacing a comp onent on the schematic u se the R k ey to

rotate. I f a comp onent is alread y p laced , u se the < c tr l > R k ey to rotate.
50
1 3
2 4
100
50
C hang e the v alu e of the resistors
1. Rig ht mou se click the comp onent and then select Prop erties in the
p u ll d ow n menu
2 . C hang e the v alu e f rom 1 0 0 to 5 0 , then hit E nter
N ote: alternativ ely , y ou can lef t mou se b u tton click on the resistor to
b ring u p the P r oper ti es w ind ow ( show n b elow ) and chang e the v alu e
f rom 1 0 0 to 5 0 , then hit E nter

8.1a

Place Piecewise Linear Source
1. I n t h e C om p onent s T ab , und er Sources -> I n d ep en d en t Sources,
d oub le click on V ol t a g e Source.
2 . Lef t m ouse click t o p lace t h e source in t h e sch em at ic
3 . Press t h e sp a ce b a r t o f inish t h e p lacem ent
+ 50
1 3
0V
2 4
100
50
Source Select ion d ialog

1. I n t h e Prop ert ies W ind ow, click E d i t
2 . F or N a m e t y p e V p os
3 . F or T y p e, ch oose P i ecew i se L i n ea r
4 . C lick on t h e W a v ef orm L i st B ox ( wh ich is t h e unm ark ed colum n in

b et ween U nit and D escrip t ion as sh own b elow)
W av ef orm List B ox

8.1a

Piece-w is e W a v ef o r m L is t d ia l o g
1. C l ick o n t h e R a d ia l b u t t o n n ex t t o Enter time/value points.
2 . E n t er t w o p o in t s :
T ime V alue
0 0
3 3 0ps 1 V
N o t e: m a k e s u r e y o u h it
Enter a f t er t y p in g v a l u es
1. C l ick O K t o f in is h
2 . C l ick O K t o ex it o u t
o f S ourc e S elec tion
A d d in g S eco n d S o u r ce
1. R ep ea t t h e s a m e s t ep s a s a d d in g t h e f ir s t s o u r ce ex cep t ch a n g e:
1. F o r N a m e, t y p e V neg
2 . T h e d a t a p o in t s t o :
T ime V alue
0 0
3 3 0ps -1 V
+ 50
1 3
0V
2 4
100
+ 50
0V

8.1a

Adding Wiring to connect components
1. Select the menu item Draw -> W i re
2 . P la ce the cur s o r ( w hich is no w a n X ) o v er a no d e a nd lef t mo us e click o nce
3 . D r a g the mo us e to the co nnectio n no d e a nd lef t mo us e click o nce.
4 . R ep ea t this p r o ced ur e until the co nnectio ns b elo w a r e ma d e
Adding G rou nd C onnections

1. Select the menu item Draw > G ro u n d ( a lter na tiv ely y o u ca n s elect the
to o lb a r ico n)
2 . P la ce 2 g r o und co nnectio ns o n the end s o f the v o lta g e s o ur ces
Adding V ol ta ge P rob es
1. I n the C omponents ta b , ex p a nd the P rob es.
2 . P la ce 4 V ol ta ge P rob es a nd na me them V in1 , V in2 , V o ut1 , V o ut2 .
3 . P la ce a V ol ta ge P rob e w / R ef . N ode a cr o s s the 1 0 0 O hm r es is to r a nd na me

it D if f erence
V Vin1
V Vout1
+ 50
1 3
0V
Vdiff
V 2 4
V +
100
Vin2 Vout2 V
Vpos
+ 50
0V
Vneg

8.1a
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: l vd s_ d i f f pai r_ tran si en t
Analysis Setup
C reati n g an A n al y s i s Setu p
To create an an al y si s setu p:
1. In the P roject M an ag er window, click the P roject tab
2 . Select the menu item C ir c u it -> Ad d An aly sis Set u p
3 . Analy sis Setup W indow:
1. For A n al y si s Ty pe, choose Tran si en t A n al y si s
2 . C lick N ex t
3 . Analy sis C ontr ol
1. L eng th of Analy sis: 2 n s
2 . M ax imum T ime Step Allowed: 1 ps
4 . C onv olution C ontr ol
1. M ax imum Samp ling Fr eq uency : 8 G H z
2 . D elta Fr eq uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
5 . C lick F i n i sh
4 . Select the menu item C ir c u it -> An aly z e

8.1a
Create Reports
Plot Input, Output and Difference waveforms

To create a report:
1. Select the menu item Circuit -> Cre a te R e p o rt
1. R ep o r t T y p e: S tan d ard
1. C a teg o r y : V ol tag e
2 . Q ua ntity : V(VPRB:Vin1), V(VPRB:Vin2), V(VPRB:Vout1),

V(VPRB:Vout2), V(VPRB:D if f )

8.1
LVDS Differential Pair

This differential pair example is intended to show you how to create, simulate,
and analyz e a differential pair using the A nsoft H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
L ow V oltag e D ifferential S ig naling ( L V D S ) technolog y is used for hig h-

performance b ack planes. The L V D S is used for multi-point communications and
uses a b us similar to system show b elow. The following illustrations detail the
passiv e dev ice you will b e creating .
Nominal Design:
T r ac es:
L A Y E R 1 ( TO P S I D E )
W id t h = 6 mil
L A Y E R 2 (S IG N A L 1 ) S p ac ing= 1 8 mil
2 6 mil
T h ic k ness= 0 . 7 mil
L A Y E R 3 ( B O TTO M S ID E ) L engt h : 1 0 0 0 mil

S u b st r at e:
T h ic k ness= 2 6 mil
r= 4 . 4

8.1

c reate this p assiv e d ev ic e m od el.
P rim itiv es: Box, Rectangles
B oolean O p erations: D u p li cate A long L i ne, S w eep A long V ector

P orts: W av e P or ts, T er m i nal L i nes
A naly sis
S weep : I nter p olati ng
R esults
C ar tesi an and S m i th C h ar t p lotti ng
F ield O v erlay s
3 D F i eld P lots

8.1
Design Review
Before we jump into setting up this device lets review the design.
T ra ce W idth = 6 mils
T ra ce L ength= 1 0 0 0 mils
D ielectric H eight= 1 3mils x 2
1 / 2 oz copper T ra ces/ G rounds= 0 . 7 mils
P ort S iz e= ? ? ?
P ort W idth
F rom the U sing P orts section, the port width should b e a t lea st 3-5 times
the sta ck up( 7 8 -1 30 mils) . S ince the tra ces a re not centered, lets use 5 x
a nd a dd the pa ir spa cing( 1 8 mils) for a tota l port/ model width of 2 2 0 mils.
T ra ce L ength
S ince we a re modeling a uniform tra nsmission line, we do not need to
simula te the 1 0 0 0 mils length. L ets reduce the model to 1 0 0 mils a nd use
de-emb edding to a dd the ex tra length.
M a teria l P roperties
T o sta rt with, lets ma k e a n engineering a ssumption tha t the ma teria l
properties a re consta nt over freq uency . I n a ddition, we will a ssume tha t
the modeling the tra ces a s perfect conductors will not ha ve a n impa ct on
the performa nce of the device. T his will speed up the simula tion. A s a n
a dditiona l ex ercise, the model ca n b e modified to include freq uency
dependent ma teria ls a nd lossy conductors.
G round P la nes
S ince we a re ignoring the meta l conductivity , we do not need to crea te
ob jects for the ground pla nes. I nstea d, we will utiliz e the b a ck ground
( P erfect C onductor) b ounda ry . I f we need to investiga te the effects of
copper, a finite conductivity b ounda ry condition ca n b e used to simula te the
copper ground pla nes.

8.1
Solution Setup
Since we are going to use the model for SPICE simulation, the freq uency range
of interest is going to b e determined b y the rise-time( tr) of the inp ut signal. T he
max imum freq uency is calculated b y tak ing 0 . 5 / tr, or the k nee freq uency , and
multip ly ing it b y the numb er of samp les p er tr. T he minimum freq uency should
b e selected as close to D C as p ossib le.
T he following v alues will b e used for the Solution Setup

R ise-T ime( tr) : 3 3 0 p s
N umb er of Samp les: 5
U p p er F req uency : ( 0 . 5 / 3 3 0 p s) * 5 ~ 7 . 5 8 G H z or 8 . 0 G H z
L ower F req uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
F req uency Sp acing: 0 . 0 1 G H z
Single( A dap tiv e) F req uency : 8 . 0 G H z
A dap tiv e Passes: 1 0
D elta S: 0 . 0 2
Sweep T y p e: Interp olating

8.1
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




8.1


8.1
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : m il

8.1
Create Trace 1
To create trace 1:
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 9 . 0 , Z : -0 . 3 5 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
To p aram eteri z e th e o b j ect:

1. Select the Co m m an d ta b f r o m the P ro p erti es w ind o w
2 . F o r P o s i ti o n , ty p e: 0 . 0 m i l , S/ 2 , -0 . 3 5 m i l , C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
A d d V a r ia b le S: 18 m i l , C lick the O K b utto n

3 . F o r Y Si z e, ty p e: W, C lick the Tab k ey to a ccep t
A d d V a r ia b le W: 6 m i l , C lick the O K b utto n

2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: trace1
O r p r es s the CTR L + D k ey

8.1
Create Trace 2
To create trace 2:
1. Select the menu item H F SS > L ist
2 . F r o m the M od el ta b , s elect the o b j ect na med trace1 _ 1
3 . C lick the P rop erti es b utto n
1. F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: trace2

8.1
Add New Material

1. Material N am e: M y _ F R 4

8.1
Create Substrate
To create substrate:
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -1 0 0 . 0 , Z : -1 3 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 0 0 . 0 , d Y : 2 0 0 . 0 , d Z : 2 6 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: substrate
To set th e tran sp aren cy :

2 . C lick the b utto n f o r T r a ns p a r ency
1. M o v e the s lid e b a r to 0 . 8 ( O p a q ue= 0 , T r a ns p a r ency = 1 )

8.1

Note: This structure requires 2 ports with 2 terminal lines per port. W e could use
f ace selection to select the end s of the sub strate that represent the port, d ef ine
terminal lines, assig n ex citation, and repeat f or port2. B ut since we can d uplicate
port d ef initions, it is more ef f icient to d ef ine a rectang le with the appropriate port
d ef inition and copy it to the location of the 2nd port. The second method is
d escrib ed here:
T o s et g r i d p l a n e
S elect the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > YZ
T o c r ea te a r ec ta n g l e th a t r ep r es en ts th e p or t:
1 . S elect the menu item Draw > R ec t ang le
2 . U sing the coord inate entry f ield s, enter the rectang le position
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -1 0 0 . 0 , Z : -1 3 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey
3 . U sing the coord inate entry f ield s, enter the opposite corner of the rectang le:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 2 0 0 . 0 , d Z : 2 6 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey
1 . S elect the A ttr i b u te tab f rom the P r op er ti es wind ow.
2 . F or the V a l u e of Na m e ty pe: P or t1
T o s el ec t th e ob j ec t P or t1 :
1 . S elect the menu item E dit > S elec t > B y N am e
2 . S elect O b j ect D ialog ,
1 . S elect the ob j ects named : P or t1
Note: Y ou can also select the ob j ect f rom the
M od el Tree

8.1

1. N a me: p1
1. N umb er o f T er mina ls : 2, C lick the U pd ate b utto n
2 . F o r T1 , click the U nd ef ined co lumn a nd s elect N ew L ine
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 3 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 1 2. 0 , d Z : 1 2. 6 5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 3 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : -1 2. 0 , d Z : 1 2. 6 5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
1. C lick the N ew P air b utto n
T e r m in a l L in e s

8.1

To select the object Port1:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Port1
To d u p li ca te the p ort:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A lo n g L in e
2 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the f ir s t p o int o f the d up lica te v ecto r
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the s eco nd p o int o f the d up lica te
v ecto r
4 . D up lica te A lo ng L ine W ind o w s
1. T o ta l N umb er : 2
To set d eem bed d i n g :

1. Select the menu item H F SS > L is t
2 . F r o m the E x ci ta ti on s ta b , s elect the ex cita tio n na med p 2
3 . C lick the Prop erti es b utto n
1. D eemb ed : C heck ed
2 . D eemb ed D is ta nce: -9 0 0 m i l ( P o s itiv e V a lues a r e into the P o r t)

8.1
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .
3 . C lick the C l ose b utto n w hen y o u a r e f inis hed .

8.1
Analysis Setup

2 . C lick the A d v anced ta b :
D o L a mb d a R ef inement: C h eck ed
T a r g et: 0 . 0 5
U s er L o w -O r d er So lutio n B a s is : C h eck ed

2 . E x tr a p o la te to D C : C h eck ed
M inimum So lv e F r eq uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
3 . Sna p M a g nitud e to 0 o r 1 a t D C : U nch eck ed
Sto p : 8 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 1 G H z

8.1
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ l vd s_ d i f f pai r
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

8.1
Solution Data





8.1
Create Reports
Create Differential Pair S-Param eter Plo t

To create a report:
1. C a teg o r y : Term i n al S P aram eters
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 :D i f f 1 , p1 :D i f f 1 ) , S t( p1 :D i f f 1 , p1 :C om m 1 ) ,
S t( p1 :D i f f 1 , p2 :D i f f 1 )
3 . F unctio n: d B

8.1
Create Differential and Common Pair Impedances Data Table

To create a report:
2 . D is p la y T y p e: D ata Tab l e
1. So lutio n: S etu p1 : L as tA d apti v e
1. C a teg o r y : Term i n al P ort Z o
2 . Q ua ntity : Z ot( p1 :D i f f 1 , p1 :D i f f 1 ) , Z ot( p1 :C om m 1 , p1 :C om m 1 )

8.1
Matrix Data - E xp o rt S -p aram e te rs to a f il e

To view the Matrix Data:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Results > Solution Data,
2 . So lutio n D a ta d ia lo g
1. C lick the Matrix Data T a b
2 . Simula tio n: S etu p 1 , S weep 1
3 . C lick the E xp ort b utto n.
1. F ilena me: hf s s _ l vd s _ d if f p air
2 . Sa v e a s T y p e: Tou c hs ton e
3 . C lick the S ave b utto n
4 . C lick the O K b utto n to a ccep t 5 0 o hm r ef er ence imp ed a nce
4 . C lick the C l os e b utto n

8.1
Field Overlays
Set Sources: Common

To set the field excitation:
1. Select s o ur ce: p 1 :T1
M a g nitud e: 1
P ha s e: 0
2 . Select s o ur ce: p 1 :T2
M a g nitud e: 1
P ha s e: 0
T er mina ted : C heck ed

R es is ta nce: 5 0
R ea cta nce: 0

R es is ta nce: 5 0
R ea cta nce: 0

8.1

To m odify th e attrib u tes of a field plot:

1. Select: E F ield
1. C lick the S cale ta b
2 . M in: 5
3 . M a x : 1 0 0 0 0
4 . Sca le: L og
2 . C lick the P lot ta b
1. I s o V a lT y p e: F rin g e
2 . I f real tim e m ode is no t check ed , click the A pply b utto n.

8.1

3 . Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > V ecto r _ E
2 . Q ua ntity : V ector_ E

1. Select: E F ield
1. C lick the M ark er/ A rrow ta b
1. T y p e: C y lin der
2 . M a p Siz e: U n ch eck ed
3 . A r r o w T a le: U n ch eck ed

8.1
Set Differential Mode Field Excitation

To set the field excitation:
1. Select s o ur ce: p 1 :T1
M a g nitud e: 1
P ha s e: 0
M a g nitud e: 1
P ha s e: 1 8 0

R es is ta nce: 5 0
R ea cta nce: 0

R es is ta nce: 5 0
R ea cta nce: 0
T he f ield p lo ts w ill a uto ma tica lly b e up d a ted to r ef lect the cha ng es .

8.1

During the design of a device, it is common practice to develop design trends b ased on
sw ept parameters. A nsoft H F S S w ith O ptimetrics P arametric S w eep can automatically
create these design curves.
W e w ill parameteriz e this design using tw o variab les:
1. V ariab le W w ill vary the w idth of traces: 6 W 1 2 mils

2 . V ariab le S w ill vary the spacing b etw een traces: 1 5 S 2 1 mils
6W 1 2 m ils
1 5 S 2 1 m ils
W
S
I n the post processor y ou w ill ab le to display results and see how Differential impedance
changes w ith the respect to trace w idth and spacing b etw een traces.

8.1

1. Select the menu item HFSS > Optimetrics Analysis > Add Parametric
2 . Setup Sweep Analysis W ind o w :
1. C lick the Sweep D ef init io ns ta b :
1. C lick the Ad d b utto n
2 . A d d / E d it Sw eep D ia lo g
1. V a r ia b le: W
2 . Select L inear C o u nt
3 . Sta r t: 6 m il
4 . Sto p : 1 2 m il
5 . C o unt: 3
7 . V a r ia b le: S
8 . Select L inear C o u nt
9 . Sta r t: 1 5 m il
10 . Sto p : 2 1 m il
11. C o unt: 3
2 . C lick o n the G ener al ta b :
1. Sa v e F ield s : C h ec k ed

8.1
Save Project
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save.
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e
1. E x p and the P r oj ect T r ee to disp lay the items listed under O pti m etri cs
2 . R ig ht-click the mouse on P aram etri cS etu p1 and choose A n al y z e

8.1
Create Reports
Create Terminal Port Z o v s S

To Create a report:
1. So lutio n: Setu p1 : L as tA d apti v e
1. Select the Sw eep D es i g n an d P roj ec t V ari ab l e V al u es b utto n
2 . F r o m the ta b le, s elect F req f r o m the N a me co lumn a nd to g g le

the P r ima r y Sw eep to S
1. C a teg o r y : Term i n al P ort Z o
2 . Q ua ntity : Z ot( p1 :D i f f 1 , p1 :D i f f 1 ) , Z ot( p1 :Com m 1 , p1 :Com m 1 )

8.1
Field Overlays
Create Field Plot v s S

Using the project tree, expand the Field Overlay, E Field.
D ou b l e C l ick on M ag _ E 1 to m ak e the f iel d pl ot v isib l e
R ight-C l ick on M ag _ E 1 and sel ect A n im at e
S etu p A nim ation
S w ept V ariab l e: S
C l ick the OK b u tton
T he A nim ation dial og w il l appear.
Sav e Proj ec t
T o s ave t h e p ro j ec t :
1. I n an A nsof t H F S S w indow , sel ect the m enu item File > Save.

8.2a
Example S eg men t ed R et u r n P at h
Ansoft Designer T ra nsient S im u l a tion
Launching Ansoft Designer

1. To access Ansoft Designer, click the Microsoft Start b u tton, select P ro g ram s , and
select the D e s i g n e r p rogram grou p . C lick A n s o f t D e s i g n e r.
O p ening a N ew P roj ect

T o o p e n a n e w p ro j e c t:
1. I n an Ansoft Designer w ind ow , click the O n the S tand ard toolb ar, or select
2 . F rom the P r o j ec t m enu , select I n s er t C ir c u it D es ig n .
3 . C lick N o n e b u tton w hen p rom p ted for C h o o s e L ay o u t T e c h n o l o g y .
N o te : I n this ex am p le w e are not creating a lay ou t or u sing

com p onents su ch as transm ission lines that req u ire su b strate or stack
u p inform ation. I f w e d id , then it is recom m end ed to choose a stack
u p from the list or create y ou r ow n.
Project Manager Window

8.2a

V v1 V v2
0V 50 Z=50
+
Source1 P=10000mil
Component Placement
Importing S-pa ra me te rs
1. Select the menu item Draw > N-P o rt o r click the to o lb a r b utto n.
2 . I n the N -p o r t d a ta w ind o w ,
1. Select the L ink to f il e r a d ia l b utto n
2 . C lick the b r o w s e b utto n to lo ca te a nd s elect y o ur T o uchs to ne f ile:

h f s s _ s e g_ gpl a ne . s 1 p
3 . C lick the O pe n b utto n
3 . C lick the O k b utto n
B ro w s e

8.2a

1. To place the new component, single click with the left mouse button in the
mid d le of the scr een.
P lacing R esistor s, V oltage S our ces, and V oltage P r obes

1. C lick the Components tab in the P r oj ec t M a na g er wind ow.
R esi stor s : E x pand L u mped -> R esi stor s

V ol ta g e S ou r c es: E x pand S ou r c es -> I nd epend ent S ou r c es
V ol ta g e pr ob es: E x pand P r ob es
Tabs for Project, Components, and Search

8.2a

Place a Resistor in the schematic
1. I n the Components Tab, u nd er L u mped -> R esi stor s, d ou b le click
R esi stor
2 . C lick the lef t mou se b u tton once to p lace a resistor in the schematic.
3 . T o end the p lacement, click the rig ht mou se b u tton and select
F i ni sh . ( Y ou can also end the p lacement b y p ressing the sp ace b ar)
100
C hang e the v alu e of the resistor

1. Rig ht mou se click the comp onent and then select Prop erties in the
p u ll d ow n menu
2 . C hang e the v alu e f rom 1 0 0 to 5 0 , then hit E nter
N ote: alternativ ely , y ou can lef t mou se b u tton click on the resistor to
b ring u p the P r oper ti es w ind ow ( show n b elow ) and chang e the v alu e
f rom 1 0 0 to 5 0 , then hit E nter

8.2a

Place a Coaxial Cable in the schematic
1. I n the Components Tab, u nd er Coax i al Cabl e, d ou ble click Coax i al
Cabl e, K
2 . Click the lef t mou se bu tton once to p lace a coaxial cable in the
schematic.
3 . Pr ess the spac e bar to f inish the p lacement
50 Z=50
P=10000mil
Chang e the p hy sical leng th of the coaxial cable

1. R ig ht mou se click the comp onent and then select Pr op er ties in the
p u ll d ow n menu
2 . Chang e the v alu e of P to 1 0 0 0 0 mi l , then hit E nter

8.2a

Place Piecewise Linear Source
1. I n t h e C om p onent s T ab , und er Sources -> I n d ep en d en t Sources,
d oub le click on V ol t a g e Source.
2 . Lef t m ouse click t o p lace t h e source in t h e sch em at ic
3 . Press t h e sp a ce b a r t o f inish t h e p lacem ent
0V 50 Z=50
+
Source1 P=10000mil
Source Select ion d ialog

1. I n t h e Prop ert ies W ind ow, click E d i t
2 . F or N a m e t y p e V i n
3 . F or T y p e, ch oose P i ecew i se L i n ea r
4 . C lick on t h e W a v ef orm L i st B ox ( wh ich is t h e unm ark ed colum n in

b et ween U nit and D escrip t ion as sh own b elow)
W av ef orm List B ox

8.2a

Piece-w is e W a v ef o r m L is t d ia l o g
1. C l ick o n t h e R a d ia l b u t t o n n ex t t o Enter time/value points.
2 . E n t er t w o p o in t s :
T ime V alue
0 0
1 ns 1 V
N ote: m a k e s u r e y o u h it Enter a f t er t y p in g v a l u es
1. C l ick t h e O K b u t t o n
1. C l ick t h e O K b u t t o n

8.2a
Adding Wiring to connect components

1. Select the menu item Draw -> W i re
2 . P la ce the cur s o r ( w hich is no w a n X ) o v er a no d e a nd lef t mo us e click o nce
3 . D r a g the mo us e to the co nnectio n no d e a nd lef t mo us e click o nce.
4 . R ep ea t this p r o ced ur e until the co nnectio ns b elo w a r e ma d e
Adding G rou nd C onnections

1. Select the menu item Draw > G ro u n d ( a lter na tiv ely y o u ca n s elect the
to o lb a r ico n)
2 . P la ce a g r o und co nnectio n o n the end o f the v o lta g e s o ur ce
Adding V ol ta ge P rob es
1. I n the C omponents ta b , ex p a nd the P rob es.
2 . P la ce 2 V ol ta ge P rob es a nd na me them v 1 , v 2 .
V v1 V v2
0V 50 Z=50
+
Source1 P=10000mil

8.2a

Save Project
1. In an Ansoft Designer window, select the menu item File > Save As.
2 . F rom the S ave A s window, ty p e the F ilename: hf ss_ seg _ g pl an e_ td r
A nal y s is S etup
C reati n g an A n al y s i s Setu p
To create an an al y si s setu p:
1. In the P roject M an ag er window, click the P roject tab
2 . S elect the menu item C ir c u it -> Ad d An aly sis Set u p
3 . Analy sis S etup W indow:
1. F or A n al y si s Ty pe, choose Tran si en t A n al y si s
2 . C lick N ex t
3 . Analy sis C ontrol
1. L ength of Analy sis: 8 n s
2 . M ax imum T ime S tep Allowed: 1 ps
4 . C onv olution C ontrol
1. M ax imum S amp ling F req uency : 2 . 5 G H z
2 . Delta F req uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
5 . C lick F i n i sh
4 . S elect the menu item C ir c u it -> An aly z e

8.2a
Create Reports
Plot Input, Output waveforms

To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : V(VPRB:V1), V(VPRB:V2)
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 8.2a-1 0

8.2a
Create Reports
Plot TDR
To create a report:
3 . C lick o n O u tpu t V ari ab l es b utto n to cr ea te T D R eq ua tio n
1. N a me: ty p e TD R
2 . E x p r es s io n: V (V P R B :v 2 )/(V (V P R B :v 1 )-V (V P R B :v 2 ))* 5 0
N ote: T o cr ea te the a b o v e ex p r es s io n, f o llo w thes e s tep s :
2 . Q ua ntity : V (V P R B :v 2 )
3 . C lick I n s ert Q u an ti ty i n to E x pres s i on b utto n
4 . T y p e / then ty p e (
7 . T y p e-
10 . T y p e )
11. T y p e * 5 0

T r a ces W ind o w :
C a teg o r y : O u tpu t V ari ab l es
Q ua ntity : TD R
F unctio n: < n on e>
C lick the A d d Trace b utto n
C lick the D on e b utto n ( s ee nex t p a g e f o r T D R p lo t)

8.2a

8.2
Segmented Return Path

This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e a trace
ov er a slot in the g round plant using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
5 c m 6 mm 3 .4 c m 1 c m
1 c m
3 mm
8 mm
4 c m 6 c m
Nominal Design:
B oar d :
L A Y E R 1 (S IG N A L 1 )
T h ic k ness= 1 . 3 mm
1 . 3 mm r= 4 . 5
T r ac e:
L A Y E R 2 ( B O TTO M S ID E )
L engt h = 8 . 2 c m
T er minat ion: 4 7

8.2

The following features of the A nsoft H F S S D esign E nv ironm ent are used to c reate
this p assiv e d ev ic e m od el
P rim itiv es: Box, Rectangles
B oolean O p erations: S u b tr act

P orts: L u m p ed P or t, T er m i nal L i nes
B ound ary C ond itions: L u m p ed RL C , P M L
A naly sis
S weep : I nter p olati ng S w eep
R esults
C ar tesi an and S m i th C h ar t p lotti ng
F ield O v erlay s
M agni tu d e and V ector F i eld P lotti ng
A ni m ati on

8.2
Design Review
T ra ce W idth = 3 mm
T ra ce L ength= 8 . 2 cm
D ielectric H eight= 1 . 3 mm
P ort S iz e/ T y pe= ? ? ?
F ree S pa ce= P M L or R a dia tion Bounda ry
P ort S iz e/ T y pe
S ince the tra ce is interna l to the model, lets use a lumped ga p source port
T ra ce T hick ness/ M a teria l P roperties

T o sta rt with, lets ma k e a n engineering a ssumption tha t the tra ce thick ness
a nd conductivity will not ha ve a n impa ct on the performa nce of the device.
T his will speed up the simula tion.
F ree S pa ce
W e should ex pect some ra dia tion to occur b eca use of the slot in the ground,
however, it should not b e very strong. Beca use there is limited ra dia tion the
sepa ra tion from the device a nd the free-spa ce b ounda ry ca n b e k ept to a
minimum. T he incidence a ngle of the ra dia tion is unk nown, therefore we
should use a P M L . T he ma x imum spa cing will b e ~ / 2 0 @ 1 G H z or a b out
1 . 5 cm

8.2
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




8.2


8.2
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. F o r the M a ter ia l N a m e ty p e: M y _ F R 4
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f R el a tiv e P er m ittiv ity ty p e: 4 . 5

8.2
Create Board
To create the board:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 6 . 0 , d Y : 1 0 . 0 , d Z : -1 . 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: B oard
Create G rou n d
To create g rou n d:
1. Select the menu item Draw > R e c t an g l e

X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 . 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 6 . 0 , d Y : 1 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: G rou n d

8.2

X : 0 . 0 , Y : 5 . 0 , Z : -1 . 3 mm, P r es s the E nter k ey
Create G rou nd Cu t Ou t
To create cu t ou t:
1. Select the menu item Draw > R ec tang le
r ecta ng le:
d X : 4 . 0 , d Y : 6 . 0 mm, d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
Sel ect G rou nd & R ectang l e1 :
1. Select the menu item E dit > Selec t > B y N ame
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G rou nd, R ectang l e1
To comp l ete th e g rou nd ob j ect:

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > B oolean > Su b trac t
B la nk P a r ts : G rou nd
T o o l P a r ts : R ectang l e1
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: U nch eck ed

8.2
Assign a Perfect E boundary to the Ground

To select the ground:
To a ssi gn the P erf ect E b ounda ry

S et W ork ing C oordinate S ystem

To set the w ork i ng coordi na te sy stem :
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G lob a l
C reate O ffset C oordinate S ystem

To crea te a n of f set C oordi na te S y stem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > C o o r din ate Sys tem > C r eate >
R elativ e C S > O f f s et
X : 1 .0 , Y : 8 .0 m m , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey

8.2
Create Trace
To create trace:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 3 . 0 m m , d Y : 8 . 2 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
A s s i g n a P erf ect E b o u n d ary to th e Trace

To s el ect th e trace:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Trace
To as s i g n th e P erf ect E b ou n d ary

1. N a me: P erf E _ Trace

8.2
Set Grid Plane

C reate So u rc e
r ecta ng le:
d X : 3 . 0 m m , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : -1 . 3 m m , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
To f it the v iew :

8.2
Assign Excitation

1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : 1. 5 m m , Y : 0. 0, Z : -1. 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey

d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 1. 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey

8.2

Create R esistor
To create sou rce:
1. Select the menu item Draw > R ec tang le
r ecta ng le:
d X : 3 . 0 mm, d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : -1 . 3 mm, P r es s the E nter k ey
To set th e name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: R esistor
To fit th e v iew :

8.2
Assign Lumped RLC

To select the object Resistor:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Resistor
To a ssig n lu m p ed RL C bou n d a ry
1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > L u mp ed R L C
2 . L ump ed R L C B o und a r y
1. N a me: R,
2 . R es is ta nce: C heck ed
3 . R es is ta nce: 4 7 O hm
4 . F o r C u rren t F low L in e, click U n d ef in ed a nd s elect N ew L in e
X : 1 . 5 m m , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -1 . 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 1 . 3 m m , P r es s the E n ter k ey

8.2

Set W o rk in g C o o rd in ate Sy s tem

To set the w ork in g c oordin ate sy stem:
1. S elect the m enu item 3D Modeler > Coordinate System > Set Working CS
2 . S elect C oordinate S y stem W indow ,
1. F rom the list, select the C S : G lob al
2 . C lick the S elec t bu tton
C reate A ir
To c reate the air:
1. S elect the m enu item Draw > B ox

3 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the op p osite corner of the base
rectangle:
dX : 9 . 0 , dY : 1 3 . 0 , dZ : 3 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey
To set the n ame:
To fit the v iew :

1. S elect the m enu item V iew > F it A ll > A c tiv e V iew .

8.2
Assign a Perfectly Matched Layer (PML)

To select the air:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A ir
To assig n the P M L b ou n d ary

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > P M L Setu p W iz ar d
2 . P M L Setup W iz a r d : C o v er O b j ects
1. Select: C reate P M L C ov er O b j ects on S elected F aces
2 . U nif o r m L a y er T hick nes s : 1 cm
3 . C r ea te j o ining co r ner a nd ed g e o b j ects : C heck ed
3 . P M L Setup W iz a r d : M a ter ia l P a r a meter s
1. Select: P M L O b j ects accep t F ree R ad iation
1. M in F r eq uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
2 . R ev iew s etting s o n the P M L Setup W iz a r d : Summa r y p a g e.
3 . C lick the F in ish b utto n

8.2
Create a Face List

Since we are using the PML, we need to create a face list that will b e used for the
radiation calculation.
To create a face list
1. Select the m enu item Edit > Select > Faces
2 . Select the m enu item Edit > Select > B y N am e
3 . Select O b j ect D ialog,
1. Select the ob j ects nam ed: A ir
2 . F aceI D : < S elect A ll>
4 . Select the m enu item 3 D M o deler > L ist > C r eate > Face L ist
Create a R ad iatio n S etu p

To d efin e th e rad iation setu p
1. Select the m enu item H FSS > R adiatio n > I n ser t Far Field Setu p > I n f in ite
Sp h er e
2 . F ar F ield R adiation Sp here Setup dialog
I n fin ite S p h ere T ab

1. N am e: R ad iation
2 . Phi: ( Start: 0 , Stop : 9 0 , Step Siz e: 9 0 )
3 . T heta: ( Start: -1 8 0 , Stop : 1 8 0 , Step Siz e: 2 )
1. C lick the O K b utton

8.2
Boundary Display

b o und a r y .

8.2
Analysis Setup

T a r g et: 0 . 1

2 . E x tr a p o la te to D C : C h eck ed
M inimum So lv e F r eq uency : 0 . 0 1 G H z
3 . Sna p M a g nitud e to 0 o r 1 a t D C : U nch eck ed
Sto p : 2 . 5 G H z
Step : 0 . 0 1 G H z

8.2
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ seg _ g pl an e
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

8.2
Solution Data





8.2
Create Reports
Note: If this report is created prior or during the solution process, a real-tim e update
of the results are display ed
2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 )
3 . F unction: d B

8.2
Create Terminal Z-P arameter P lo t R eal/ I mag inary

To create a report:
1. C a teg o r y : Term i n al Z P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : Z t( p1 , p1 )
3 . F unctio n: R e
5 . C a teg o r y : Term i n al Z P aram eter
6 . Q ua ntity : Z t( p1 , p1 )
7 . F unctio n: I m
4. To ad d an ad d i ti on al Y-A x i s f or i m ( Z t( p1 , p1 )
1. Select Y 1 f o r R o w 2 in Y -a x is co lumn a nd to g g le it to Y2

8.2
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t Smith Ch art

To create a report:
2 . D is p la y T y p e: S m i th C h art
3 . C lick the P ol ar ta b
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 )

8.2
Matrix Data - E xp o rt S -p aram e te rs to a f il e

To view the Matrix Data:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Results > Solution Data,
2 . So lutio n D a ta d ia lo g
1. C lick the Matrix Data T a b
2 . Simula tio n: S etu p 1 , S weep 1
3 . C lick the E xp ort b utto n.
1. F ilena me: hf s s _ s eg _ g p l an e
2 . Sa v e a s T y p e: Tou c hs ton e
3 . C lick the S ave b utto n
4 . C lick the O K b utto n to a ccep t 5 0 o hm r ef er ence imp ed a nce
4 . C lick the C l os e b utto n

8.2
Create 3D Polar Far Field Plot

To create a 3D Far Field Plot
1. R ep o r t T y p e: Far Fields
2 . D is p la y T y p e: 3D Polar Plot
1. So lutio n: S etu p 1 : L as tA dap tiv e
2 . D o ma in: R adiation
3 . C lick the M ag ta b
1. C a teg o r y : rE
2 . Q ua ntity : rE Total
3 . F unctio n: dB

8.2
Field Overlays

1. Confirm you are in O b j ect S elect mod e b y rig h t -c l ic k ing in t h e g eomet ry
w ind ow , and s el ec t ing from c ont ex t menu if nec es s ary.
2 . S el ec t t h e menu it em Edit > Select > By Name
3 . S el ec t O b j ec t D ial og ,
1. S el ec t t h e ob j ec t s named : B oard
2 . Cl ic k t h e O K b ut t on
4 . S el ec t t h e menu it em H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > M ag _ E
5 . Creat e F iel d P l ot W ind ow
1. S ol ut ion: S etu p1 : L as tA daptiv e
2 . Q uant it y: M ag _ E
3 . I n V ol ume: A ll
4 . Cl ic k t h e D on e b ut t on
To m odify a M ag n itu de field plot:

1. S el ec t t h e menu it em H F SS > F ields > M o dif y P lo t A ttr ib u tes
2 . S el ec t P l ot F ol d er W ind ow :
1. S el ec t : E F ield
2 . Cl ic k t h e O K b ut t on
3 . E-F iel d W ind ow :
1. Cl ic k t h e S cale t ab
1. S el ec t U s e L im its
2 . M in: 1
3 . M ax : 4 5 0 0
4 . S c al e: L og
2 . Cl ic k t h e P lots T ab
1. S c al ar P l ot : I s oV alS u rface
2 . Cl ic k t h e C los e b ut t on

8.2

1. Select the o b j ects na med : G rou n d
3 . Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > V ecto r _ R ealP o yn tin g
2 . Q ua ntity : V ector_ R ealP oy n tin g

1. Select: P oy n tin g
3 . P o y nting W ind o w :
1. C lick the S cale ta b
2 . M in: 0 . 0 1
3 . M a x : 2 5 0 0
4 . Sca le: L og
2 . C lick the M ark er/ A rrow ta b
1. T y p e: C y lin der
2 . M a p Siz e: U n ch eck ed
3 . A r r o w T a le: U n ch eck ed

8.2

8.3
Example N o n -I d eal P lan es
Non-I d e a l G r ou nd P l a ne
This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e non-
ideal g round planes using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
tr a c e 1
top _gnd Via
bot_gnd
tr a c e 2
Nominal Design:
G r ou nd :
T h ic k ness = 0 . 1 mm
B oar d :
r = 1
T r ac e:
L engt h = 1 0 mm
W id t h = 1 mm
V ia:
Diamet er = 1 mm
H eigh t = 0 . 9 mm

8.3

c reate this p assiv e d ev ic e m od el
P rim itiv es: Box, Rectangles, Cylinders
B oolean O p erations: S u b tract, U nite, D u p licate
B ound ary
B ound ary C ond itions: P erf ect H / N atu ral
E x c itations
P orts: L u m p ed G ap S ou rce P ort, T erm inal L ines
A naly sis
S weep : F ast F req u ency
R esults
Cartesian p lotting
F ield s
F ast F req u ency S w eep / F ield P lots

8.3
Design Review
F ree S pa ce= ? ? ?
P ort S iz e/ T y pe
S ince the tra ce is interna l to the model, lets use a lumped ga p source port
T ra ce T hick ness/ M a teria l P roperties

T o sta rt with perfect conductor, lets ma k e a n engineering a ssumption tha t the
tra ce conductivity will not ha ve a n impa ct on the performa nce of the device.
T his will speed up the simula tion.
F ree S pa ce
S ince we a re only interested in the modes tha t occur b etween the ground
pla nes, we ca n use a P erfect H or open b ounda ry condition. W e should
ex pect to get the sa me a nswer using a n O pen( P erfect H ) or
ma tched( R a dia tion) b ounda ry . T he ra dia tion b ounda ry ta k es longer to solve
since it req uires a complex solve.
Y ou do need to use some ca ution when using P erfect H b ounda ry
conditions in pla ce of ra dia tion b ounda ries. T he P erfect H a nd
S y mmetry P erfect H a re ma thema tica lly eq uiva lent. T herefore if y ou
a re simula ting a sub section of a la rger geometry , y ou ha ve the
potentia l to crea te modes tha t a re the result of the b ounda ry condition
or non-phy sica l. I n our ex a mple, the P erfect H is a pplied to the outside
of the model a nd not a long a ny sy mmetry pla nes.
I t should b e noted tha t the P erfect H b ounda ry condition ca n b e used
with the D riven a nd E igenmode solver. T he R a dia tion b ounda ry is
only supported b y the D riven S olution.

8.3
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




8.3


8.3
Set Model Units

To set the units:

8.3
Create Trace
r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 . 0 , d Y : -1 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
Create V i a P ad
To create the v i a p ad :
1. Select the menu item Draw > C y l i n d e r
d X : 0 . 7 5 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: V i a_ p ad

8.3
Group the Trace & Via Pad

To group the dipole arms:
C reate O f f s et C oordin ate S y s tem

To c reate an of f set C oordin ate S y stem:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > C o o r din a te Sy stem > C r ea te >
R ela tiv e C S > O f f set
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -0 . 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
C reate Groun d 1
To c reate groun d:
1. Select the menu item D r a w > B o x
r ecta ng le:
d X : 2 0 . 0 , d Y : 4 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n ame:
2 . F o r the V alue o f N ame ty p e: G roun d
To f it the v iew :

8.3
Create Anti-P ad
To create the anti-p ad :
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: A ntip ad
S el ect G rou nd & A ntip ad :

1. Select the o b j ects na med : A ntip ad , G rou nd
To com p l ete the g rou nd ob j ect:

B la nk P a r ts : G rou nd
T o o l P a r ts : A ntip ad
C lo ne to o l o b j ects b ef o r e s ub tr a ct: U ncheck ed

8.3


X : -0 . 5 , Y : -1 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
Set G rid P l ane

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > G rid P lane > X Z

8.3
Create Source
To create source:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : -0 . 1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ource

8.3
Assign Excitation

1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : 0. 5 , Y : 0. 0, Z : -0. 1, P r es s the E n ter k ey

d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0. 1, P r es s the E n ter k ey

8.3


X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : -0 . 4 5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
D u p l ic ate O b j ec ts
To du p l icate the ex isting ob j ects:
1. Select the menu item E dit > Selec t A ll V isib le. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item, E dit > Du p lic ate > A rou nd A x is.
1. A x is : X
2 . A ng le: 1 8 0
To f it the v iew:
Set G rid P l ane

1. Select the menu item 3D Modeler > G rid P lane > X Y

8.3

Create V ia
To create the v ia:
To set the name:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: V ia
To f it the v iew:

X : -5 . 0 , Y : -1 0 . 0 , Z : -0 . 2 , P r es s the E nter k ey

8.3
Create Ground Via

To create the Ground Via:
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the Val ue o f N am e ty p e: Via_ GN D
To f it the v iew :
S et W ork ing Coordinate S y s tem

To s et the w ork ing coordinate s y s tem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Co o rdinat e S ys t em > S et W o rk ing CS
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: Gl ob al
To s et the def aul t m aterial :

8.3
Create Board
To create the board:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 2 0 . 0 , d Y : 4 0 . 0 , d Z : -0 . 9 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: B oard
Create A i r
To create the A i r:
X : -1 5 . 0 , Y : -2 5 . 0 , Z : -5 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: A i r
2.

8.3
Assign Perfect H/Natural Boundaries

To a ssig n P erf ect H B ou n d a ry

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > P er f ect H
Boundary D isp lay

To v erif y the bou n d a ry setu p :
1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar y D is p lay ( So lv er V iew )

N ote: T he P er f ect C o nd ucto r s a r e d is p la y ed a s the sm eta l b o und a r y .
N ote: Select the menu item, V iew > V is ib ility to hid e a ll o f the
g eo metr y o b j ects . T his ma k es it ea s ier to s ee the b o und a ry
3 . C lick the C lose b utto n w hen y o u a r e f inis hed .

8.3
Analysis Setup

T a r g et: 0 . 0 5

Sto p : 1 0 . 0 G H z
C o unt: 9 0 1

8.3
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ n on i d eal g n d
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

8.3
Solution Data





8.3
Create Reports
2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 ) a n d S t( p 1 , p 2 )
3 . F unction: d B

8.3
Create Terminal S21 Plot v s F req u enc y

To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p2 )
3 . F unctio n: d B
To ad d d ata m ark er to th e P l ots

1. Select the menu item Report2 D > D ata M ark er
2 . M o v e cur s o r to the r es o na nt p o ints o n the p lo tting cur v e a nd click the lef t

mo us e b utto n
3 . W hen y o u a r e f inis hed p la cing ma r k er s a t the r es o na nces , r ig ht-click the
mo us e a nd s elect E x i t M ark er M od e.

8.3

8.3
Field Overlays

Select the Relative CS XY Plane
1. S elec t Relative CS3 XY
N o te: Relative CS3 XY plane is the plane b etw een the tw o G rou nd
planes.
1. S olu tion: Setu p 1 : Sw eep 1
2 . I ntrinsic V ariab les: F r eq : 1 . 9 G H z ; Phas e: 0 d eg
4 . I n V olu m e: B o ar d
5 . C lic k the D o ne b u tton
T o m o d if y the attr ib u tes o f a f ield p lo t:

1. S elec t: E F ield
3 . E-F ield W indow :
1. S elec t U s e L im its
2 . Min: 5
3 . Max: 3 50 0
4 . S c ale: L o g
2 . C lic k the Plo ts Tab
1. S c alar P lot: F r ing e
2 . C lic k the Clo s e b u tton

8.3
Create Field Overlay A dditio n al Freq u en c y P o in ts

To modify the Frequency of a field plot:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Fields > Modify Plot
1. Select: E Field
1. So lutio n: S etup1 : S w eep1
2 . F r eq : 6 . 8 4 G H z

8.4
Example R et u r n P at h
Return Path
This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e the
return path examples used in the B oundary/ E xcitations O v erv iew f or the A nsof t
H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
Port2 Port3
Port1
8.4
Getting Started

the Ansoft > HFSS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .

1. Select the m enu item T ool s > O p ti ons > HFSS O p ti ons

C h e c k e d
3 . Select the m enu item T ool s > O p ti ons > 3 D M od e l e r O p ti ons.




8.4


8.4
Set Model Units

To set the units:

8.4
Create Conductor
To create the conductor:
1. Select the menu item Draw > Line
X : -5 . 0 , Y : -0 . 2 4 , Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -0 . 2 4 , Z : 1 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
6 . U s ing the mo us e, r ig ht-click a nd s elect D one
To s et the g ri d p l ane:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d el er > G rid P l ane > Y Z
To create conductor p rof i l e:

1. Select the menu item Draw > R ec t ang l e
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the b a s e r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 1 2 , d Z : 0 . 0 2 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: C ond
To S w eep the p rof i l e:

1. Select the menu item E d it > S el ec t A l l V is ib l e. O r p r es s the C TR L + A k ey
2 . Select the menu item Draw > S weep > A l o ng P at h
3 . C lick the O K b utto n w hen the Sw eep a lo ng p a th d ia lo g a p p ea r s
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A l l > A c t iv e V iew.

8.4
Duplicate Conductor
To select the object:
To d u p li ca te the con d u ctor :

1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p lica te > Alo n g L in e.
1. F ir s t P o int: X : 0 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . Seco nd P o int: d X : 0 . 0 , d Y: 0 . 2 4 , d Z: 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
M irror Conductor
To d u p li ca te the ex i sti n g objects:
X : 0 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 1 . 0 , d Y: 0 . 0 , d Z: 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
G roup Conductors
To g r ou p the con d u ctor s:

8.4
Create Ground
r ecta ng le:
d X : 4 . 0 , d Y : 2 . 0 , d Z : -0 . 0 2 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et the nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: G N D
M i rror Ground
To s el ect the ob j ect G N D :
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G N D
To m i rror the ground:

1. Select the menu item, E d i t > Du p l i c at e > M i rror.

8.4
Set Grid Plane

C reate So u rc e
X : 5 . 0 , Y : -0 . 0 6 , Z : 0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 1 2 , d Z : -0 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
To f it the v iew :

8.4
Assign Excitation

1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : 5 . 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0. 1, P r es s the E n ter k ey

8.4
Create Source2
To select Source:
To m i rror th e source:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > M ir r o r .
Create Source3
To select Source:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Source_ 1
To m i rror th e source:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > M ir r o r .
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 1 2 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey

8.4
Add New Material

1. Material N am e: M y _ F R 4

8.4
Set Grid Plane

C reate Su b s trate
To c reate su b strate:
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the o p p o s ite co r ner o f the b a s e r ecta ng le:
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: S u b strate
To set the transparenc y :

2 . C lick the b utto n f o r T r a ns p a r ency
1. M o v e the s lid e b a r to 0 . 8 ( O p a q ue= 0 , T r a ns p a r ency = 1 )
M irro r Su b s trate
To selec t the ob j ec t su b strate:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : S u b strate
To m irror the grou nd:

1. Select the menu item, E dit > Du p lic at e > Mirror.

8.4

C reate A ir
To c reate the A ir:

3 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the op p osite corner of the base
rectangle:
dX : 1 0 . 4 , dY : 4 . 0 , dZ : 2 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey
To set the n ame:
To fit the v iew :

A ssig n R adiation
To selec t the ob j ec t A ir:
1. S elect the m enu item E d i t > S e l e c t > By N am e
To assig n P erfec t H B oun dary

1. S elect the m enu item H F S S > Bou n d ari e s > A s s i g n > R ad i at i on

8.4
Boundary Display


8.4
Analysis Setup

T a r g et: 0 . 0 5

Sto p : 1 5 . 1 G H z
C o unt: 3 0 1

8.4
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ retu rn path
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

8.4
Solution Data





8.4
Create Reports
2 . Q uantity : S t( p 1 , p 1 ) , S t( p 1 , p 2 ) , S t( p 1 , p 3 )
3 . F unction: d B

8.4
Create Terminal S-P arameter P lo t v s F req u enc y

To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) , S t( p1 , p2 ) , S t( p1 , p3 )
3 . F unctio n: d B
4 . C lick the D on e b utto n.
N oD C
R etu rn P ath

8.4
Return Path A d d a D C Return Path

We will continue our investigation by adding a connection between th e two
ground p lanes. T h e D C return p ath will be th e p ath of least resistance.
DC
R e tu rn P a th

8.4
Copy the Design

To copy the entire design:
1. Using the project manager,
1. R ight-cl ick on H F S S M odel 1 , and choose Copy
2 . Using the project manager,
1. R ight-cl ick on hf ss_ retu rnpa th, and choose P a s t e
O pen the 3 D M od el E d itor

To open the 3 D M odel E ditor:
1. R ight-cl ick on H F S S M odel 2 and choose 3 D M od e l E d i t or
S et Def a u l t M a ter ia l
To set the def a u l t m a teria l :
1. Using the 3 D M od el er M aterial s tool b ar, choose pec

8.4
Create DC Path
To create the DC path:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 2 . 0 , d Y : -0 . 1 2 , d Z : 0 . 0 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: DCP ath

8.4
Save Project
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save
Analyze
A n al y z e
1. Select the menu item H FSS > A n aly z e
T o O p en A l l E x i s ti n g R ep ort
To open al l reports:
1. Select the menu item H FSS > R es u lt s > O p en A ll R ep o r t s

8.4
Return Path A d d a RF Return Path

We will continue our investigation by adding an RF return path between the two
ground planes. T he RF return path will be the path of least inductance.
RF Return Path

8.4
Copy the Design

To copy the entire design:
1. R ight-cl ick on H F S S M odel 1 , and choose Copy
2 . Using the project manager,
1. R ight-cl ick on hf ss_ retu rnpa th, and choose P a s t e
O pen the 3 D M od el E d itor

To open the 3 D M odel E ditor:
1. R ight-cl ick on H F S S M odel 3 and choose 3 D M od e l E d i t or
S et Def a u l t M a ter ia l
To set the def a u l t m a teria l :
1. Using the 3 D M od el er M aterial s tool b ar, choose pec

8.4
Create RF Path
To create the RF path:
3 . U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the r a d ia l p o int:
X : -0 . 9 7 2 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : -0 . 9 7 2 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 1 . 0 7 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 1 . 0 7 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
6 . U s ing the mo us e, r ig ht-click a nd s elect D on e
To s et the g ri d pl an e:
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o d el er > G rid P l ane > Y Z
To create the prof i l e:

1. Select the menu item Draw > R ec t ang l e
X : -1 . 0 , Y : -0 . 0 6 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 1 2 , d Z : -0 . 0 2 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: RFP ath
To S w eep the prof i l e:

1. Select the menu item E d it > S el ec t > B y N am e
1. Select the o b j ects na med : P ol y l i n e2 , RFP ath
3 . Select the menu item Draw > S weep > A l o ng P at h

8.4
Mirror Conductor
To duplicate the existing objects:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : R F P ath
3 . Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > M ir r o r .
G roup Conductors
To gr oup the conductor s:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : R F P ath, R F P ath_ 1

8.4
Save Project
1. In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save
Analyze
A n al y z e
1. Select the menu item H FSS > A n aly z e
T o O p en A l l E x i s ti n g R ep ort
To open al l reports:
1. Select the menu item H FSS > R es u lt s > O p en A ll R ep o r t s

Chapter 9.0
Chapter 9.0 E M C/ E M I E x am pl es
9.1 H e a t S i n k
9.2 - E n c l o s u r e

9.1
Example H eat S i n k
Heat Sink
heat sink using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
W ith hig her powers and microwav e clock speeds, containing emissions f rom
heat sink s f or microelectronics is rapidly b ecoming a necessity. W e will
inv estig ate the perf ormance of a sing le g rounding conf ig uration. The f ollowing
illustrations detail the passiv e dev ice you will b e creating :
H e a t S in k
G r o u n d P in s
Top View
G r o u n d P la n e
H e a t S in k /G r o u n d /G r o u n d P in s = P e r fe c t C o n d u c to r
2

9.1

P rim itiv es: Box, Rectangle

B ound aries: P er f ect H , P er f ect E
R esults
Ei genm od e D ata
F ield s: E- & H -F i eld

9.1
Design Review
F ree S pa ce= ? ?
Port Size/Type
T he goa l of this simula tion is to determine the effectiveness of va rious
grounding conditions a t reducing the ra dia ted emissions from a hea t sink .
T here a re two methods we could use to a na ly z e this prob lem:
M eth od 1 : D efine a port which will ex cite the structure a nd
mea sure the ra dia ted emissions some dista nce from the model to
determine the resona nt freq uencies. F rom the ra dia ted
emissions, the low freq uency performa nce ca n b e determined.
T his ca n b e very computer intensive a nd depending on the
loca tion of the ex cita tion, modes ca n b e missed.
M eth od 2 : U se the E igenmode solver to determine the na tura l
resona nces of the hea t sink . T his will not give us the ra dia ted
emissions, b ut it will q uick ly tell us which configura tion reduces
the low freq uency emissions.
L ets try C a se 2 . T he E ignemode solver does not use ports so we only
ha ve to define the geometry a nd the b ounda ry conditions.
F ree Spa c e
T he E igenmode S olver does not support ra dia tion b ounda ries.
T herefore, we will a pply a perfect H b ounda ry to the outside of the model
to simula te free spa ce.

9.1
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




9.1

1. C hoose E i g enm od e

9.1
Set Model Units

To set the units:
C r ea te a n A ir b ox
C r ea te A ir b ox

r ecta ng le:
d X :1 6 0 .0 , d Y :1 2 0 .0 , d Z :4 4 . 1 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: A ir
To set the W ir ef r a m e v iew :

2 . D is p la y W ir ef r a me: C hec k ed
To f it the v iew :

9.1
Assign a Perfect H boundary to Air

To select the Air:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select All
To a ssig n the P erf ect H b ou n d a ry

1. Select the menu item H F SS > B o u n da r ies > As s ig n > P er f ect H
2 . P er f ect H B o und a r y w ind o w
1. N a me: O p en
S et D efaul t M aterial
To set the d ef a u lt m a teria l:
1. T y p e p ec in the S ea rch b y N a m e f ield
C reate th e Heat S ink

C rea te H ea t S in k
1. Select the menu item D r a w > B o x
X : -4 4 . 4 5 , Y : -3 1 . 7 5 , Z : 6 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 8 8 . 9 , d Y : 6 3 . 5 , d Z : 3 8 . 1 P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n a m e:
2 . F o r the V a lu e o f N a m e ty p e: S in k
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it All > Activ e V iew .

9.1

Create CS
X : -4 4 . 4 5 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 6 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create a G rou nd P in 1
Create G ro u n d P i n 1
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -3 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 6 . 0 , d Y : 6 . 0 , d Z : -6 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: G ro u n d _ P i n

9.1
Create Ground Pin 2

To select the object G r ou n d _ P i n :
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G r ou n d _ P i n
To cr ea te G r ou n d P i n 2:
1. Select the menu item, Edit > D u p licate > A lo n g L in e.
1. F ir s t P o int: X : 6 . 0 , Y: 0 . 0 , Z: 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . Seco nd P o int: d X : 8 2. 9 , d Y: 0 . 0 , d Z: 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
S et W ork ing Coordinate S y s tem

To set the w or k i n g coor d i n a te sy stem :
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G loba l

9.1
Create Ground
To create ground:
r ecta ng le:
d X : 1 6 0 . 0 , d Y : 1 2 0 . 0 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To s et th e nam e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: G round
A s s i g n a P erf ec t E b oundary to th e Ground

To s el ect th e ground:
To as s i gn th e P erf ect E b oundary


9.1
Mesh Operations
To select an object:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : G r ou nd
To assi g n a m esh op er ati on:

1. Select the menu item, H F SS > M es h O p er atio n s > A s s ig n > O n Selectio n >
L en g th Bas ed
2 . E lement L eng th B a s ed R ef inement D ia lo g .
1. N a me: G r ou nd
2 . R es tr ict L eng th o f E lements : U nch eck ed
3 . R es tr ict N umb er o f E lements : C hec k ed

4 . M a x imum N umb er o f E lements : 1 0 0 0

9.1
Analysis Setup

M inimum F r eq uency : 0 . 1 G H z
N umb er o f M o d es : 2
M a x imum D elta F r eq uency p er P a s s : 1%
Sav e P ro j ec t
2 . F r o m the S av e A s w ind o w , ty p e the F ilena me: h f ss_ h eat_ sink
Analyz e

M a na g er .
Analyz e

9.1
Solution Data



To view the E ig enm od e Data:
1. C lick the E ig nem od e Data T a b
N ote: T o v iew a r ea l-time up d a te o f the E ig enmo d e D a ta , s et

the Simula tio n to Setup 1 , L as t A d ap tive

9.1
Field Overlays

Mode 1: E-F i el d

9.1
Edit Sources
To Excite Mode 2:
1. So ur ce: Eig en Mode_ 1
1. M a g nitud e: 0
2 . P ha s e: 0
2 . So ur ce: Eig en Mode_ 2
1. M a g nitud e: 1
2 . P ha s e: 0
Mode 2: E-F i el d

9.1

3 . Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > M ag _ H
2 . Q ua ntity : M ag _ H
E dit S o u rc es
To E x cite M ode 2 :
1. Select the menu item H F SS > F ields > Edit So u r ces
1. So ur ce: E ig en M ode_ 1
1. M a g nitud e: 1
2 . P ha s e: 9 0
2 . So ur ce: E ig en M ode_ 2
1. M a g nitud e: 0
2 . P ha s e: 0
Mode 2 : H-F i el d
Mode 1: H-F i el d

9.2
Example S h i eld ed En c lo s u r e
Shielded Enclosure
shielded enclosure using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
S hielding enclosures f or hig h-speed dig ital desig ns can b e compromised b y

slots and apertures. Theref ore an understanding of the energ y coupling
mechanisms is essential.

9.2

P rim itiv es: Box, Rectangle, Cylinder
B oolean: U nite, Su b tract

B ound aries: L u m p ed RL C, Radiation
R esults
R ep orts: S-P aram eters
F ield s: E-F ield

9.2
References
1. EMI from Shielding EnclosuresF D T D Modeling a nd Mea surement s, Min L i,
Elect roma gnet ic C omp a t ib ilit y L a b ora t ory , U niv ersit y of Missouri-R olla

9.2
Getting Started



C h e c k e d




9.2


9.2
Set Model Units

To set the units:
C r ea te th e A ir I nside c a se
C r ea te A ir I nsid e C a se
r ecta ng le:
d X : 2 2 . 0 , d Y : 1 4 . 0 , d Z : 3 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the na m e:
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f N a m e ty p e: A ir _ I nsid e
To f it the v iew :

9.2
Create the Slot

Create Slot
r ecta ng le:
d X : -0 . 0 5 , d Y : 0 . 1 , d Z : 1 2 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: Slot
Create an A i r b ox
Create an A i r b ox
X : -4 . 0 5 , Y : -4 . 0 5 , Z : -4 . 0 5 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: A i r
3 . D is p la y W ir ef r a me: Ch ec k ed
Create O f f s et Coord i n ate Sy s tem

Create CS
1. Select the menu item 3 D M od e l e r > C oord i n at e S y s t e m > C re at e > R e l at i v e
C S >O ffs e t
X : 1 7 . 0 , Y : 1 4 . 0 , Z : 1 5 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey

9.2
Create Coax Dielectric

To create the coax dielectric:
1. From the Drawing Plane toolbar, change the active plane to X Z .
X: 0.0, Y : 0.0, Z : 0.0, Pres s the E n ter k ey
d X: 0.1 6 , d Y : 0.0, d Z : 0.0, Pres s the E n ter k ey
d X: 0.0, d Y : 2 .05 , d Z : 0.0, Pres s the E n ter k ey
To s et the n am e:
1. S elect the A ttrib u te tab f rom the P rop erties wind ow.
2 . For the V alu e of N am e ty pe: C oax_ D iel
To f it the v iew :
1. S elect the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew
G rou p O b j ects
To g rou p the ob j ects :
1. S elect the menu item E dit > S elec t > B y N am e
1. S elect the obj ects named : A ir_ I n s ide, C oax_ D iel, S lot
2 . C lick the O K bu tton.
3 . S elect the menu item, 3 D M o deler > B o o lean > U nit e
To f it the v iew :
1. S elect the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew.
S et Def au lt M aterial
To s et the def au lt m aterial:
1. U s ing the 3 D M od eler M aterials toolbar, choos e S elect
2 . S elect Def inition W ind ow:
1. T y pe p ec in the S earch b y N am e f ield

9.2
Create Coax Shield

To create the coax shield:
X: 0. 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

d X: 0. 2 1 , d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0.0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

d X: 0. 0, d Y : 2 . 05 , d Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

To set the n am e:
2 . For the V alu e of N am e ty pe: C oax_ S hield
To f it the v iew :
Create Coax P in
To create the coax p in :
X: 0. 0, Y : 2 . 05 , Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

d X: 0. 08 , d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0.0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

d X: 0. 0, d Y : -1 5 . 8 9 , d Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E n ter k ey

To set the n am e:
2 . For the V alu e of N am e ty pe: C oax_ P in
To f it the v iew :

9.2

2 . S elect the menu item Draw > Circle
X: 0. 0, Y : 2 . 05 , Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the rad iu s of the circle:
d X: 0. 16 , d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0.0, Pres s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
1. S elect the A ttrib u te tab f rom the P roperties wind ow.
2 . For the V alu e of N am e ty pe: p1
To select the ob j ect p1:
1. S elect the menu item E d it > S elect > B y N am e
1. S elect the obj ects named : p1
To assig n w av e port ex citation
1. S elect the menu item H F S S > E x cit at io n s > A s s ig n > W av e P o rt
2 . W ave Port : G eneral
1. N ame: p1,
2 . C lick the N ex t bu tton
3 . W ave Port : T erminals
1. N u mber of T erminals : 1,
2 . For T1, click the U nd ef ined colu mn and s elect N ew L ine
3 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the vector pos ition
X: 0. 16 , Y : 2 . 05 , Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E nter k ey
4 . U s ing the coord inate entry f ield s , enter the vertex
d X: -0. 08 , d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0. 0, Pres s the E nter k ey
5 . C lick the N ex t bu tton
4 . W ave Port : Dif f erential Pairs
1. C lick the N ex t bu tton
5 . W ave Port : Pos t Proces s ing
1. R ef erence I mped ance: 5 0
6 . C lick the F inish bu tton

9.2

Create CS
X : 0 . 0 , Y : -1 3 . 8 4 , Z : 0 . 0 P r es s the E n ter k ey
Create R esistor
T o c reate th e R es i s to r:
1. F r o m the D r a w ing P la ne to o lb a r , cha ng e the a ctiv e p la ne to X Y .
2 . Select the menu item Draw > R ec tang le
X : -0 . 0 8 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 0 . 1 6 , d Y : -0 . 1 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: R es i s to r

9.2
Assign a Lumped RLC boundary to the Resistor

1. Select the o b j ects na med : R esi stor

1. Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > L u mp ed R L C
2 . L ump ed R L C B o und a r y w ind o w
1. N a me: R esi stor
2. R esi sta nce: 4 7 ohm

3 . C ur r ent F lo w L ine: N ew L i ne
1. P o int 1 : X: 0 . 0 , Y : 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter K ey
2 . P o int 2 : d X: 0 . 0 , d Y : -0 . 1 6 , d Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter K ey
S et W ork ing Coordinate S ystem

To set the w ork i ng coordi na te sy stem :
1. F r o m the lis t, s elect the C S: G lob a l

9.2
Create the Case

Create Case
X : -0 .0 5 , Y : -0 .0 5 , Z : -0 .0 5 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 2 2 .1 , d Y : 1 4 .1 , d Z : 3 0 .1 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
T o set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: Case
G ro u p O b j ec ts
T o g ro u p th e o b j ec ts:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Case, Co ax _ S h i el d

3 . Select the menu item, 3 D M od e l e r > Bool e an >U n ite


9.2
Complete the Case

To select the objects:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : C a se, A i r _ I n si d e
To com p lete the ca se:

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > Su b tr act
B la nk P a r ts : C a se
T o o l P a r ts : A i r _ I n si d e
Cr eate R ad i ati on B ou n d ar y
To cr ea te a r a d i a ti on bou n d a r y
1. Select the o b j ects na med : A i r
3 . Select the menu item H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > R adiatio n
1. N a me: R a d 1

9.2
Analysis Setup


Sto p : 1 . 6 G H z
C o unt: 2 0 1

9.2
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ en cl osu re
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

9.2
Solution Data





9.2
Create Reports
To create a report:
2 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) ,
3 . F unctio n: d B

9.2
Create Reports (Continued)
Custom Equations O utp ut V ar iab l e s

1. R ep o r t T y p e: T e r m i n a l S P a r a m e t e r s
2 . D is p la y T y p e: R e c t a n g u l a r

P =
Vs2
8Z o
( 1 S 11
2
)
P o w er D eliv er ed
1. C lick the O u t p u t V a r i a b l e s b utto n
2 . O utp ut V a r ia b les d ia lo g : V s So ur ce V o lta g e ( 1 mV )

1. N a me: P d e l i v e r e d _ n W Z o -5 0
2 . E x p r es s io n:
(1mv)^2/8*50 = 2.5e-9
T y p e: 2 . 5 * ( 1 -
C a teg o r y : T e r m i n a l S P a r a m e t e r s
Q ua ntity : S t ( p 1 , p 1 )
F unctio n: m a g
C lick the I n s e r t Q u a n t i t y i n t o E x p r e s s i o n b utto n
T y p e: ^ 2 )
4 . C lick the D o n e b utto n
3 . So lutio n: S e t u p 1 : S w e e p 1
4 . D o ma in: S w e e p
1. C a teg o r y : O u t p u t V a r i a b l e s
2 . Q ua ntity : P d e l i v e r e d _ n W
3 . F unctio n: < n o n e >
4 . C lick the A d d T r a c e b utto n

9.2

9.2
Field Overlays
1. Select an object to overlay fields
1. Select th e m enu item Edit > Select > By Name

2 . Select O bject D ialog ,
1. Select th e objects nam ed: A ir
2 . C lick th e O K bu tton
N ote: Y ou can also select th e object from th e M odel T ree

2 . Select th e m enu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > M ag _ E
1. Solu tion: S etu p1 : S w eep1
2 . F req : 0 . 8 9 G H z
3 . Q u antity: M ag _ E
5 . C lick th e D on e bu tton

1. Select th e m enu item H F SS > F ields > M o dif y P lo t A ttr ib u tes
2 . Select P lot F older W indow :
1. Select: E F ield
1. C lick th e S cale tab
2 . M in: 5
3 . M ax : 6 0 0
4 . Scale: L og
2 . C lick th e P lot tab
1. I soV alT yp e: I s oV alS u rface
2 . C lick th e A pply bu tton.
4 . C lick th e C los e bu tton

9.2
Field Overlays
To modify the Frequency of a field plot:
1. Select the menu item HFSS > Fields > Modify Plot
1. Select: E Field
1. So lutio n: S etup1 : S w eep1
2 . F r eq : 1 . 0 8 G H z
1.08 GHz
1.5 1 GHz

Chapter 10.0
Chapter 10.0 O n -Chi p P as s i v es E x am pl es

10.1 S p i r a l I n d u c t o r

10.1
Example S i li c o n S pi r al I n d u c t o r
The Silicon Spiral Inductor

This example is intended to show you how to create, simulate, and analyz e a 2 . 5
turn spiral inductor using the A nsof t H F S S D esig n E nv ironment.
N o m i n al D esi g n :
Sp i ral : 2 . 5 T, W = 1 5 um, S = 1 . 5 um, R ad= 6 0 um
M 6 , 2 um, = 2 . 8 e7 S / m
U n d erp ass: M 5 , 0 . 5 um, = 2 . 8 e7 S / m
P assi v ati o n
Stac k up : M 6
P assi v ati o n : 0 . 7 um O x id e M 5
r = 7 . 9
O x i d e: 9 . 8 um
r = 4 . 0
Substrate: 3 0 0 um
Substrate
r = 1 1 . 9 , = 1 0 S / m

10.1
Getting Started

select the A n s o f t > H F SS 9 p rog ram g rou p . C lick H F SS 9 .


C h e c k e d




10.1


10.1
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1. Select U nits : um
1. F o r the M a ter ia l N a m e ty p e: M y _ S ub
2 . F o r the V a l ue o f R el a tiv e P er m ittiv ity ty p e: 1 1 . 9
3 . F o r the V a l ue o f B ul k C ond uc tiv ity ty p e: 1 0

10.1
Create Substrate
X : -2 7 0 . 0 , Y : -2 7 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 5 4 0 . 0 , d Y : 5 4 0 . 0 , d Z : 3 0 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set the n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ub

1. C lick the A d d M ateri al b utto n
1. F o r the M ateri al N am e ty p e: M y _ O x i d e
2 . F o r the V al ue o f R el ati v e P erm i tti v i ty ty p e: 4 . 0

10.1
Create Oxide
X : -2 7 0 . 0 , Y : -2 7 0 . 0 , Z : 3 0 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 5 4 0 . 0 , d Y : 5 4 0 . 0 , d Z : 9 . 8 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: O x i d e
S et D ef au l t M aterial
To set th e d ef aul t m ateri al :
1. C lick the A d d M ateri al b utto n
1. F o r the M ateri al N am e ty p e: M y _ P ass
2 . F o r the V al ue o f R el ati v e P erm i tti v i ty ty p e: 7 . 9

10.1
Create P as s i v ati o n
X : -2 7 0 .0 , Y : -2 7 0 .0 , Z : 3 0 9 .8 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 5 4 0 .0 , d Y : 5 4 0 .0 , d Z : 0 .7 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: P ass
S et D ef au l t M ateri al
To set th e d ef aul t m ateri al :
Create A i r
To create ai r:
X : -2 7 0 .0 , Y : -2 7 0 .0 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 5 4 0 .0 , d Y : 5 4 0 .0 , d Z : 6 0 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: A i r

10.1

S e le c t th e m e n u ite m Edit > Select > By Name
S e le c t O b je c t D ia lo g ,
S e le c t th e o b je c t s n a m e d : Air
C lic k th e O K b u tto n
To crea te a ra d ia tion bou n d a ry
S e le c t th e m e n u ite m H F SS > Bo u n dar ies > A s s ig n > R adiatio n
R a d ia tio n B o u n d a r y W in d o w
N a m e :R a d 1
Create G round
To crea te g rou n d :
S e l e c t t h e m e n u i t e m D r aw > R ectan g le
U s in g th e c o o r d in a te e n tr y fie ld s , e n te r th e b o x p o s itio n
X : -2 7 0 . 0 , Y : -2 7 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r e s s t h e E n t e r k e y
U s in g th e c o o r d in a te e n tr y fie ld s , e n te r th e o p p o s ite c o r n e r o f th e b a s e
r e c ta n g le :
d X :5 4 0 .0 , d Y :5 4 0 .0 , d Z :0 .0 , P re s s th e E n te r k e y
T o s e t th e n a m e :
S e l e c t t h e Attribu te t a b f r o m t h e P rop erties w i n d o w .
F o r t h e V a lu e o f N a m e t y p e : G rou n d
To f it the v iew :
S e l e c t t h e m e n u i t e m V iew > F it A ll > A ctiv e V iew .

10.1
Assign a Perfect E boundary to the Ground


H ide D iel ectrics

To hi de the di electri cs:
1. Select the menu item Edit > Select A ll V is ib le
2 . Select the menu item V iew > H ide Selectio n > A ll V iew s
S et D efaul t M aterial
To set the def a ult m a teri a l:
1. C lick the A dd M a teri a l b utto n
1. F o r the M a teri a l N a m e ty p e: M y _ M et
2 . F o r the V a lue o f B ulk C onducti v i ty ty p e: 2 . 8 e7
C reate O ffset C oordinate S ystem

To crea te a n of f set C oordi na te S y stem :
1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > C o o r din ate Sys tem > C r eate >
R elativ e C S > O f f s et
X : 0 .0 ,Y : 0 .0 ,Z : 3 0 4 . 8 , P r es s the E nter k ey

10.1
Create Spiral Path

To create the path:
X : -6 0 . 0 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 7 6 . 5 , Y : -6 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 7 6 . 5 , Y : 7 6 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : -7 6 . 5 , Y : 7 6 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 9 3 . 0 , Y : -7 6 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 9 3 . 0 , Y : 9 3 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : -9 3 . 0 , Y : 9 3 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
11. U s ing the co o r d ina te entr y f ield s , enter the v er tex p o int:
X : 1 0 9 . 5 , Y : -9 3 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 1 0 9 . 5 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
X : 1 3 1 . 0 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
15 . U s ing the mo us e, r ig ht-click a nd s elect D on e

10.1
Create the Spiral

To c reate c ondu c tor prof ile:

X : -6 0 . 0 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : -1 5 . 0 , d Y : 0 . 0 , d Z : 2 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: S piral
To S w eep the prof ile:

1. Select the o b j ects na med : P oly line1 , S piral

1. Select the menu item Draw > S w eep > A long Pat h
To f it the v iew :

10.1
Set Grid Plane

C reate U nderp as s
To c reate u nderpass:
X : -6 0 .0 , Y : 7 .5 , Z : -0 .8 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : -7 5 .0 , d Y : -1 5 .0 , d Z : -0 .5 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: U nderpass
To f it the v iew :

10.1
Create Via1
To create via:
X : -6 0 .0 , Y : 7 .5 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -1 5 .0 , d Y : -1 5 .0 , d Z : -0 .8 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: V ia1
To f it th e view :
Create Via2
To create via:
X : -1 2 0 .0 , Y : 7 .5 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -1 5 .0 , d Y : -1 5 .0 , d Z : -0 .8 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: V ia2
To f it th e view :

10.1
Create Feed
To create feed:
X : -1 2 0 .0 , Y : 7 .5 , Z : 0 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -2 2 .0 , d Y : -1 5 .0 , d Z : 2 .0 , P r es s the E n ter k ey
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: F eed
To fi t th e v i ew :
S o l v e I n s i de Co n du c to rs
To s ol v e i n s i de:
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S e l e c t A l l V i s i b l e
2 . Select the menu item E d i t > P rop e rt i e s
3 . P r o p er ties D ia lo g
1. So lv e I ns id e: C h eck ed
C lick the O K b utto n f o r a ll w a r ning mes s a g es ( So lv ing ins id e a s o lid w ith hig h
co nd uctiv ity ma y r eq uir e a la r g e mes h)
S eed M es h Co n du c to rs s et f o r S o l v e I n s i de
To s ol v e i n s i de:
1. Select the menu item E d i t > S e l e c t A l l V i s i b l e
2 . Select the menu item H F S S > M e s h O p e rat i on s > A s s i g n > I n s i d e

S e l e c t i on > L e n g t h Bas e d
3 . E lement L eng th B a s ed R ef inement D ia lo g
1. R es tr ict L eng th o f E lements : U n ch eck ed
2 . R es tr ict N umb er o f E lements : C h eck ed
3 . M a x imum N umb er o f E lements : 5 0 0 0

10.1

2 . S elect Def inition W indow :
1. T y p e p ec in the S earc h b y N ame f ield
C reate G ro un d R in g
To c reate outer rin g :
X : -2 2 5 . 0 , Y : -2 2 5 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 4 5 0 . 0 , dY : 4 5 0 . 0 , dZ : 2 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: R in g
To fit the v iew :

1. S elect the m enu item V ie w>F it A ll >A c tiv e V ie w
C reate I n n er R in g
To c reate in n er rin g :
X : -2 1 0 . 0 , Y : -2 1 0 . 0 , Z : 0 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

dX : 4 2 0 . 0 , dY : 4 2 0 . 0 , dZ : 2 . 0 , P ress the E n ter k ey

To set the n ame:
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: I n n er
To fit the v iew :

1. S elect the m enu item V ie w>F it A ll >A c tiv e V ie w

10.1
Complete the Ring

To select the objects Ring and Male:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : Ring, I nner
To com p lete the r ing:

1. Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > Su b tr act
B la nk P a r ts : Ring
T o o l P a r ts : I nner
Cr ea te E x tens ion 1
To cr eate ex tension:
1. Select the menu item D r aw > Bo x
X : -1 5 7 . 0 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : -5 3 . 0 , d Y : -1 5 . 0 , d Z : 2 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set the nam e:
1. Select the A ttr ibu te ta b f r o m the P r op er ties w ind o w .
2 . F o r the V alu e o f N am e ty p e: Ring_ E x t1
To f it the v iew :
1. Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A ctiv e V iew

10.1
Create Extension 2
To create extension:
X : 1 4 6 . 0 , Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 0 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
d X : 6 4 . 0 , d Y : -1 5 . 0 , d Z : 2 . 0 , P r es s the E nter k ey
To set th e nam e:
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N am e ty p e: R ing _ E xt2
1. Select the menu item V i e w > F i t A l l > A c t i v e V i e w
G rou p th e Cond u c tors

To g rou p th e cond u ctors:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : R ing , R ing _ E xt1 , R ing _ E xt2

3 . Select the menu item, 3 D M od e l e r > Bool e an >U n ite


10.1
Create Source 1
To create source:
X : -14 2 . 0, Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 1. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : -15 . 0, d Y : -15 . 0, d Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ource1
A s s i g n E x ci tati on
To sel ect th e ob j ect S ource:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : S ource1
To assi g n l um p ed p ort ex ci tati on
1. Select the menu item H F S S > E x ci tati o ns > A s s i gn > L u m p ed P o rt
1. N a me: p 1,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : -15 7 . 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 1. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : 15 . 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey

10.1
Create Source 2
To create source:
X : 13 1. 0, Y : 7 . 5 , Z : 1. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
r ecta ng le:
d X : 15 . 0, d Y : -15 . 0, d Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
To set th e n am e:
2 . F o r the V al ue o f N am e ty p e: S ource2
A s s i g n E x ci tati on
To sel ect th e ob j ect S ource:
1. Select the o b j ects na med : S ource2
To assi g n l um p ed p ort ex ci tati on
1. Select the menu item H F S S > E x ci tati o ns > A s s i gn > L u m p ed P o rt
1. N a me: p 2 ,
3 . R ea cta nce: 0
X : 14 6 . 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 1. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey
d X : -15 . 0, d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E n ter k ey

10.1
Show All
To show all object
1. Select the menu item View > Show All > All Views
B ou n d a r y D i s p la y
To v er i f y the bou n d ar y setu p :
1. Select the menu item H F SS > B ou n d a r y D isp la y ( Solv er View)

N ote: T he b a ck g r o und ( P er f ect C o nd ucto r ) is d is p la y ed a s the ou ter
b o und a r y .
N ote: Select the menu item, View > Visib ilit y to hid e a ll o f the
3 . C lick the C lose b utto n w hen y o u a r e f inis hed

10.1
Analysis Setup

T a r g et: 0 . 0 5

Sto p : 2 0 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 1 G H z

10.1
Save Project
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ spi ral _ i n d u ctor
Analyze
M anag er .
A n al y z e

10.1
Solution Data





10.1
Create Reports

To Create a report:
3 . Q ua ntity : S t( p1 , p1 ) , S t( p2 , p1 )
4 . F unctio n: d B

10.1


Im(Ynn )
Qnn =
3 . T r a ces W ind o w : Re(Ynn )
2 . O utp ut V a r ia b les d ia lo g :
1. N a me: Q 1 1
C a teg o r y : T e r m i n a l Y P a r a m e t e r s
Q ua ntity : Yt ( p 1 , p 1 )
F unctio n: i m
T y p e: /
F unctio n: r e
4 . R ep ea t f o r Q 2 2 , b y r ep la cing Yt ( p 1 , p 1 ) w ith Yt ( p 2 , p 2 )
2 . Q ua ntity : Q 1 1 , Q 2 2
3 . F unctio n: a b s

10.1


1
Lnn =
3 . T r a ces W ind o w : 2 f im(Ynn )
2 . O utp ut V a r ia b les d ia lo g :
1. N a me: L 1 1
T y p e: -1 / ( 2 * p i * f r e q *
C a teg o r y : T e r m i n a l Y P a r a m e t e r s
F unctio n: i m
T y p e: )
2 . Q ua ntity : Y1 1
3 . F unctio n: n o n e

10.1
Port
Appendix Al t er na t iv e L u m ped P o r t s
G S G
PEC Bridge

10.1
Port
G S G
gap
G S G
Lumped
gap
P o rt

10.1
Port
G S G
G S G
Via
Lumped Port Via
G roun d B ri dg e

Presentation
Overview 1
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 T raining Seminar P1-1

Presentation
Overview 1
Quick Example C o ax T ee H F S S H ig h F r eq uen cy S t r uct ur e S imulat o r

F u l l -W a v e 3 D f i e l d s o l v e r
S o lv e s fo r th e fie ld s in a n a r b itr a r y v o lu m e
C o a x C e n t e r Pi n
C o a x D ie le c tr ic
O u te r B o u n d a ry
C o a x S h ie ld

Presentation
Overview 1
Starting HFSS
Click the Microsoft Start b u tton , select P ro g ram s , a n d select the Ansoft > HFSS 9 > HFSS 9.
O r D ou b le click on the H F S S 9 icon on the W in d ow s D esktop
A d d ing a D e s ign
W hen y ou first sta rt H F S S a n ew p roj ect w ill b e a u tom a tica lly a d d ed to the P roj ect T ree.
T o a d d a n H F S S D esig n to the p roj ect, select the m en u item P r oj e c t > I nse r t HFSS D e si g n
Toolbar: I n s e r t H F S S D e s i g n

Presentation
Overview 1
Ansoft Desktop
M e n u
b a r
T o o lb a r s
3 D M o d e le r
W in d o w
Pr o j e c t
M a n a g e r
w ith p r o je c t
tre e
Pr o g r e s s
M e s s a g e
W in d o w
M a n a g e r
S ta tu s
b a r
Pr o p e r t y W i n d o w

Presentation
Overview 1
Ansoft Desktop P r oj ec t M a na g er
Multiple Designs per Project
Multiple Projects per Desk top
I ntegra ted O ptim etrics S etup
R eq uires L icense f or A na ly sis
Pr o j e c t M a n a g e r W i n d o w
Pr o j e c t
D e s ig n
D e s ig n S e tu p
D e s ig n A u to m a tio n
P a ra m e tr ic
O p tim iz a tio n
S e n s itiv ity
S ta tis tic a l D e s ig n R e s u lts

Presentation
Overview 1
Ansoft Desktop 3 D M od el er 3 D M o d e le r W in d o w
a re a
3 D M o d e le r
d e s ig n tr e e E d g e
V e rte x
C o o r d in a te S y s te m (C S )
Pl a n e
C o n te x t m e n u O r ig in
F a c e
M o d e l

Presentation
Overview 1
Set Solution Type

To set the solution type:
1 . Select the menu item HFSS > Solution Type
2 . So lutio n T y p e W ind o w :
1 . C ho o s e D r iv en M od a l
H F SS - Solution Types
D r iv en M od a l - ca lcula tes the mo d a l-b a s ed S-p a r a meter s . T he S-ma tr ix s o lutio ns w ill b e ex p r es s ed in ter ms o f the
incid ent a nd r ef lected p o w er s o f w a v eg uid e mo d es .
G ener a liz ed S-p a r a meter s
D r iv en Ter m ina l - ca lcula tes the ter mina l-b a s ed S-p a r a meter s o f multi-co nd ucto r tr a ns mis s io n line p o r ts . T he S-
ma tr ix s o lutio ns w ill b e ex p r es s ed in ter ms o f ter mina l v o lta g es a nd cur r ents .
E ig nem od e ca lcula te the eig enmo d es , o r r es o na nces , o f a s tr uctur e. T he E ig enmo d e s o lv er f ind s the r es o na nt
f r eq uencies o f the s tr uctur e a nd the f ield s a t tho s e r es o na nt f r eq uencies .
C o nv er g ence
D r iv en M od a l D elta S f o r mo d a l S-P a r a meter s . T his w a s the o nly co nv er g ence metho d a v a ila b le f o r D r iv en
So lutio ns in p r ev io us v er s io ns .
D r iv en Ter m ina lNew D elta S f o r the s ing le-end ed o r d if f er entia l no d a l S-P a r a meter s .
E ig enm od e - D elta F

Presentation
Overview 1
Set Model Units

To set the units:
1 . Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Units
1 . Select U nits : m m
1 . U s ing the 3 D M o d eler M a ter ia ls to o lb a r , cho o s e S el ec t
1 . T y p e p ec in the S ea r c h b y N a m e f ield

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler C rea t e a P ri m i t i v e
Po i n t 1
Po i n t 1
G r i d Pl a n e
Po i n t 3
B a s e R e c ta n g le
Po i n t 2
Po i n t 2
Po i n t 3
T h e C o o r d in a te E n try fie ld s a llo w e q u a tio n s to b e e n te r e d fo r p o s itio n v a lu e s .

E x a m p le s : 2 *5 , 2 + 6 + 8 , 2 * c o s ( 10 * ( p i / 18 0 ) ) .
V a r ia b le s a r e n o t a llo w e d in th e C o o r d in a te E n tr y F ie ld
Note: T r ig fu n c tio n s a re in r a d ia n s

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler O b j ec t P rop ert i es A ttr ib u te s

C o m m a n d s
C o m m a n d s
A ttr ib u te s

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler A t t ri b u t es

Presentation
Overview 1
Set Grid Plane

To set the Grid Plane:
Select the menu item 3D Modeler > Grid Plane > XY
C reate C o ax Pin
To c reate the c oax p in:
1 . Select the menu item Draw > C y linder
X: 0. 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 0, P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 0. 8 6 , d Y : 0. 0, d Z : 0.0, P r es s the E nter k ey
d X: 0. 0, d Y : 0. 0 d Z : 6 . 0, P r es s the E nter k ey
C ontinu ed on N ex t Pag e

Presentation
Overview 1
Create Coax Pin (Continued)

To Parameterize the Height
1 . Select the C omman d ta b f r o m the Prop erties w i n d o w
2 . H ei g ht: H, P r es s the Tab k ey
3 . A d d V a r i a b le D i a lo g
1 . V a lu e: 6 mm
2 . C li ck the O K b u tto n
To s et the n ame:
1 . Select the A ttrib u te ta b f r o m the Prop erties w i n d o w .
2 . F o r the V al u e o f N ame ty p e: C oax _ Pin
To s et the c ol or:
2 . C li ck the E d it b u tto n
To s et the tran s p aren c y :
To f in is h ed itin g the ob j ec t p rop erties
To f it the v iew :
1 . Select the m en u i tem View > Fit All > Active View

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler - V i ew s
View > Modify Attributes >
O rien ta tion P r e d e f i n e d / C u s to m V ie w A n g le s
L ig h tin g C o n t r o l a n g l e , i n te n s ity , a n d c o lo r o f lig h t
P roj ec tion C o n t r o l c a m e r a a n d p e rs p e c tiv e
B a c k g roun d C ol or C o n t r o l c o lo r o f 3 D M o d e le r b a c k g r o u n d
View > Visibil ity - C o n t r o l s t h e d i s p l a y o f : 3 D M o d e l e r O b j e c t s ,

C o lo r K e y s , B o u n d a r ie s , E x c ita tio n s , F ie ld P lo ts
View > O p tion s S t e r e o M o d e , D r a g O p t i m i z a t i o n , C o l o r K e y D e f a u l t s
View > R en der > W ire F ra m e o r S m ooth S h a ded ( D e f a u l t )
View > C oordin a te S ystem > H ide o r S m a l l ( L a rg e)
View > G rid S ettin g C o n t r o l s t h e g r i d d i s p l a y
Toolbar: T o g g l e G r i d V i s i b i l i t y

Presentation
Overview 1
Changing the View

Toolbar
Pr e d e f i n e d V i e w A n g l e s
Pa n Z o o m In /O u t Top
R o ta te D y n a m ic Z o o m
C on t e x t M e n u L e ft R ig h t
B ot t om
S h ort c u t s
Since changing the view is a frequently used operation, some useful shortcut k eys ex ist. P ress the
appropriate k eys and drag the mouse with the left b utton pressed:
A L T + D rag R otate
I n addition, there are 9 pre-defined view angles that can b e selected b y holding the A L T k ey and
doub le click ing on the locations shown on the nex t page.
S h i f t + D rag - P an
A L T + S h i f t + D rag D ynamic Z oom

Presentation
Overview 1

Using the 3D Modeler Materials toolbar, choose v ac uum
C reate C o ax
To c reate the c oax :
1 . S elect the m enu item Draw > Cylinder
2 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the center p osition
X: 0. 0, Y : 0. 0, Z : 0. 0, P ress the E n ter k ey
4 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the radiu s of the cy linder
dX: 2 . 0, dY : 0. 0, dZ : 0.0, P ress the E n ter k ey
5 . Using the coordinate entry f ields, enter the height of the cy linder
dX: 0. 0, dY : 0. 0 dZ : 6 . 0, P ress the E n ter k ey
To P arameteriz e the Heig ht
1 . S elect the C omman d tab f rom the P rop erties w indow
2 . H eight: H, P ress the Tab k ey
To set the n ame:
1 . S elect the A ttrib ute tab f rom the P rop erties w indow .
2 . F or the V alue of N ame ty p e: C oax
To fit the v iew :
1 . S elect the m enu item V iew > F it A ll > A c t iv e V iew

Presentation
Overview 1
Create Excitation
Face Selection
Select the menu item Edit > Select > Faces
B y mo v ing the mo us e, g r a p hica lly hig hlig ht the to p f a ce o f the C o a x o b j ect
C lick the lef t mo us e b utto n to s elect the f a ce
A s s ig n E x citation
Select the menu item H FSS > Ex citatio n s > A ssig n > W av e P o r t
1 . N a me: p 1 ,
1 . R eno r m: C h eck ed
2 . V a lue: 5 0
4 . C lick the Finis h b utto n

Presentation
Overview 1

1 . Select the menu item Edit > Select > Objects
C r ea te T ee
T o cr ea te T ee:
1 . Select the menu item Edit > Select A ll V isible. O r p r es s the C T R L + A k ey .
2 . Select the menu item, Edit > D u p lica te > A r o u n d A x is.
1 . A x is : X
2 . A ng le: 9 0
1 . Select the menu item V iew > F it A ll > A ctiv e V iew .

Presentation
Overview 1
Duplicate boundaries with geometry

Works with all boundaries and excitations
1 . S elect the m enu item Tools > Options > HFSS Options
2 . H F S S O p tions Window:
1 . C lick the General tab
U se Wiz ards f or data entry when creating new boundaries: C h ec k ed
D up licate boundaries with g eom etry : C h ec k ed
E xam p le:
A ssig n an E xcitation to the f ace of an obj ect
D up licate the obj ect around an axis three tim es
T he E xcitation is autom atically dup licated

Presentation
Overview 1
Unite Conductors
Select Conductors
1 . Select the menu item Edit > Select > By Name
1 . Select the o b j ects na med : Coa x _ P i n, Coa x _ P i n_ 1 , Coa x _ P i n_ 2
U ni te
1 . Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > U n ite
Unite Coa x
Select Coa x
1 . Select the menu item Edit > Select > By Name
1 . Select the o b j ects na med : Coa x , Coa x _ 1 , Coa x _ 2
U ni te
1 . Select the menu item 3 D M o deler > Bo o lean > U n ite
Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 T raining Seminar P1-2 0

Presentation
Overview 1
HFSS - So l u t i o n Se t u p
Creating an Analysis Setup Add Solution Setup
1 . Select the menu item HFSS > Analysis Setup > Add Solution Setup
1 . C lick the G eneral ta b :
P ick ing the A d a p t F r eq uency
See U ser G uid e C h apter 2
A d a p t F re q u e n c y

Presentation
Overview 1
Adding a Frequency Sweep

To add a frequency sweep: Add Sweep
1 . Select the menu item HFSS > Analysis Setup > Add Sweep
1 . Select So lutio n Setup : S et up1
1 . Sw eep T y p e: F ast
2 . F r eq uency Setup T y p e: L i near S t ep
Sto p : 1 0 . 0 G H z
Step : 0 . 1 G H z
HFSS Fr e q u e n c y Sw e e p
D isc r ete So lv es us ing a d a p tiv e mes h a t ev er y f r eq uency
M a tr ix D a ta a nd F ield s a t ev er y f r eq uency in s w eep
Fast - A L P S
M a tr ix D a ta a nd F ield s a t ev er y f r eq uency in s w eep
I nter po lating A d a p tiv ely d eter mines d is cr ete s o lv e
p o ints us ing the a d a p tiv e mes h
M a tr ix D a ta a t ev er y f r eq uency in s w eep s
F ield s a t la s t a d a p tiv e s o lutio n

Presentation
Overview 1
Save Project
1 . In an Ansoft HFSS window, select the menu item File > Save As.
2 . Fr om the S ave A s window, ty p e the Filename: hf ss_ coax _ tee
Analyze
1 . Select the menu item H FSS > V alid at io n C h ec k
N ote: T o v iew any er r or s or war ning messag es, use the M essag e M anag er .
A n al y z e
1 . Select the menu item H FSS > An aly z e
Validate A n aly z e

Presentation
Overview 1
Create Reports
To create a report:
1 . Select the menu item HFSS > Results > Create Report
1 . R ep o r t T y p e: M od al S P aram eters
1 . So lutio n: S etu p1 : S w eep1
1 . C a teg o r y : Term i n al S P aram eter
2 . Q ua ntity : S ( p1 , p1 ) , S ( p1 , p2 ) , S ( p2 , p3 )
3 . F unctio n: d B

Presentation
Overview 1
Field Overlays
1 . Select an object to overlay fields
1 . Select th e m enu item Edit > Select > By Name
2 . Select O bject D ialog ,
1 . Select th e objects nam ed: C oax
2 . Select th e m enu item H F SS > F ields > P lo t F ields > M ag _ E
1 . Solu tion: S etu p1 : L as tA daptiv e
2 . Q u antity: M ag _ E
4 . C lick th e D on e bu tton
1 . Select th e m enu item H F SS > F ields > M o dif y P lo t A ttr ib u tes
2 . Select P lot F older W indow :
1 . Select: E F ield
1 . C lick th e S cale tab
1 . Select U s e L im its
2 . M in: 5
3 . M ax : 2 50 0 0
4 . Scale: L og
2 . C lick th e P lot tab
1 . I soV alT yp e: I s oV alS u rface
2 . C lick th e A pply bu tton.
4 . C lick th e C los e bu tton

Presentation
Overview 1
What is HFSS?
HFSS Hi g h Fr e q u e n c y St r u c t u r e Si m u l a t o r
A r b i t r a r y 3 D V o l u m e t r i c F u l l -W a v e F i e l d S o l v e r
Ansoft Desktop
A d v a n c e d A C IS b a s e d M o d e lin g
T r u e P a r a m e tr ic T e c h n o lo g y D y n a m ic E d itin g
P o w e r fu l R e p o r t G e n e r a tio n
D y n a m ic F ie ld V is u a liz a tio n
D e s ig n F lo w A u to m a tio n
O p tim e tr ic s /A n s o ft D e s ig n e r /A n s o ftL in k s
Ad v a nc ed M a ter i a l T y pes
F r e q u e n c y D e p e n d e n t M a te r ia ls
N o n -l i n e a r M a t e r i a l s
A n is o tr o p ic M a te r ia ls
Ad v a nc ed B ou nd a r y C ond i ti ons
R a d ia tio n a n d P e r fe c tly M a tc h e d L a y e r s
S y m m e tr y , F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity , In fin ite P la n e s , R L C , a n d L a y e r e d Im p e d a n c e
M a s te r /S la v e U n it C e lls
Ad v a nc ed S ol v er T ec h nol og y
A u to m a tic C o n fo r m a l M e s h G e n e r a tio n
A d a p tiv e M e s h G e n e r a tio n
In te r n a l/E x te r n a l E x c ita tio n s In c lu d e s L o s s
A L P S F a s t F re q u e n c y S w e e p
E ig e n m o d e

Presentation
Overview 1
Common HFSS Applications

Antenna
P la n a r A n te n n a s -P a tc h e s , D ip o le s , H o r n s , C o n fo r m a l C e ll P h o n e A n te n n a s , S p ir a ls
W a v e g u id e C ir c u la r /S q u a re H o rn s
W ir e D ip o le , H e lix
A rra y s -In fin ite A rra y s , F r e q u e n c y S e le c tiv e S u r fa c e s ( F S S ) & P h o to n ic B a n d G a p s ( P B G )
R a d a r C ro s s S e c tio n (R C S )
M ic r o w av e
F ilte rs C a v ity F ilte r s , M ic r o s tr ip , D ie le c tr ic
E M C /E M I S h ie ld E n c lo s u r e s , C o u p l i n g , N e a r - o r F a r -F i e l d R a d i a t i o n
C o n n e c to rs C o a x , S F P /X F P , B a c k p la n e , T r a n s itio n s
W a v e g u id e F ilte r s , R e s o n a to r s , T ra n s itio n s , C o u p le r s
S ilic o n /G a S a -S p ir a l In d u c to r s , T ra n s fo rm e rs
S i g nal I nteg r i ty / H i g h -S p eed D i g i tal

P a c k a g e M o d e lin g B G A , Q F P , F lip -C h ip
P C B B o a rd M o d e lin g P o w e r /G ro u n d p la n e s , M e s h G r id G r o u n d s , B a c k p la n e s
C o n n e c to rs S F P /X F P , V H D M , G B X , N e x L e v , C o a x
T r a n s itio n s D iffe r e n tia l/S in g le -e n d e d V ia s

Presentation
Overview 1
What Information does HFSS Compute?

Matrix Data
M o d a l/T e r m in a l/D iffe r e n tia l
S-, Y -, a n d Z -P a r a m e t e r s
V SW R
E x c ita tio n s
C o m p le x P r o p a g a tio n C o n s ta n t ( G a m m a )
Z o
F u l l -W a v e Sp i c e
F u l l -W a v e Sp i c e B r o a d b a n d M o d e l
L u m p e d R L C L o w F re q u e n c y M o d e l
P a r tia l F r a c tio n -M a tla b
E x p o r t F o r m a t s H SP I C E , P SP I C E , C a d e n c e Sp e c t r a , a n d M a x w e l l SP I C E
C o m m o n D is p la y F o r m a ts :
R e c ta n g u la r , P o la r
Sm i t h C h a r t
D a ta T a b le s
C o m m o n O u tp u t F o rm a ts :
N e u t r a l M o d e l s F i l e s ( N M F ) ( O p tim etric s onl y )
P a r a m e tr ic R e s u lts
T o u c h s to n e , D a ta T a b le s , M a tla b , C iti
G r a p h ic s W in d o w s C lip b o a r d

Presentation
Overview 1
What Information does HFSS Compute? ( C o n t in u ed )

Fields
M o d a l/T e r m in a l/D iffe r e n tia l
E le c tr ic F ie ld
M a g n e tic F ie ld
C u r r e n t ( V o lu m e /S u r fa c e )
P o w e r
S p e c ific A b s o r p tio n R a te
R a d ia tio n
2 D / 3 D F a r -/ N e a r -F i e l d s
A rra y s
R C S
F ie ld C a lc u la to r
U s e r D e fin e d F ie ld C a lc u la tio n s
C o m m o n D is p la y F o r m a ts
V o lu m e
S u rfa c e
V e c to r
2 D R e p o r ts R e c ta n g u la r , P o la r , R a d ia tio n P a tte r n s
C o m m o n O u tp u t F o rm a ts :
A n im a tio n s A V I, G IF
D a ta T a b le s
G r a p h ic s W in d o w s C lip b o a rd , B M P , G IF , J P G , T IF F , V R M L

Presentation
Overview 1
What is the Technology Behind the HFSS Field Solver?

Volumetric Field Solver
T y p e : Full-W a ve
S o l u t i o n M e t h o d : 3 D Fin ite E lemen t M eth od ( FE M )
A ccura cy : If there were no limits on the size of the matrix and on the numb er of dig its
for c omp utation, there would b e no limit to the ac c urac y of the F inite E lement M ethod!
M e s h T y p e : C on f orma l Vertex: E x p l i c i t l y S o l v e d
M e s h E l e m e n t : T etra h edron
M e s h P r o c e s s : A da p tive
C o n v e r g e n c e : C omp lex M a g n itude E d g e: E x p l i c i t l y S o l v e d
C h a n g e in S-P a ra meters ( D elta S)
E x cita tion s - P ort Solver
S o l u t i o n M e t h o d : 2 D Fin ite E lemen t M eth od F a c e: I n t e r p o l a t e d
M e s h P r o c e s s : A da p tive
Freq uen cy Sw eep s
F a s t F re q u e n c y S w e e p : A L P S
M a tr ix D a ta a n d F ie ld s a t e v e r y fr e q u e n c y in s w e e p
S u p p o r t s s w e e p s a s l a r g e a s 10 0 0 0 d a t a p o i n t s f r o m a s i n g l e s o l u t i o n .
In te r p o la tin g S w e e p
A d a p tiv e D is c r e te S w e e p w ith c u r v e fittin g
S u p p o r t s s w e e p s a s l a r g e a s 10 0 0 0 d a t a p o i n t s . N u m b e r o f d i s c r e t e s o l u t i o n
p o in ts v a r ie s w ith r e s p o n s e .

Presentation
Overview 1
I nitial M es h
Adaptive Refinement
Adaptive Mesh Refinement a u to m a tic a lly

tu n e s th e m e s h to th e e le c tr ic a l
p e r fo r m a n c e o f th e d e v ic e . T h is e n s u re s
s im u la tio n s a r e c o r r e c t th e fir s t tim e .
Mesh C o nver g enc e: R e a l -T i m e u p d a te o f
p e r fo r m a n c e p e r a d a p tiv e s o lu tio n .
M a tr ix D a ta
F ie ld s

Presentation
Overview 1
The Process
Design
S o l u t io n T y p e
1 . 1 . B o u nd a r ies
1 . P ar am e t r ic M o d e l
G eom etr y / M a ter ia ls
1 . 2 . E x c it a t io ns
4 . 1 M esh
O p er a t io ns
2. Analysis
Solution Setup
F r eq uenc y Sw eep
M esh
A na l y z e S o lv e
R ef inem ent
3 . R e su lt s
2 D R epor ts N O
C o nv er ged
F ield s
4 . S o lv e L o o p
Y E S
U p d a te
F inish ed

Presentation
Overview 1
In itia l S o lu tio n
Seed i ng a nd P o rt So l ut i o n
I ni t i a l M es h L a m b d a R ef i nem ent ( A d a pt i v e)
( Si ng l e Frequency) P o r ts O n ly &
F r e q u e n c y Sw e e p
Ful l V o l um et ri c So l ut i o n
( S-P a ra m et ers / E -Fi el d s )
N o A d a p tiv e M e s h in g
R ef i ne M es h
( G ra d i ent o f E -Fi el d N o
a t Si ng l e Frequency)
A d a p tiv e M e s h L o o p C h eck C o nv erg ence YES
( D el t a S) Frequency Sweep
Ful l V o l um et ri c So l ut i o n
( S-P a ra m et ers / E -Fi el d s )

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler Model T ree

Select menu item 3D Modeler > Group by Material
M a te r ia l
O b je c t
O b je c t C o m m a n d H is to r y
Grouped by Material O bj ec t V iew

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler C om m a n ds
Parametric Technology
D ynamic E d its - C hange D imens ions
A d d V ariab les
Proj ect V ariab les ( G lob al) or D es ign V ariab les ( L ocal)
A nimate G eometry
I nclu d e U nits D ef au lt U nit is meters
S u p p orts mix ed U nits

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler P ri m i t i v es
2D Draw Objects
The following 2D Draw objects are available:
R ectangle, C ircle, L ine, P oint, S p line,
E llip se, R egu lar P oly gon ( v8 . 5 circle)
3 D Draw Objects
The following 3 D Draw objects are available:
B ox , C y lind er, S p here, Toru s, H elix , B ond W ire,
C one, R egu lar P oly hed ron ( v8 . 5 cy lind er)
Toolbar: 2 D O b j e c t s Toolbar: 3 D O b j e c t s

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler T ru e S u rf a c es
Cylinder T ru e S u rf a c e
V 9 .0 V 8 .5
A da p t iv e R ef inem ent
Pr e s e r v e s F a c e t s
D e f a u l t : 3 0
I nit ia l M es h A da p t iv e R ef inem ent

A u t o m a t ic V o lu m e
Co rrec t io n ( D o es no t p res erv e
F a c et s )

Presentation
Overview 1
Splitting versus Subtracting objects

Two or more true surface objects overlapping
P erform S plit of objects for M esh ing purposes
1 . M ove coord inate sy stem to a d esired position
2 . S elect multiple objects to split
3 . S elect 3D Modeler > Boolean > Split
4 . S elect d esired split plane and B oth sets of objects to k eep.
R e la tiv e C S
O riginal M od el
( overlaps between two cy lind ers)
N o need to C opy -> S ubtract-> P aste
R ecommend ed approach
Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler B oolea n O p era t i on s / T ra n s f orm a t i on s

3D Modeler > Boolean >
Unite c o m b i n e m u l t i p l e p r i m i t i v e s
U n i t e d i s j o i n t o b j e c t s ( S ep a r a te B o d ies to s e p a ra te )
S u b tr a c t r e m o v e p a r t o f a p r i m i t i v e fro m a n o th e r
I nter s ec t k e e p o n l y t h e p a r t s o f p r i m itiv e s th a t o v e r la p
S p l it b r e a k p r i m i t i v e s i n t o m u l t i p l e p a rts a lo n g a p la n e ( X Y , Y Z , X Z )
Toolbar: B o o l e a n
3D Modeler > S u rf ac es > Mov e F ac es R e s i z e o r R e p o s i t i o n a n o b j e c t s f a c e a l o n g a n o r m a l o r v e c t o r .

E di t > A rrang e >
M o v eT r a n s la te s th e s tru c tu re a lo n g a v e c to r
R o ta te R o t a t e s th e s h a p e a ro u n d a c o o r d in a te a x is b y a n a n g le
M ir r o r M i r r o r s t h e s h a p e a ro u n d a s p e c ifie d p la n e
O f f s et P e r f o r m s a u n ifo r m s c a le in x , y , a n d z .
Toolbar: A r r a n g e
E di t > Du p li c at e >
A l o ng L ines C r e a t e m u l t i p l e c o p i e s o f a n o b j e c t a l o n g a v e c t o r
A r o u nd A x is C r e a t e m u l t i p l e c o p i e s o f a n o b j e c t r o t a t e d b y a f i x e d a n g l e a r o u n d t h e x , y , o r z a x i s
M ir r o r - M i r r o r s t h e s h a p e a r o u n d a s p e c i f i e d p l a n e a n d c r e a t e s a d u p l i c a t e
Toolbar: D u p l i c a t e
E di t > S c ale A l l o w s n o n -u n i f o r m s c a lin g in th e x , y , o r z d ir e c tio n

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler - S elec t i on
Selection Types
Object (Default)
F ace
E d g e
V er tex
Selection M od es
A ll Objects
A ll V i s i ble Object
B y N am e
H ig h lig h t Selection D yna m ica lly By default, moving the mouse pointer over an object will dynamically
highlight the object for selection. T o select the object simply click the left mouse button.
M ulti p le Object S electi o n H old the C T R L k ey down to graphically select multiple objects
N ex t B eh i n d T o select an object located behind another object, select the front object, press the b k ey to get
the nex t behind. N ote: T he mouse pointer must be located such that the nex t behind object is under the
mouse pointer.
T o Di s able: S elect the menu item Tools > Options > 3D Modeler Options
F rom the Di s p lay T ab, uncheck H i g h li g h t s electi o n d y n am i cally
S e le c te d
D y n a m ic a lly H ig h lig h te d
( O n ly fr a m e o f o b je c t)

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler Mov i n g A rou n d
S t e p 1: S t a r t Po i n t S te p 2 : H o ld X k e y a n d s e le c t v e r te x p o in t
E d g e C e n te r S n a p
Toolbar: S n a p M o d e
S te p 3 : C T R L + E n te r K e y s s e t a lo c a l r e fe r e n c e S te p 4 : H o ld Z k e y a n d s e t h e ig h t

Presentation
Overview 1
3D Modeler C oordi n a t e S y s t em
Can be Parameterized
Working Coordinate System
Cu rrentl y s el ec ted CS . T h is c an be a l o c al o r g l o bal CS
G l ob al CS
T h e def au l t f ix ed c o o rdinate s y s tem
R el ativ e CS
U s er def ined l o c al c o o rdinate s y s tem.
O f f s et
R o tated
B o th Toolbar: C o o r d i n a t e S y s t e m
F ac e CS ( s etting av ail abl e to au to matic al l y s w itc h to f ac e c o o rdinate s y s tem in th e 3 D M o del er O p tio ns )
S t e p 1: S e l e c t F a c e S te p 2 : S e le c t O r ig in
C o n e c r e a te d w ith F a c e C S
C h a n g e B o x S iz e a n d C o n e is
a u to m a tic a lly p o s itio n e d w ith
th e to p fa c e o f th e b o x
S t e p 3 : S e t X -A x i s N e w W o r k in g C S
Presentation
Overview 1
HFSS M a t r i x D a t a
HFSS > Results > Solution Data
Export
N M F , T ou c h s ton e , D a ta T a b l e s , e tc
N O T E : M a k e s u re th e S i m u l a ti on i s s e t to a S w e e p b e f ore e xporti n g . T h e A d a pti v e P a s s e s w i l l on l y e xport a
s i n g l e f re q u e n c y poi n t.
Eq u i v a l e n t C i rc u i t Export
H S P I C E, P S P I C E, S pe c tre , M a xw e l l S P I C E

Presentation
Overview 1
Results D a ta M a n a g em en t
HFSS > Results > Browse Solutions
Solved model variations are retained.
U nless oth erw ise notif ied b y H F SS.
HFSS > Results > C lea n U p Solutions
HFSS > Results > I m p ort Solutions

Presentation
Overview 1
Results C r ea te Rep o r ts
HFSS > Results > Create Report
Output Variables
U ser D ef in ed E q uatio n s

Presentation
Overview 1
Fields
Select Object Volume, Surface, or Line to display fields
HFSS > Fields > Plot Fields >
M odify P lot Solution/ F req uency/ Q ty
P lot A ttributes
E dit Sources C h ang e E x citation

Presentation
Overview 1
Mesh Display
Field Overlay
1 . S elec t an o b j ec t
2 . S elec t t h e m en u it em HFSS > Fields > Plot Mesh

Presentation
Overview 1
Menu Structure
Draw P r im itiv e s
3 DM o d e le rS e ttin g s a n d B o o le a n O p e r a tio n s
E d it A r r a n g e , D u p lic a te
H F S S B o u n d a r ie s , E x c ita tio n s , M e s h O p e r a tio n s , A n a ly s is S e tu p , R e s u lts

Presentation
Overview 1
Measure
3D Modeler > Measure >
P osi t i on P o i n t s a n d D i s t a n c e
L en g t h E d g e L e n g t h
A rea S u r f a c e A r e a
V olum e O b j e c t V o l u m e
Position Points

Presentation
Overview 1
Options G e ne r a l
Tools > Options > General
Temp Directory L o c a t i o n u s e d d u r i n g s o l u t i o n p r o c e s s
M a k e s u r e it is a t le a s t 5 1 2 M B fr e e d is k .
Options - H F S S
Tools > Options > H F S S
N u m b e r o f P ro c e s s o r s R e q u ir e s a d d itio n a l lic e n s e
H F S S v 9 .0 a n d H F S S v 9 .1
S e t to 8 0 % o f P h y s ic a l R A M
H F S S v 9 .2
D e s ir e d R A M L i m i t l e a v e i t u n c h e c k e d f o r a u t o -d e t e c t
HFSS v9.1 HFSS v9.2

Presentation
Overview 1
Converting Older HFSS Projects to HFSS v9

From HFSS v9.0,
1 . S e le c t th e m e n u ite m File > Open
2 . O p e n d ia lo g
1 . F ile s o f T y p e : A n s of t L e g a c y E M P roj e c t s ( .c l s )
2 . B ro w s e to th e e x is tin g p r o je c t a n d s e le c t th e .c ls file
3 . C lic k th e O p e n b u tto n
W h a t i s C on ve rt e d ?
C o n v e r ts E n tir e M o d e l: G e o m e tr y /M a te r ia ls /B o u n d a r y /S o u r c e s /S e tu p
Solutions, O p tim e tr ic s p r oj e c ts a nd M a c r os a r e not c onv e r te d
L ega cy L icense
E x is tin g c u s to m e rs u s in g H F S S v 8 .5 s h o u ld h a v e r e c e iv e d le g a c y lic e n s e s w ith th e n e w v 9 .0 lic e n s e s .
T h e s e lic e n s e s a llo w y o u to ru n e ith e r v 9 .0 o r v 8 .5 .
E a s y tr a n s itio n fro m v 8 .5 to v 9 .0
C o n ta c t y o u r A c c o u n t M a n a g e r if th is fe a tu r e is n o t a v a ila b le .

Presentation
Overview 1
Recommended Service Packs (SP) PC onl y

Microsoft Windows XP - S P1 or h ig h e r
Microsoft Windows 2 0 0 0 S P3 or h ig h e r
Microsoft Windows N T S P6 a
U p dat ing D rivers

U p da te y ou r D ire ctX driv e rs to v e r9 . 0 b
h ttp : / / www. m icrosoft. com / dire ctx
U p da te y ou r v ide o driv e rs to th e l a te st a v a il a b l e from th e ca rd m a nu fa ctu re r
I ncreasing M emory al l ocat ion H F SS v9 . 2

With th e re l e a se of H F S S v 9 . 2 y ou ca n a cce ss su p to 3 G B of R a m on PC
A l l a b ou t 3 G B switch , su p p orte d O S
h ttp : / / su p p ort. m icrosoft. com / de fa u l t. a sp x ? scid= k b ; e n-u s; 2 9 1 9 8 8
H ow to u se / 3 G B switch
h ttp : / / m sdn. m icrosoft. com / l ib ra ry / de fa u l t. a sp ? u rl = / l ib ra ry / e n-u s/ ddtool s/ h h / ddtool s/ b ootini_ 1 fcj . a sp
Possib l e p rob l e m s
h ttp : / / su p p ort. m icrosoft. com / de fa u l t. a sp x ? scid= k b ; e n-u s; 3 2 8 2 6 9

Presentation
Overview 1
Unix Operating Systems

HPUX 11.0
S o l a r i s 2 .8 a n d 2 .9
N o te : R e q u ir e s O p e n G L
N o t e : Pl e a s e p e r f o r m r e q u i r e d O S u p d a t e s o u t l i n e d i n r e a d m e f i l e o n t h e C D
C o mmo n D esk to p ( C D E )
T h e r e is a n i s s u e w i t h HF S S d i a l o g b o x e s m o v i n g b e h i n d t h e m a i n w i n d o w . T h e f o l l o w i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s d e s c r i b e
h o w to p re v e n t th is :
S e le c t Tools > Desktop Controls
S e le c t W i nd ow S ty le M a na g er
F ro m th e S ty le M a n a g e r W in d o w
Un c h e c k A llow P ri m a ry W i nd ow s on Top

Presentation
Overview 1
Project Files
Everything regarding the project is stored in an ascii f il e
F il e: <p r o j e c t _ n a m e > . h f s s
D ou b l e cl ick f rom W indow s Ex pl orer w il l open and l au nch H F S S v9
R esu l ts/ M esh are stored in a f ol der nam ed <p r o j e c t _ n a m e > . h f s s r e s u l t s
L ock f il e: <p r o j e c t _ n a m e > . l o c k . h f s s
C reated w hen a project is opened
A u to S ave F il e: <p r o j e c t _ n a m e > . h f s s . a u t o
W hen recovering, sof tw are onl y check s date.
I f error occu rred w hen saving the au to f il e, the date w il l b e new er then the original .
L ook at f il e siz e ( P rovided in recover dial og)
S crip ts
D ef au l t S cript recorded in v9
V isu al B asic S cript
R em ote S olv es ( W in d ow s O n ly )
Tools > Options > General
U ses D C O M

Presentation
Overview 1
Ansoft Designer SV
Ansoft Designer SV is a full-featured sub set of Ansoft' s c om m erc ially d istrib uted Ansoft Designer
Ansoft Designer SV c ontains a c om p lete h igh -freq uenc y linear c irc uit sim ulator, sc h em atic and lay out d esign entry ,
p ow erful d esign utilities, and p ost-p roc essing, all integrated in an easy -to-use env ironm ent. T h e softw are also
inc lud es a c om p lete set of linear d istrib uted transm ission line m od els, d isc ontinuities, v end or c om p onent p arts, and
id eal c irc uit elem ents.
Ansoft Designer SV allow s th e sim ulation of S-, Y -, and Z -p aram eters, group d elay , noise figure, and stab ility
c irc les of R F and m ic row av e c irc uits. U tilities inc lud e real-tim e tuning, filter and T R L sy nth esis, and Sm ith T ool
m atc h ing. P ost-p roc essing inc lud es rec tangular p lots, Sm ith C h arts, p olar p lots, and d ata tab les. Ad d itionally ,
Ansoft Designer SV c om es w ith a set of real-w orld ex am p les.
Free Download: w w w . ansoft. c om / ansoftd esignersv

Presentation
Overview 1
For Technical Support

The following link will direct you to the Ansoft Support Page. The Ansoft Support Pages prov ide additional
docum entation, training, and application notes. W eb Site: http: / / www.ansoft.com / support.cfm
A pplication E ng ineers f or N orth A m erica

The nam es and num b ers in this list m ay change without notice
9-4 E ST:
Burlington, MA
( 7 8 1 ) 2 2 9-8 90 0 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
9-4 M ST:
Bould e r, C O
( 3 0 3 ) 5 4 1 -95 2 5 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
9-4 PST:
S a n J os e , C A
( 4 0 8 ) 2 6 1 -90 95 x 0 Ask for Technical Support
E l S e gund o, C A
( 3 1 0 ) 4 2 6 -2 2 8 7 Ask for Technical Support

Presentation
Boundary/Excitations - O v e rv ie w 2
Why are They Critical?

F o r m o s t p r a c tic a l p r o b le m s , th e s o lu tio n to M a x w e lls e q u a tio n s r e q u ir e s a
r ig o r o u s m a tr ix a p p r o a c h s u c h a s th e F in ite E le m e n t M e th o d ( F E M ) w h ic h
is u s e d b y A n s o ft H F S S .
T h e w a v e e q u a tio n s o lv e d b y A n s o ft H F S S is d e r iv e d fr o m th e
d iffe r e n tia l fo r m o f M a x w e lls e q u a tio n s .
F o r th e s e e x p r e s s io n s to b e v a lid , it is a s s u m e d th a t th e fie ld v e c to r s a r e :
single-v a lu ed ,
b o u nd ed , a n d h a v e a
c o nt inu o u s d ist r ib u t io n ( a l o n g w i t h t h e i r d e r i v a t i v e s ) B
E=
t
A lo n g b o u n d a r ie s o f m e d ia o r a t s o u r c e s , D
F ie ld v e c to r s a r e d is c o n tin u o u s H = J +
D e r iv a tiv e s o f th e fie ld v e c to r s h a v e n o m e a n in g t
D=
B=0
Boundary C onditions de f ine th e f ie l d b e h av ior across discontinuous b oundarie s

Presentation
Why do I Care?
T h e y Force t h e f i e ld s t o a li g n w ith th e d e fin itio n o f th e b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n
A s a u s e r I s h o u ld b e a s k in g
W h a t a s s u m p tio n s , a b o u t t h e f i e ld s , d o t h e b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s m a k e ?
A re th e s e a s s u m p t i o n s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h e s t r u c t u r e b e i n g s i m u la t e d ?
M od el S cop e
T o re d u c e th e i n f i n i t e s p a c e o f t h e r e a l w o r ld t o a f i n i t e v o lu m e , A n s o f t H F S S a u t o m a t i c a lly
a p p li e s a b o u n d a r y to th e s u r fa c e s u r r o u n d in g th e g e o m e tr ic m o d e l
O u te r b o u n d a ry
D e fa u lt B o u n d a ry : P e rfe c t E
M od el C om p l ex ity
T o re d u c e t h e c o m p le x i t y o f a m o d e l, t h e b o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s c a n b e u s e d t o i m p r o v e t h e :
S o lu tio n T im e
C o m p u te r R e s o u rc e s
F ail ure to unde rstand b oundary conditions m ay l e ad to inconsiste nt re sul ts

Presentation
What are Common Ansoft HFSS Boundary Conditions?

Excitations
W a v e P o r ts ( E x te r n a l)
L u m p e d P o r ts ( In te r n a l)
S u r f ace A p p r oxim ations

P e rfe c t E o r P e rfe c t H S u rfa c e L arg e l y th e use rs re sp onsib il ity
F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity S u r fa c e
Im p e d a n c e S u rfa c e
S y m m e tr y P la n e s
R a d ia tio n S u r fa c e
M ate r ial P r op e r tie s

B o u n d a r y b e tw e e n tw o d ie le c tr ic s
T ransp are nt to th e use r
F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity o f a c o n d u c to r

Presentation
Surface Approximations
Perfect E F o r c e s t h e e le c tr ic fie ld p e r p e n d ic u la r to th e s u r fa c e
O u te r S u rfa c e D e fa u lt B o u n d a ry Perfect E Surface
P E C /P e rfe c t C o n d u c to r M a te r ia l P ro p e rty
M o d e l c o m p le x ity : Re d u c e d b y e lim in a tin g c o n d u c to r lo s s
Perfect H F o r c e s t h e e l e c t r i c f i e l d t a n g e n t t o t h e s u r f a c e
Perfect H Surface
F i n i te C o n d u cti v i ty L o s s y e le c tr ic c o n d u c to r.
F o rc e s th e ta n g e n tia l e le c tr ic fie ld a t th e s u r f a c e t o : Zs( n x Ht a n ) .
T h e s u rfa c e im p e d a n c e ( Zs) is e q u a l t o , ( 1 + j ) / ( ) ,
M o d e l c o m p le x ity : Re d u c e d b y e lim in a tin g c o n d u c to r th ic k n e s s
I m p ed a n ce S u rfa ce Re p r e s e n t s u rfa c e s o f a k n o w n im p e d a n c e
F o r c e s th e ta n g e n tia l e le c tr ic fie ld a t th e s u rfa c e to : Zs( n x Ht a n ) .
T h e s u r fa c e im p e d a n c e ( Zs) i s e q u a l to , Rs + j X s( O h m s / S q u a r e )
L a y ered I m p ed a n ce M o d e ls m u ltip le th in la y e r s in a s tru c tu re a s a n Im p e d a n c e S u rfa c e
L u m p ed R L C P a r a l l e l c o m b in a tio n

Presentation
Surface Approximations (Continued)

Symmetry Planes E n a b l e y o u t o m o d e l o n l y p a r t o f a s t r u c t u r e
P e r fe c t E o r P e r fe c t H S y m m e tr y P la n e s
M u s t b e e x p o s e d to th e o u te r s u rfa c e
M u s t b e o n a p la n a r s u r fa c e
Remember! Mechanical Symmetry does not Equal Electrical Symmetry
M o d e l c o m p le x ity : R e d u c e d b y e lim in a tin g p a r t o f th e s o lu tio n v o lu m e
P er f ec t E S y m m et r y
Full Model
P er f ec t H S y m m et r y

Presentation

Radiation Surface A l l o w s w a v e s t o r a d i a t e i n f i n i t e l y f a r i n t o s p a c e .
T h e b o u n d a r y a b s o r b s w a v e a t th e r a d ia tio n s u r fa c e
C a n b e p la c e d o n a r b itr a r y s u r fa c e s
A c c u ra c y d e p e n d s o n
T h e d is ta n c e b e tw e e n th e b o u n d a r y a n d th e r a d ia tin g o b je c t
T h e r a d i a t i o n b o u n d a r y s h o u l d b e l o c a t e d a t l e a s t o n e -q u a r t e r o f a w a v e l e n g t h
fr o m a r a d ia tin g s tr u c tu r e . If y o u a r e s im u la tin g a s tr u c tu r e th a t d o e s n o t r a d ia te ,
t h e b o u n d a r y c a n b e l o c a t e d l e s s t h e n o n e -q u a r t e r o f a w a v e l e n g t h ( T h e v a l i d i t y
o f th is a s s u m p tio n w ill r e q u ir e y o u r e n g in e e r in g ju d g m e n t) .
T h e in c id e n t a n g le
T h e r a d ia tio n b o u n d a r y w ill r e fle c t v a r y in g a m o u n ts o f e n e r g y d e p e n d in g o n th e
in c id e n c e a n g le . T h e b e s t p e r fo r m a n c e is a c h ie v e d a t n o r m a l in c id e n c e . A v o id
a n g le s g r e a te r th e n ~ 3 0 d e g r e e s . In a d d itio n , th e r a d ia tio n b o u n d a r y m u s t r e m a in
c o n v e x r e la tiv e to th e w a v e .
P erfectl y M atch ed L ay er ( P M L ) A l l o w s w a v e s t o r a d i a t e i n f i n i t e l y f a r i n t o s p a c e .
N o t a B o u n d a r y C o n d itio n . F ic titio u s m a te r ia ls th a t fu lly a b s o r b th e e le c tr o m a g n e tic fie ld s
im p in g in g u p o n th e m . T h e s e m a te r ia ls a r e c o m p le x a n is o tr o p ic .
T y p e s
F r e e S p a c e T e r m in a tio n o r R e fle c tio n F r e e T e r m in a tio n
C a n o n ly b e p la c e d o n p la n a r s u r fa c e
M o d e l c o m p le x ity : T h e y d o n o t s u ffe r fr o m th e d is ta n c e o r in c id e n t a n g le p r o b le m s o f
R a d i a t i o n b o u n d a r i e s b u t s h o u l d b e p l a c e a t l e a s t o n e -t e n t h o f a w a v e l e n g t h f r o m
s tr o n g r a d ia to r s
Presentation

Infinite Ground P l a nes S i m u l a t e t h e e f f e c t s o f a n i n f i n i t e g r o u n d p l a n e
O n l y a f f e c t s t h e c a l c u l a t i o n o f n e a r - o r f a r -f i e l d r a d i a t i o n d u r i n g p o s t p r o c e s s i n g
T y p e s : P e r fe c t E , F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity , o r Im p e d a n c e S u r fa c e
F req uenc y D ep endent B ounda ry C onditions

T h e f o l l o w i n g b o u n d a r y p a r a m e t e r s c a n b e a s s i g n e d a n e x p r e s s i o n t h a t i n c l u d e s Freq:
F in ite C o n d u c tiv ity
Im p e d a n c e
L u m p e d R L C
L a y e re d Im p e d a n c e
S u p p o rte d F re q u e n c y S w e e p s
S in g le F r e q u e n c y
D is c r e te S w e e p
In te r p o la tin g S w e e p

Presentation
Excitations
P o rts a r e a u n iq u e ty p e o f b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n
A llo w e n e r g y to flo w in to a n d o u t o f a s tru c tu re .
D e f i n e d o n 2D p l a n a r s u r f a c e
A r b itr a r y p o r t s o lv e r c a lc u la te s th e n a tu r a l fie ld p a tte r n s o r m o d e s
A s s u m e s s e m i -i n f i n i t e l y l o n g w a v e g u id e
S a m e c r o s s -s e c t i o n a n d m a te r ia l p r o p e r tie s a s p o r t s u r fa c e
2D f i e l d p a t t e r n s s e r v e a s b o u n d a r y c o n d itio n s fo r th e fu ll 3 D p r o b le m
Excitation Types
W a v e P o rt (W a v e g u i d e ) External
R e c o m m e n d e d o n ly fo r s u r fa c e s e x p o s e d to th e b a c k g r o u n d Po r t 1
S u p p o rts m u ltip le m o d e s ( E x a m p le : C o u p le d L in e s )a n d d e e m b e d d in g
C o m p u te G e n e r a l i z e d S -P a r a m e t e r s
Po r t 4
Measurements
F re q u e n c y d e p e n d e n t C h a r a c te r is tic Im p e d a n c e ( Z o )
C o nstant Z o P e rfe c tly m a tc h e d a t e v e r y fr e q u e n c y
Po r t 3
L u m p e d P o r t I nternal Po r t 2
R e c o m m e n d e d o n ly fo r s u r fa c e s in te r n a l to g e o m e tr ic m o d e l
S in g le m o d e ( T E M ) a n d no d e e m b e d d i n g
N o rm a liz e d to a c o n s ta n t u s e r d e fin e d Z o

Presentation
Excitations (Continued)
Wave Equation
T h e f i el d p a t t er n o f a t r a v el i n g w a v e i n s i d e a w a v eg u i d e c a n b e d et er m i n ed b y s o l v i n g
M a x w el l s eq u a t i o n s . T h e f o l l o w i n g eq u a t i o n t h a t i s s o l v ed b y t h e 2D s o l v er i s d er i v ed d i r ec t l y
f r o m M a x w el l s eq u a t i o n .
1
E ( x, y ) k02 r E ( x, y ) = 0
r
w h er e:
E( x , y ) is a p h a s o r r ep r es en t i n g a n o s c i l l a t i n g el ec t r i c f i el d .
k0 i s t h e f r ee s p a c ew a v en u m b er ,
r i s t h e c o m p l ex r el a t i v e p er m ea b i l i t y .
r i s t h e c o m p l ex r el a t i v e p er m ittiv ity .
T o s o l v e t h i s eq u a t i o n , t h e 2D s o l v er o b t a i n s a n ex c i t a t i o n f i el d p a t t er n i n t h e f o r m o f a p h a s o r
s o l u t i o n , E( x , y ) . T h es e p h a s o r s o l u t i o n s a r e i n d ep en d en t o f z a n d t; o n l y a f t er b ei n g m u l t i p l i ed
b y e-z d o t h ey b ec o m e t r a v el i n g w a v es .
A l s o n o t e t h a t t h e ex c i t a t i o n f i el d p a t t er n c o m p u t ed i s v a l i d o n l y a t a s i n g l e f r eq u en c y . A
d i f f er en t ex c i t a t i o n f i el d p a t t er n i s c o m p u t ed f o r ea c h f r eq u en c y p o i n t o f i n t er es t .

Presentation
Modes, Reflections, and Propagation
It is a ls o p o s s ib le fo r a 3 D fie ld s o lu tio n g e n e r a te d b y a n e x c ita tio n s ig n a l o f o n e s p e c ific
m o d e t o c o n t a i n r e f l e c t i o n s o f h i g h e r -o r d e r m o d e s w h i c h a r i s e d u e t o d is c o n tin u itie s in a h ig h
fre q u e n c y s tru c tu re .
I f t h e s e h i g h e r -o r d e r m o d e s a r e r e f l e c t e d b a c k t o t h e e x c i t a t i o n p o r t o r tra n s m itte d o n to
a n o t h e r p o r t , t h e S-p a r a m e t e r s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e s e m o d e s s h o u l d b e c a lc u la te d .
I f t h e h i g h e r -o r d e r m o d e d e c a y s b e f o r e r e a c h i n g a n y p o r t e i t h e r b e c a u s e o f a tte n u a tio n d u e
t o l o s s e s o r b e c a u s e i t i s a n o n -p r o p a g a t i n g e v a n e s c e n t m o d e t h e r e i s n o n e e d to o b ta in th e
S-p a r a m e t e r s f o r t h a t m o d e .
W av e Ports Req u ire a L ength of U niform C ross S ection
A n s o f t H F SS a s s u m e s t h a t e a c h p o r t y o u d e f i n e i s c o n n e c t e d t o a s e m i -i n f i n i t e l y l o n g
w a v e g u id e th a t h a s th e s a m e c r o s s s e c tio n a s th e W a v e P o r t
u n ifo r m c r o s s s e c tio n
n o u n ifo r m c r o s s s e c tio n a d d e d f o r e a c h W a v e Po r t
a t W a v e Po r t s

Presentation
Wave Port Boundary Conditions
Perfect E or Finite Conductivity
D e f a u l t : A l l o u t e r e d g e s a r e Perfect E b o u n d a r y .
P o r t is d e fin e d w ith in a w a v e g u id e .
E a s y fo r e n c lo s e d tr a n s m is s io n lin e s : C o a x o r W a v e g u id e
C h a l l e n g i n g f o r u n b a l a n c e d o r n o n -e n c l o s e d l i n e s : M i c r o s t r i p , C P W , S l o t l i n e , e t c .
S ym m etry or I m p eda nce
R e c o g n iz e d a t th e p o r t e d g e s
R a dia tion
D e f a u l t i n t e r f a c e i s a Perfect E b o u n d a r y

Presentation
Lumped Port Boundary Conditions
Perfect E or Finite Conductivity
A n y p o r t e d g e th a t in te r fa c e s w ith a c o n d u c to r o r a n o th e r p o r t e d g e
Perfect H
A ll r e m a in in g p o r t e d g e s
Perfect E
Perfect H
Perfect H
Perfect E

Presentation
Excitation C al ib r ation
P o rts m u s t b e calibrated t o e n s u r e c o n s i s t e n t r e s u l t s . D e t e r m i n e s :
D ir e c tio n a n d p o la r ity o f fie ld s
V o lta g e c a lc u la tio n s .
S o lu tio n T y p e : D r iv e n M o d a l
E x p r e s s e d in te r m s o f th e in c id e n t a n d r e fle c te d p o w e r s o f th e w a v e g u id e m o d e s .
D e fin itio n n o t d e s ir a b le fo r p r o b le m s h a v i n g s e v e r a l p r o p a g a t i n g q u a s i -T E M m o d e s
C o u p l e d / M u l t i -C o u p l e d T r a n s m is s io n L in e s
A lw a y s u s e d b y th e s o lv e r
C a lib r a tio n : In te g r a tio n L in e
P h a s e b e tw e e n P o rts
M o d a l v o lta g e in te g r a tio n p a th : Z p i, Z p v , Z v i
S o lu tio n T y p e : D r iv e n T e r m in a l
L in e a r c o m b in a tio n o f n o d a l v o lta g e s a n d c u r r e n ts fo r th e W a v e P o r t.
E q u iv a le n t tr a n s fo r m a tio n p e r fo r m e d fr o m M o d a l S o lu tio n
C a lib r a tio n : T e r m in a l L in e
P o la r ity
N o d a l v o lta g e in te g r a tio n p a th

Presentation
Example Solution Types:
M o d e 1
(E v e n M o d e ) In te g r a tio n L in e
M o d e 2
(O d d M o d e ) In te g r a tio n L in e
P o rt1 P o rt2
M odal
2 M o d e s 2 M o d e s
Modes to Nodes
T r a n sf or m a ti on
T1 T2
T1 T1
S P IC E
D i f f er en ti a l P a i r s
P o rt1 T e rm inal P o rt2
T2 T2

Presentation
Application of Boundary Conditions - Case 1

Em ul ate l ab oratory m e asure m e nts
Verification/Validation before production
Pi c t u r e c o u r t e s y o f T e k t r o n i x
Pi c t u r e c o u r t e s y o f D e l p h i

Presentation
Application of Boundary Conditions - Case 2

I sol ate p art of a structure ( i. e . Exciting arb itrary transm ission l ine s)
Not physically possible to measure in the laboratory
F ull-W av e analysis not req uired f or total system
O r total system too complex
D esig n w ork / C omponent lev el optimiz ation
P ost prod uction problem solv ing
T o ta l S y s te m
Is o la te d C o m p o n e n t V ia T r a n s itio n

Presentation
Example Structure
Coax to S tr i p l i n e
LAYER 1 (T O P SID E)
LAYER 2 (SIGNAL)
LAYER 3 (B O T T O M SID E)

Presentation
Material Properties
All 3D (Solid) objects have material definitions
T o comp lete the model show n p reviou sly w e mu st inclu de the air
that su rrou nds the stru ctu re.
air
Note: S u b s t rat e / A ir b o u n d ary

in c l u d e d in s t ru c t u re

Presentation
Remember! Material Boundary conditions are transparent to the user

T hey are not v isib le in the P roj ect T ree
E x am ple Material Boundary: C onductors S urf ace A pprox im ations

P erf ec t C o n d u c t o rs P erf ec t E B o u n d a ry ( B o u n d a ry N a me: s met a l )
F orces E -F ield perpendicular to surf ace
L o s s y C o n d u c t o rs F i n i t e C o n d u c t i v i t y B o u n d a ry
F orces tang ential E -F ield to ( ( 1 + j ) / ( ) ) ( n x Htan) .
A ssum es one sk in depth U ser m ust m anually f orce A nsof t HF S S to
solv e inside lossy conductors that are a sk in depth
smetal

Presentation
Surface Approximations
Background or Outer Boundary
N ot v i s i b l e i n th e P roj ect T ree
A ny ob j ect s urf ace th at touch es i t Perfect E B o u n d a ry
D ef aul t b oundary ap p l i ed to th e regi on s urroundi ng th e geom etri c m odel
M odel i s encas ed i n a th i n m etal l ayer th at no f i el ds p rop agate th rough
o u ter
Override with
R a dia tio n B o u n da ry

Presentation
What Port Type Should I Use?

Example is easy decision
P or t t ou ch es b ack g r ou nd ( Ext er nal)
C r oss S ect ion is C oax ( Enclosed T r ansmission L ine)
Wave Port
S olu t ion T ype: D r iv en T er minal
S P I C E O u t pu t
Identify Port Type & A s s ig n E x c ita tion & D efine D efa u l t

C ros s S ec tion C a l ib ra te Port Pos t Proc es s ing

Presentation
Is it Really that Simple?

Yes, but the geometric model was setup with several considerations
1. O nly the f ace of the coax dielectric was selected f or the port f ace
P o r t B o u n d a r y c o n d i t i o n s d ef i n e o u t er c o n d u c t o r
M a t er i a l D ef i n i t i o n s d ef i n e i n n er c o n d u c t o r
2 . U nif orm port cross-section

O n ly s u p p o r ts a s in g lem o d e
H i g h er -o r d er m o d es c a u s ed b y r ef l ec t i o n s w o u l d a t t en u a t e b ef o r e p o r t
M o d es a t t en u a t e a s a f u n c t i o n o f e-z, a s s u m i n g p r o p a g a t i o n i n t h e z -d i r ec t i o n .
R eq u i r ed d is ta n c e ( u n i f o r m p o r t l en g t h ) d ep en d s o n m o d es p r o p a g a t i o n c o n s t a n t .
Uniform cross-se ct ion

R u l e of T h u mb : 5 x
C rit ica l D ist a nce

Presentation
How often is the Setup that Simple?

If you are emulating laboratory measurements? [Case 1]
M ost of th e time!
L aboratory eq uip ment d oes not d irec t c onnec t to arbitrary transmission lines
E x c ep tions
E mulating C omp lex P robes w ith a P ort U nd erstand ing of P robe
If you are isolating p art of a struc ture? [Case 2 ]

F or real d esigns - usually only by d umb luc k !
U ser M ust U nd erstand and / or Imp lement C orrec tly:
1. P ort B ound ary c ond itions and imp ac t of bound ary c ond ition
2 . F ield s w ith in th e struc ture
3 . A ssump tions mad e by p ort solv er
4 . R eturn p ath

Presentation
Side Note: Problems Associated with Correlating Results [Case 2]

Can be broken into two categories of problems
1. Complex S tru ctu re
B G A , B ackplane, A ntenna F eed , W av egu id e P lu mbing , etc

M ost common problems resu lt from
M easu rement setu p T est fix tu res, d eembed d ing, etc.
F ailing to u nd erstand th e field s in th e stru ctu re B ou nd ary P roblem
R etu rn path problems M od el tru ncation
2 . S imple S tru ctu res

U niform transmission lines
E q u ations or Circu it E lements
M ost common problems resu lt from
I mproper u se of d efau lt or ex citation bou nd ary cond itions
F ailu re to u nd erstand th e assu mptions u sed by correct resu lts
( E q u ations or Circu it E lements)

Presentation
Why are they critical?

Any current injected into a system must return to the source
D C
C hooses p ath of l east resistance
AC
C hooses p ath of l east inductance
A sig nal p rop ag ates b etw een the sig nal trace and its ref erence p l ane
Reference plane is just as important as signal trace!
Why d o I care?
M any real desig ns hav e nonideal return p aths
E f f ects onl y cap tured b y f ul l -w av e simul ators
I sol ating p arts of a structure
F ail ure to maintain the correct return p ath w il l
L imit correl ation to measurements
M ask or create desig n p rob l ems
P ort and B oundary setup most common source of error in model setup

Presentation
Port2 Port3
No DC
R e tu rn P a th
Port1
Presentation
Port2 Port3
D C
R e tu rn Pa th
Port1
Presentation
DC & RF
Re t u r n P a t h
S21
S3 1
S11

Presentation
Isolate part of structure - C ase 2

Isolate Transition
D eem b ed
R ec om b ine u sing A nsof t D esig ner - C irc u it
Wave Port

Presentation
Ansoft Designer - C irc u it

Presentation

Presentation
What went wrong?

Isolate Port from Discontinuity?
Yes
U niform C ross-S ection?
N O T h e c r o ss sec t i o n o f t h e p o r t ( i n c l u d i n g i t s b o u n d a r i es) i s n o t m a i n t a i n ed
M aintain R eturn Path ?
N O B o u n d a r y o n p o r t sh o r t s t h e p l a n es t o g et h er a t ed g es
I d en t i c a l t o p l a c i n g v i a s a t p o r t ed g e!
A ll M od es A ccounted for?
N O D i d n o t c o n si d er P a r a l l el P l a t e m o d e
E v en i f w e d i d , t h e v i a ( p o r t ed g e) c u t s o f f m o d e R ea so n v i a s a r e u sed !

Presentation
2 T erm ina ls
P a ra llel
P la te
M o d e M a tc h in g
A ns o f t D es ig ner - C irc u it
Stripline
W a v e P o rt

Presentation
Lumped Port
P or t I n f l u e n c e s
R e s u lts
No DC
R e tu rn P a th

Presentation

Presentation
Signal
GND
Power
SIDE
T2 T1
T3
Lumped Gap Port
G
GND
P
Power
TOP Terminal Line
BOTTOM
Presentation
Lumped Gap Port

Presentation
Differential Lumped Gap Ports

Presentation
Port
G S G

Presentation
Microstrip P ort S iz in g G u id e l in e s
A ssu m e w id th of m icrostrip tra ce is w
A ssu m e h e ig h t of su b stra te d ie l e ctric is h
P ort H e ig h t G u id e l in e s
B e tw e e n 6 h a n d 1 0 h
T e n d tow a rd s u ppe r l im it a s d ie l e ctric con sta n t d rops a n d m ore f ie l d s e x ist in a ir ra th e r th a n su b stra te
B ottom e d g e of port copl a n a r w ith th e u ppe r f a ce of g rou n d pl a n e
( I f re a l stru ctu re is e n cl ose d l ow e r th a n th is g u id e l in e , m od e l th e re a l stru ctu re ! )
P ort W id th G u id e l in e s
1 0 w, f or m icrostrip prof il e s w ith w h
5w, or on th e ord e r of 3 h to 4 h, f or m icrostrip prof il e s w ith w < h
10w, w h
or
5w (3h to 4h), w < h
6h to
10h

Presentation
Stripline P o rt Siz ing G u id elines

A s s u m e w id th o f s tripline tra c e is w
A s s u m e h eig h t o f s u b s tra te d ielec tric is h
P o rt H eig h t G u id elines
E x tend f ro m u pper to lo w er g ro u nd pla ne, h
P o rt W id th G u id elines
8w, f o r m ic ro s trip pro f iles w ith w h
5w, o r o n th e o rd er o f 3 h to 4 h, f o r m ic ro s trip pro f iles w ith w < h
B o u nd a ry N o te: C a n a ls o m a k e s id e w a lls o f po rt P e r f e c t H b o u nd a ries
8w, w h
or
5w (3h to 4h), w < h
w
h


Hfss Full Book PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Hfss Full Book PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

A n s o ft

electronic design automation software

users guide H igh F req uen c y S t ruc t ure S im ul a t o r

ANSOFT CORPORATION Four Station Square Suite 200 Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1119

2 0 0 3 A nsoft C orp oration. A l l rights reserv ed.

A nsoft C orp oration

H F S S and O p timetrics are registered trademark s or trademark s of A nsoft C orp oration.

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 2

1 0 . E x amples O n C hip C omponents

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 3

N O T E : Y ou sh oul d m a k e b a ck up copie s of a l l H FS S proj e cts cre a te d with a

I nsta l l ing th e A nso f t H F SS So f tw a re

Sta rting A nso f t H F SS

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 4

Converting Older HFSS file to HFSS v9

1. Files of T y pe: A n s of t L e g a c y E M P roj e c t s ( . c l s )

3 . C lick the O p e n b utton

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 5

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 6

For Technical Support

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 7

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 8

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 9

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 10

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 11

3D Modeler Design Tree

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 12

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 13

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 14

Customize and Arrange Toolbars

2 . S elect an item f rom th e C ateg ory list

3 . U sin g th e mouse click on th e B utton s to d isp lay th e

T og g l e th e v isib il ity of tool b a r s

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 15

Ansoft HFSS Desktop

3 . R es u lts c reating 2 D reports and fiel d pl ots

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 16

Opening a HFSS project

Opening a New project

Opening an E x is ting H F S S project

Opening an E x is ting P roject f rom E x pl orer

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 17

Set Solution Type

C onv erg ence

1. C hoose one of the f ollowing :

2 . Driven T erm inal

2 . C lick the O K button

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 18

Parametric Model Creation

O v erv iew of th e 3 D Modeler U s er I nterf ace

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-1

Overview of the 3D Modeler User Interface (Continued)

S ta tu s B a r/ C oordina te E ntry T he S tatus B ar on the A nsoft H F S S Desk top

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-2

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-3

Creating and Viewing a Simple Structure

2 . Create the base shape of the object

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-4

Create a Box (Continued)

2 . P o s itio n the a ctiv e cur s o r a nd click the lef t mo us e b utto n to s et the

Ansoft High Frequency Structure Simulator v9 Users Guide 1-5

Specifying Points (Continued)